Goldman Sachs
GS
#54
Rank
$281.15 B
Marketcap
$928.75
Share price
4.31%
Change (1 day)
44.96%
Change (1 year)

Goldman Sachs - 10-K annual report 2010


Text size:
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
 
 
   
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
 Commission File Number: 001-14965
 
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
   
Delaware 13-4019460
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
   
200 West Street
New York, N.Y.
 10282
(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)  
 
(212) 902-1000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
   
Title of each class: Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share
 New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating RateNon-CumulativePreferred Stock, Series A New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of 6.20%Non-CumulativePreferred Stock, Series B New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating RateNon-CumulativePreferred Stock, Series C New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating RateNon-CumulativePreferred Stock, Series D New York Stock Exchange
5.793%Fixed-to-FloatingRate Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities of Goldman Sachs Capital II (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto) New York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities of Goldman Sachs Capital III (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto) New York Stock Exchange
Medium-TermNotes, Series B, Index-Linked Notes due February 2013; Index-Linked Notes due April 2013; Index-Linked Notes due May 2013; and Index-Linked Notes due 2011 NYSE Amex
Medium-TermNotes, Series B, Floating Rate Notes due 2011 New York Stock Exchange
Medium-TermNotes, Series A, Index-Linked Notes due 2037 of GS Finance Corp. (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto) NYSE Arca
Medium-TermNotes, Series B, Index-Linked Notes due 2037
 NYSE Arca
Medium-TermNotes, Series D, 7.50% Notes due 2019
 New York Stock Exchange
6.125% Notes due 2060
 New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
 
 
 
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes  x     No  o
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes  o     No  x
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  x     No  o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 ofRegulation S-Tduring the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes  x     No  o
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-Kis not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Annual Report onForm 10-Kor any amendment to the Annual Report onForm 10-K.  x
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-acceleratedfiler, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” inRule 12b-2of the Exchange Act.
     Large accelerated filer x  Accelerated filer o  Non-acceleratedfiler (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) o  Smaller reporting company o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o     No  x
     As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held bynon-affiliatesof the registrant was approximately $66.7 billion.
     As of February 11, 2011, there were 520,507,295 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
     Documents incorporated by reference:  Portions of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 6, 2011 are incorporated by reference in the Annual Report onForm 10-Kin response to Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
 


 

 
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
 
ANNUAL REPORT ONFORM 10-KFOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
 
INDEX
 
         
 
Form 10-K Item Number Page No.  
 
  1   
   1   
    1   
    1   
    2   
    3   
    5   
    5   
    6   
    6   
    7   
    8   
    17   
    17   
   18   
   31   
   31   
   31   
    32   
  34   
   34   
   34   
   35   
   96   
   97   
   213   
   213   
   213   
  213   
   213   
   213   
   214   
   214   
   214   
  215   
   215   
  II-1   
 
 
 EX-10.27: Form of Non-Employee Director RSU Award Agreement
 EX-10.28: Description of Independent Director Compensation
 EX-10.42: Form of One-Time RSU Award Agreement
 EX-10.45: Form of Signature Card for Equity Awards
 EX-10.46: Form of Signature Card for Equity Awards (employees in Asia Outside China)
 EX-10.47: Form of Signature Card for Equity Awards (employees in China)
 EX-10.48: Form of Year-End RSU Award Agreement (not fully vested)
 EX-10.49: Form of Year-End RSU Award Agreement (fully vested)
 EX-10.50: Form of Year-End RSU Award Agreement (Base and/or Supplemental)
 EX-10.51: Form of Year-End Short-Term RSU Award Agreement
 EX-10.52: Form of Year-End Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Base and/or Supplemental)
 EX-10.53: Form of Year-End Restricted Stock Award Agreement (fully vested)
 EX-10.54: Form of Year-End Short-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement
 EX-12.1: Statement re: Computation of Ratios
 EX-21.1: List of Significant Subsidiaries of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 EX-23.1: Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 EX-31.1: Rule 13A-14(A) Certifications
 EX-32.1: Section 1350 Certifications
 EX-99.1: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Selected Financial Data
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.  Business
 

Introduction
Goldman Sachs is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments andhigh-net-worthindividuals.
 
When we use the terms “Goldman Sachs,” “the firm,” “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “thisForm 10-K”are to our Annual Report onForm 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. All references to 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to our fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the context requires, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008, respectively.
 
Group Inc. is a bank holding company and a financial holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board). Our U.S. depository institution subsidiary, Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA), is a New York State-chartered bank.

As of December 2010, we had offices in over 30 countries and 44% of our total staff was based outside the Americas (which includes the countries in North and South America). Our clients are located worldwide, and we are an active participant in financial markets around the world. In 2010, we generated 45% of our net revenues outside the Americas. For more information on our geographic results, see Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
 
Our Business Segments and Segment Operating Results
We report our activities in four business segments: Investment Banking; Institutional Client Services; Investing & Lending; and Investment Management. The chart below presents our four business segments. Prior to the end of 2010, we reported our activities in three segments.
 


 

1


Table of Contents

The table below presents our segment operating results.
 
                     
 
    Year Ended 1  % of 2010   
     
    December
  December
  November
  Net
   
$ in millions   2010  2009  2008  Revenues   
 
Investment Banking
 Net revenues $4,810  $4,984  $5,453   12%   
                     
  Operating expenses  3,511   3,482   3,269       
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings/(loss) $1,299  $1,502  $2,184       
 
 
                     
Institutional Client Services
 Net revenues $21,796  $32,719  $22,345   56%   
                     
  Operating expenses  14,291   13,691   10,294       
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings $7,505  $19,028  $12,051       
 
 
                     
Investing & Lending
 Net revenues $7,541  $2,863  $(10,821)  19%   
                     
  Operating expenses  3,361   3,523   2,719       
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings/(loss) $4,180  $(660) $(13,540)      
 
 
                     
Investment Management
 Net revenues $5,014  $4,607  $5,245   13%   
                     
  Operating expenses  4,051   3,673   3,528       
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings $963  $934  $1,717       
 
 
                     
Total
 Net revenues $39,161  $45,173  $22,222       
                     
  Operating expenses 2  26,269   25,344   19,886       
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings/(loss) $12,892  $19,829  $2,336       
 
 
 
1.   Financial information concerning our business segments for 2010, 2009 and 2008 (with prior periods recast to reflect our new segment reporting) is included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” which are in Part II, Items 7 and 8, respectively, of thisForm 10-K.See Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor a further breakdown of our net revenues.
 
2.   Includes the following expenses that have not been allocated to our segments: (i) charitable contributions of $345 million and $810 million for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009, respectively; (ii) net provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings of $682 million, $104 million and $(4) million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively; and (iii) real estate-related exit costs of $28 million, $61 million and $80 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
Investment Banking

Investment Banking serves corporate and government clients around the world. We provide financial advisory services and help companies raise capital to strengthen and grow their businesses. We seek to develop and maintainlong-termrelationships with a diverse global group of institutional clients, including governments, states and municipalities. Our goal is to deliver to our clients the entire resources of the firm in a seamless fashion, with investment banking serving as the main initial point of contact with Goldman Sachs.

Financial Advisory.  Financial Advisory includes strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, risk management, restructurings andspin-offs.In particular, we help clients execute large, complex transactions for which we provide multiple services, including“one-stop”acquisition financing and cross-border structuring expertise.
 
We also assist our clients in managing their asset and liability exposures and their capital. In addition, we may provide lending commitments and bank loan and bridge loan facilities in connection with our advisory assignments.
 
 


2


Table of Contents

 

Underwriting.  The other core activity of Investment Banking is helping companies raise capital to fund their businesses. As a financial intermediary, our job is to match the capital of our investing clients — who aim to grow the savings of millions of people — with the needs of our corporate and government clients — who need financing to generate growth, create jobs and deliver products and services. Our underwriting activities include public offerings and private placements, including domestic and cross-border transactions, of a wide range of securities and other financial instruments. Underwriting also includes revenues from derivative transactions entered into with institutional clients in connection with our underwriting activities.
 
Equity Underwriting.  We underwrite common and preferred stock and convertible and exchangeable securities. We regularly receive mandates for large, complex transactions and have held a leading position in worldwide public common stock offerings and worldwide initial public offerings for many years.
 
Debt Underwriting.  We underwrite and originate various types of debt instruments, includinginvestment-gradeandhigh-yielddebt, bank loans and bridge loans, and emerging and growth market debt, which may be issued by, among others, corporate, sovereign, municipal and agency issuers. In addition, we underwrite and originate structured securities, which includemortgage-relatedsecurities and otherasset-backedsecurities.
 
Institutional Client Services
Institutional Client Services serves our clients who come to the firm to buy and sell financial products, raise funding and manage risk. We do this by acting as a market maker and offering market expertise on a global basis. Institutional Client Services makes markets and facilitates client transactions in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products. In addition, we make markets in and clear client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide. Market makers provide liquidity and play a critical role in price discovery, which contributes to the overall efficiency of the capital markets. Our willingness to make markets, commit capital and take risk in a broad range of products is crucial to our client relationships.
 
Our clients are primarily institutions that are professional market participants, including investment entities whose ultimate customers include individual investors investing for their retirement, buying insurance or putting aside surplus cash in a deposit account.

Through our global sales force, we maintain relationships with our clients, receiving orders and distributing investment research, trading ideas, market information and analysis. As a market maker, we provide prices to clients globally across thousands of products in all major asset classes and markets. At times we take the other side of transactions ourselves if a buyer or seller is not readily available and at other times we connect our clients to other parties who want to transact. Much of this connectivity between the firm and its clients is maintained on technology platforms and operates globally wherever and whenever markets are open for trading.
 
Institutional Client Services and our other businesses are supported by our Global Investment Research division, which, as of December 2010, provided fundamental research on more than 3,300 companies worldwide and over 45 national economies, as well as on industries, currencies and commodities.
 
Institutional Client Services generates revenues in three ways:
 
•   In large, highly liquid markets (such as markets for U.S. Treasury bills or large capitalization S&P 500 stocks), we execute a high volume of transactions for our clients for modest spreads and fees.
 
•   In less liquid markets (such as mid-cap corporate bonds and growth market currencies), we execute transactions for our clients for spreads and fees that are generally somewhat larger.
 
•   We also structure and execute transactions involving customized or tailor-made products that address our clients’ risk exposures, investment objectives or other complex needs (such as a jet fuel hedge for an airline).
 
Institutional Client Services activities are organized by asset class and include both “cash” and “derivative” instruments. “Cash” refers to trading the underlying instrument (such as a stock, bond or barrel of oil). “Derivative” refers to instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors (such as an option, which is the right or obligation to buy or sell a certain bond or stock index on a specified date in the future at a certain price, or an interest rate swap, which is the right to convert a fixed rate of interest into a floating rate or vice versa).


3


Table of Contents

Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution.  Includes interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies and commodities.
 
•   Interest Rate Products.  Government bonds, money market instruments such as commercial paper, treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other highly liquid securities and instruments, as well as interest rate swaps, options and other derivatives.
 
•   Credit Products.  Investment-gradecorporate securities,high-yieldsecurities, bank and secured loans, municipal securities, emerging market and distressed debt, and credit derivatives.
 
•   Mortgages.  Commercial and residential mortgage-related securities and loan products, and otherasset-backedand derivative instruments.
 
•   Currencies.  Most currencies, including growth market currencies.
 
•   Commodities.  Oil and natural gas, base, precious and other metals, electricity, coal, agricultural and other commodity products.
 
Equities.  Includes equity client execution, commissions and fees, and securities services.
 
Equities Client Execution.  We make markets in equity securities andequity-relatedproducts, including convertible securities, options, futures andover-the-counter(OTC) derivative instruments, on a global basis. As a principal, we facilitate client transactions by providing liquidity to our clients with large blocks of stocks or options, requiring the commitment of our capital. In addition, we engage in insurance activities where we reinsure and purchase portfolios of insurance risk and acquire pension liabilities.
 
We also structure and execute derivatives on indices, industry groups, financial measures and individual company stocks. We develop strategies and provide information about portfolio hedging and restructuring and asset allocation transactions for our clients. We also work with our clients to create specially tailored instruments to enable sophisticated investors to establish or liquidate investment positions or undertake hedging strategies. We are one of the leading participants in the trading and development of equity derivative instruments.

Our exchange-basedmarket-makingactivities include making markets in stocks andexchange-tradedfunds. In the United States, we are one of the leading Designated Market Makers (DMMs) for stocks traded on the NYSE. For ETFs, we are registered market makers on NYSE Arca. In listed options, we are registered as a primary or lead market maker or otherwise make markets on the International Securities Exchange, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, NYSE Arca, the Boston Options Exchange, the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and NYSE Amex. In futures and options on futures, we are market makers on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the Chicago Board of Trade.
 
Commissions and Fees.  We generate commissions and fees from executing and clearing institutional client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide. We increasingly provide our clients with access to electronic“low-touch”equity trading platforms, and electronic trades account for the majority of our equity trading activity. However, a majority of our net revenues in these activities continue to be derived from our traditional“high-touch”handling of more complex trades. We expect both types of activity to remain important.
 
Securities Services.  Includes financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services.
 
•   Financing Services.  We provide financing to our clients for their securities trading activities through margin loans that are collateralized by securities, cash or other acceptable collateral. We earn a spread equal to the difference between the amount we pay for funds and the amount we receive from our client.
 
•   Securities Lending Services.  We provide services that principally involve borrowing and lending securities to cover institutional clients’ short sales and borrowing securities to cover our short sales and otherwise to make deliveries into the market. In addition, we are an active participant inbroker-to-brokersecurities lending andthird-partyagency lending activities.
 
•   Other Prime Brokerage Services.  We earn fees by providing clearing, custody and settlement services globally. In addition, we help our hedge fund and other clients maintain the infrastructure that supports their investing activity by providing a suite of services from the moment a client begins the process of establishing a new investing business. We provide a technology platform and reporting which enables clients to monitor their security portfolios, and manage risk exposures.


4


Table of Contents



 

Investing & Lending
Our investing and lending activities, which are typically longer-term, include the firm’s investing and relationship lending activities across various asset classes, primarily including debt securities and loans, public and private equity securities, and real estate. These activities include investing directly in publicly and privately traded securities and also through certain investment funds that we manage. We also provide financing to our clients. We manage a diversified global portfolio of investments in equity and debt securities and other investments in privately negotiated transactions, leveraged buyouts, acquisitions and investments in funds managed by external parties.
 
ICBC.  We have an investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, the largest bank in China.
 
Equity Securities (excluding ICBC).  We make corporate, real estate and infrastructureequity-relatedinvestments.
 
Debt Securities and Loans.  We make corporate, real estate and infrastructure debt security-related investments. In addition, we provide credit to corporate clients through loan facilities and tohigh-net-worthindividuals through secured loans.
 
Other.  Our other investments primarily include our consolidated investment entities, which are entities we hold for investment purposes strictly for capital appreciation. These entities have a defined exit strategy and are engaged in activities that are not closely related to our principal businesses. We also invest directly in distressed assets, currencies, commodities and other assets, including power generation facilities.
 
Investment Management
Investment Management provides investment and wealth advisory services to help clients preserve and grow their financial assets. Our clients include institutions andhigh-net-worthindividuals as well as retail investors, who access our products through a network ofthird-partydistributors around the world.
 
We manage client assets across a broad range of asset classes and investment strategies, including equity, fixed income and alternative investments. Alternative investments primarily include hedge funds, private equity, real estate, currencies, commodities, and asset allocation strategies. Our investment offerings include those managed on a fiduciary basis by our portfolio managers as well as strategies managed bythird-partymanagers. We offer our investments in a variety of structures, including separately managed

accounts, mutual funds, private partnerships and other commingled vehicles.
 
We also provide customized investment advisory solutions designed to address our clients’ investment needs. These solutions begin with identifying clients’ objectives and continue through portfolio construction, ongoing asset allocation and risk management and investment realization. We draw from a variety ofthird-partymanagers as well as our proprietary offerings to implement solutions for clients.
 
We supplement our investment advisory solutions forhigh-net-worthclients with wealth advisory services that include income and liability management, trust and estate planning, philanthropic giving and tax planning. We also use the firm’s global securities and derivativesmarket-makingcapabilities to address clients’ specific investment needs.
 
Management and Other Fees.  The majority of revenues in management and other fees is comprised ofasset-basedmanagement fees on client assets. The fees that we charge vary by asset class and are affected by investment performance as well as asset inflows and redemptions. Other fees we receive include financial counseling fees generated through our wealth advisory services and fees related to the administration of real estate assets.
 
Assets under management include only those client assets where we earn a fee for managing assets on a discretionary basis. This includes assets in our mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds and separately managed accounts for institutional and individual investors. Assets under management do not include theself-directedassets of our clients, including brokerage accounts, or interest-bearing deposits held through our bank depository institution subsidiaries.
 
Incentive Fees.  In certain circumstances, we are also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s or a separately managed account’s return, or when the return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance targets. Such fees include overrides, which consist of the increased share of the income and gains derived primarily from our private equity and real estate funds when the return on a fund’s investments over the life of the fund exceeds certain threshold returns. Incentive fees are recognized only when all material contingencies are resolved.
 
Transaction Revenues.  We receive commissions and net spreads for facilitating transactional activity inhigh-net-worthclient accounts. In addition, we earn net interest income primarily associated with client deposits and margin lending activity undertaken by such clients.
 
 


5


Table of Contents

The tables below present assets under management by asset class and by distribution channel and client category.
 
               
 
  As of
  December 31,
  December 31,
  November 30,
   
in billions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Alternative investments
 $148  $146  $146   
Equity
  144   146   112   
Fixed income
  340   315   248   
 
 
Totalnon-moneymarket assets
  632   607   506   
Money markets
  208   264   273   
 
 
Total assets under management
 $840  $871  $779   
 
 
 
               
 
  As of
  December 31,
  December 31,
  November 30,
   
in billions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Directly Distributed:
              
Institutional
 $286  $297  $273   
High-net-worthindividuals
  229   231   215   
Third-PartyDistributed:
              
Institutional,high-net-worthindividuals and retail
  325   343   291   
 
 
Total
 $840  $871  $779   
 
 
 

Business Continuity and Information Security
 
Business continuity and information security are high priorities for Goldman Sachs. Our Business Continuity Program has been developed to provide reasonable assurance of business continuity in the event of disruptions at the firm’s critical facilities and to comply with regulatory requirements, including those of FINRA. Because we are a bank holding company, our Business Continuity Program is also subject to review by the Federal Reserve Board. The key elements of the program are crisis management, people recovery facilities, business recovery, systems and data recovery, and process improvement. In the area of information security, we have developed and implemented a framework of principles, policies and technology to protect the information assets of the firm and our clients. Safeguards are applied to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information resources.

Employees
 
Management believes that a major strength and principal reason for the success of Goldman Sachs is the quality and dedication of our people and the shared sense of being part of a team. We strive to maintain a work environment that fosters professionalism, excellence, diversity, cooperation among our employees worldwide and high standards of business ethics.
 
Instilling the Goldman Sachs culture in all employees is a continuous process, in which training plays an important part. All employees are offered the opportunity to participate in education and periodic seminars that we sponsor at various locations throughout the world. Another important part of instilling the Goldman Sachs culture is our employee review process. Employees are reviewed by supervisors, co-workers and employees they supervise in a360-degreereview process that is integral to our team approach, and includes an evaluation of an employee’s performance with respect to risk management, compliance and diversity.
 
As of December 2010, we had 35,700 total staff, excluding staff at consolidated entities held for investment purposes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Operating Expenses” in Part II, Item 7 of thisForm 10-Kfor additional information on our consolidated entities held for investment purposes.
 
 


6


Table of Contents

 
Competition
 

The financial services industry — and all of our businesses — are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. Our competitors are other entities that provide investment banking, securities and investment management services, as well as those entities that make investments in securities, commodities, derivatives, real estate, loans and other financial assets. These entities include brokers and dealers, investment banking firms, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment advisers, mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds and merchant banks. We compete with some entities globally and with others on a regional, product or niche basis. Our competition is based on a number of factors, including transaction execution, our products and services, innovation, reputation and price.
 
We also face intense competition in attracting and retaining qualified employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively will depend upon our ability to attract new employees, retain and motivate our existing employees and to continue to compensate employees competitively amid intense public and regulatory scrutiny on the compensation practices of large financial institutions. Our pay practices and those of our principal competitors are subject to review by, and the standards of, the Federal Reserve Board and regulators outside the United States, including the Financial Services Authority (FSA) in the United Kingdom. See “Regulation — Banking Regulation” and “Regulation — Compensation Practices” below and “Risk Factors — Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-Kfor more information on the regulation of our compensation practices.
 
Over time, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial services industry. This trend accelerated in recent years as the credit crisis caused numerous mergers and asset acquisitions among industry participants. Many commercial banks and otherbroad-basedfinancial services firms have had the ability for some time to offer a wide range of products, from loans, deposit-taking and insurance to brokerage, asset management and investment banking services, which may enhance their competitive position. They also have had the ability to support investment banking and securities products with commercial banking, insurance and other financial services revenues in an effort to gain market share, which has resulted in pricing pressure in our investment banking and client execution

businesses and could result in pricing pressure in other of our businesses.
 
Moreover, we have faced, and expect to continue to face, pressure to retain market share by committing capital to businesses or transactions on terms that offer returns that may not be commensurate with their risks. In particular, corporate clients seek such commitments (such as agreements to participate in their commercial paper backstop or other loan facilities) from financial services firms in connection with investment banking and other assignments.
 
Consolidation and convergence have significantly increased the capital base and geographic reach of some of our competitors, and have also hastened the globalization of the securities and other financial services markets. As a result, we have had to commit capital to support our international operations and to execute large global transactions. To take advantage of some of our most significant challenges and opportunities, we will have to compete successfully with financial institutions that are larger and have more capital and that may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history outside the United States.
 
We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. For example, over the past several years the increasing volume of trades executed electronically, through the internet and through alternative trading systems, has increased the pressure on trading commissions, in that commissions for“low-touch”electronic trading are generally lower than for“high-touch”non-electronictrading. It appears that this trend toward electronic and other“low-touch,”low-commissiontrading will continue. In addition, we believe that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by further reducing prices.
 
The provisions of theU.S. Dodd-FrankWall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and other financial regulation could affect our competitive position to the extent that limitations on activities, increased fees and compliance costs or other regulatory requirements do not apply, or do not apply equally, to all of our competitors. The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our competitive position will depend to a large extent on the details of the required rulemaking, as discussed further under “Regulation” below.
 
 


7


Table of Contents

 
Regulation
 

As a participant in the banking, securities, futures and options and insurance industries, we are subject to extensive regulation worldwide. Regulatory bodies around the world are generally charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with protecting the interests of the customers of market participants, including depositors in banking entities and the customers ofbroker-dealers.They are not, however, generally charged with protecting the interests of security holders.
 
The financial services industry has been the subject of intense regulatory scrutiny in recent years. Our businesses have been subject to increasing regulation in the United States and other countries, and we expect this trend to continue in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted in July 2010, significantly alters the framework within which we operate, including through the creation of a new systemic risk oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC). The FSOC will oversee and coordinate the efforts of the primary U.S. financial regulatory agencies (including the Federal Reserve Board, the SEC, the CFTC and the FDIC) in establishing regulations to address financial stability concerns. The Dodd-Frank Act directs the FSOC to make recommendations to the Federal Reserve Board as to supervisory requirements and prudential standards applicable to systemically important financial institutions, includingrisk-basedcapital, leverage, liquidity andrisk-managementrequirements. The Dodd-Frank Act mandates that the requirements applicable to systemically important financial institutions be more stringent than those applicable to other financial companies. Although the criteria for treatment as a systemically important financial institution have not yet been determined, it is probable that they will apply to our firm.
 
The implications of the Dodd-Frank Act for our businesses will depend to a large extent on the provisions of required future rulemaking by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the SEC, the CFTC and other agencies, as well as the development of market practices and structures under the regime established by the legislation and the rules adopted pursuant to it, as discussed further throughout this section.

Banking Regulation
In September 2008, Group Inc. became a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHC Act) and the Federal Reserve Board became the primary regulator of Group Inc., as a consolidated entity. In August 2009, Group Inc. became a financial holding company under amendments to the BHC Act effected by theU.S. Gramm-Leach-BlileyAct of 1999 (GLB Act).
 
Supervision and Regulation
As a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the BHC Act, Group Inc. is subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Under the system of “functional regulation” established under the BHC Act, the Federal Reserve Board serves as the primary regulator of our consolidated organization, but generally defers to the primary regulators of ourU.S. non-banksubsidiaries with respect to the activities of those subsidiaries. Such “functionally regulated”non-banksubsidiaries includebroker-dealersregistered with the SEC, such as our principalU.S. broker-dealer,Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.), insurance companies regulated by state insurance authorities, investment advisers registered with the SEC with respect to their investment advisory activities and entities regulated by the CFTC with respect to certain futures-related activities.
 
Activities
The BHC Act generally restricts bank holding companies from engaging in business activities other than the business of banking and certain closely related activities. As a financial holding company, we may engage in a broader range of financial and related activities than are permissible for bank holding companies as long as we continue to meet the eligibility requirements for financial holding companies, including our U.S. depository institution subsidiaries (consisting of GS Bank USA and our national bank trust company subsidiary) maintaining their status as “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” as described under “— Prompt Corrective Action” below. These activities include underwriting, dealing and making markets in securities, insurance underwriting and making investments in nonfinancial companies. In addition, we are permitted under the GLB Act to continue to engage in certain commodities activities in the United States that would otherwise be impermissible for bank holding companies, so long as the assets held pursuant to these activities do not equal 5% or more of our consolidated assets.


8


Table of Contents

Beginning in July 2011, our financial holding company status will also depend on Group Inc.’s maintaining its status as “well-capitalized” and “well-managed.”
 
As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval before directly or indirectly acquiring more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any unaffiliated depository institution. In addition, as a bank holding company, we may generally engage in banking and other financial activities abroad, including investing in and owningnon-U.S. banks,if those activities and investments do not exceed certain limits and, in some cases, if we have obtained the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
 
We expect to face additional limitations on our activities upon implementation of those provisions of theDodd-FrankAct referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” which will prohibit “proprietary trading” (other than for certainrisk-mitigationactivities) and limit the sponsorship of, and investment in, hedge funds and private equity funds by banking entities, including bank holding companies such as us. The extent of the additional limitations will depend on the details of agency rulemaking. The Volcker Rule provisions will take effect no later than July 2012, and companies will be required to come into compliance within two years after the effective date (subject to possible extensions).
 
Capital and Liquidity Requirements
As a bank holding company, we are subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board. GS Bank USA is subject to broadly similar capital requirements, as discussed below. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action that is applicable to GS Bank USA, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA must meet specific regulatory capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certainoff-balance-sheetitems. The calculation of our capital levels and those of GS Bank USA, as well as GS Bank USA’s prompt corrective action classification, are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators.
 
Tier 1 Leverage and Basel I Capital Ratios.  See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information on our Tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 capital, total capital,risk-weightedassets and Tier 1 leverage ratio, and for a discussion of minimum required ratios.

Pending Changes in Capital Requirements.  We are currently working to implement the requirements set out in the Federal Reserve Board’s Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Bank Holding Companies: Internal Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches, which are based on the advanced approaches under the Revised Framework for the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) as such requirements apply to us as a bank holding company (Basel 2). U.S. banking regulators have incorporated the Basel 2 framework into the existingrisk-basedcapital requirements by requiring that internationally active banking organizations, such as us, transition to Basel 2 following the successful completion of a parallel run.
 
In addition, the Basel Committee has undertaken a program of substantial revisions to its capital guidelines. In particular, the changes in the “Basel 2.5” guidelines will result in increased capital requirements for market risk. Additionally, the Basel 3 guidelines issued by the Basel Committee in December 2010 revise the definition of Tier 1 capital, introduce Tier 1 common equity as a regulatory metric, set new minimum capital ratios (including a new “capital conservation buffer,” which must be composed exclusively of Tier 1 common equity and will be in addition to the other capital ratios), introduce a Tier 1 leverage ratio within international guidelines for the first time, and make substantial revisions to the computation ofrisk-weightedassets for credit exposures. Implementation of the new requirements is expected to take place over an extended transition period, starting at the end of 2011 (for Basel 2.5) and end of 2012 (for Basel 3). Although the U.S. federal banking agencies have now issued proposed rules that are intended to implement certain aspects of the Basel 2.5 guidelines, they have not yet addressed all aspects of those guidelines or the Basel 3 changes. In addition, both the Basel Committee and U.S. banking regulators implementing the Dodd-Frank Act have indicated that they will impose more stringent capital standards on systemically important financial institutions. Therefore, the regulations ultimately applicable to us may be substantially different from those that have been published to date.


9


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act will subject Goldman Sachs at a firmwide level to the same leverage andrisk-basedcapital requirements that apply to depository institutions, and directs banking regulators to impose additional capital requirements, as discussed above. The Federal Reserve Board will be required to begin implementing the new leverage andrisk-basedcapital regulation by January 2012. As a consequence of these changes, Tier 1 capital treatment for our junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and our cumulative preferred stock will be phased out over a three-year period beginning on January 1, 2013. The interaction between the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee’s proposed changes adds further uncertainty to our future capital requirements. For example, regulations implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to subject us to a continuing “floor” of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulatory requirements currently applicable to bank holding companies (Basel 1), which are based on the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee, in cases where Basel 2 or Basel 3 would otherwise permit lower capital requirements.
 
Liquidity Ratios under Basel 3.  Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and internationally, without required formulaic measures. Basel 3 will require banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against two specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, will be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio, is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumberedhigh-qualityliquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other, referred to as the net stable funding ratio, is designed to promote more medium- andlong-termfunding of the assets and activities of banking entities over aone-yeartime horizon. These requirements may incent banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use oflong-termdebt as a funding source. The liquidity coverage ratio would be implemented subject to an observation period beginning in 2011, but would not be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2015, and the net stable funding ratio would not be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2018. These new standards are subject to further rulemaking and their terms may change before implementation.

Payment of Dividends
Dividend payments by Group Inc. to its shareholders are subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve Board. Under temporary guidance issued by the Federal Reserve Board in November 2010, the dividend policy of large bank holding companies, such as Goldman Sachs, is reviewed by the Federal Reserve Board based on capital plans and stress tests submitted by the bank holding company, and will be assessed against, among other things, the ability to achieve the Basel 3 capital ratio requirements referred to above as they are phased in by U.S. regulators and any potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the company’s risk profile, business strategy, corporate structure or capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve’s current guidance provides that, for large bank holding companies like us, dividend payout ratios exceeding 30% of after-tax net income will receive particularly close scrutiny.
 
Federal and state law imposes limitations on the payment of dividends by our depository institution subsidiaries to Group Inc. In general, the amount of dividends that may be paid by GS Bank USA or our national bank trust company subsidiary is limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a “recent earnings” test and an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared by the entity in any calendar year is in excess of the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the entity obtains prior regulatory approval. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of the entity’s “undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or transferred to surplus). While GS Bank USA could have declared dividends of $4.63 billion to Group Inc. as of December 2010 in accordance with these limitations, the banking regulators have overriding authority to prohibit the payment of any dividends by GS Bank USA. In addition to the dividend restrictions described above, the banking regulators have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization.
 
In addition, certain of Group Inc.’snon-banksubsidiaries are subject to separate regulatory limitations on dividends and distributions, including ourbroker-dealerand our insurance subsidiaries as described below.
 


10


Table of Contents

Source of Strength
Federal Reserve Board policy historically has required bank holding companies to act as a source of strength to their bank subsidiaries and to commit capital and financial resources to support those subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act codifies this policy as a statutory requirement. This support may be required by the Federal Reserve Board at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it. Capital loans by a bank holding company to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority payment.
 
However, because the BHC Act provides for functional regulation of bank holding company activities by various regulators, the BHC Act prohibits the Federal Reserve Board from requiring payment by a holding company or subsidiary to a depository institution if the functional regulator of the payor entity objects to such payment. In such a case, the Federal Reserve Board could instead require the divestiture of the depository institution and impose operating restrictions pending the divestiture.
 
Cross-guarantee Provisions
Each insured depository institution “controlled” (as defined in the BHC Act) by the same bank holding company can be held liable to the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other insured depository institution controlled by that holding company and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of those depository institutions that is in danger of default. Such a “cross-guarantee” claim against a depository institution is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against that depository institution. At this time, we control only one insured depository institution for this purpose, namely GS Bank USA. However, if, in the future, we were to control other insured depository institutions, the cross-guarantee would apply to all such insured depository institutions.
 
Compensation Practices
Our compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve Board and, with respect to some of our subsidiaries and employees, by other financial regulatory bodies worldwide. The scope and content of compensation regulation in the financial industry are continuing to develop, and we expect that these policies will evolve over a number of years.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the U.S. financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board, to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets (which would include Group Inc. and some of its depositary institution,broker-dealerand investment advisor subsidiaries) that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. The initial version of these regulations was proposed by the FDIC in February 2011 and the regulations may become effective before the end of 2011. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which we may structure compensation for our executives.
 
In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board and other financial regulators jointly issued guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation arrangements at banking organizations take into account risk and are consistent with safe and sound practices. The guidance sets forth the following three key principles with respect to incentive compensation arrangements: the arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk; the arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and the arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations underDodd-Frank,discussed above. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has conducted a review of the incentive compensation policies and practices of a number of large, complex banking organizations, including us. The June 2010 guidance provides that supervisory findings with respect to incentive compensation will be incorporated, as appropriate, into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The guidance also provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk management, control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness.


11


Table of Contents

The Financial Stability Board, established at the direction of the leaders of the Group of 20, has released standards for implementing certain compensation principles for banks and other financial companies designed to encourage sound compensation practices. These standards are to be implemented by local regulators. In July 2010, the European Parliament adopted amendments to the Capital Requirements Directive designed to implement the Financial Stability Board’s compensation standards within the EU. Regulators in a number of countries, including the United Kingdom, France and Germany, have proposed or adopted compensation policies or regulations applicable to financial institutions pursuant to the Capital Requirements Directive. These are in addition to the proposals and guidance issued by U.S. financial regulators discussed above.
 
GS Bank USA
Our subsidiary, GS Bank USA, an FDIC-insured, New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC, is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York State Banking Department and is subject to minimum capital requirements (described further below) that are calculated in a manner similar to those applicable to bank holding companies. A number of our activities are conducted partially or entirely through GS Bank USA and its subsidiaries, including: origination of and market making in bank loans; interest rate, credit, currency and other derivatives; leveraged finance; commercial and residential mortgage origination, trading and servicing; structured finance; and agency lending, custody and hedge fund administration services. These activities are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board, the New York State Banking Department and the FDIC.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act contains “derivative push-out” provisions that, beginning in July 2012, will essentially prevent us from conducting certainswaps-relatedactivities through GS Bank USA or another insured depository institution subsidiary, subject to exceptions for certain interest rate and currency swaps and for hedging or risk mitigation activities directly related to the bank’s business. These precluded activities may be conducted elsewhere within the firm, subject to certain requirements.

Transactions with Affiliates
Transactions between GS Bank USA and Group Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. These regulations limit the types and amounts of transactions (including loans to and credit extensions from GS Bank USA) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on an arm’s-length basis. These regulations generally do not apply to transactions between GS Bank USA and its subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expands the coverage and scope of the regulations that limit affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including coverage of the credit exposure on derivative transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing and lending transactions, and transactions with sponsored hedge funds and private equity funds.
 
In November 2008, Group Inc. transferred assets and operations to GS Bank USA. In connection with this transfer, Group Inc. entered into a guarantee agreement with GS Bank USA whereby Group Inc. agreed to (i) purchase from GS Bank USA certain transferred assets (other than derivatives and mortgage servicing rights) or reimburse GS Bank USA for certain losses relating to those assets; (ii) reimburse GS Bank USA forcredit-relatedlosses from assets transferred to GS Bank USA; (iii) protect GS Bank USA or reimburse it for certain losses arising from derivatives and mortgage servicing rights transferred to GS Bank USA; and (iv) pledge collateral to GS Bank USA.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act will require us to prepare and provide to regulators a resolution plan (a so-called “living will”) that must, among other things, ensure that our depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from our other subsidiaries. The establishment and maintenance of this resolution plan may, as a practical matter, present additional constraints on our entity structure and transactions among our subsidiaries.


12


Table of Contents

Deposit Insurance
GS Bank USA accepts deposits, and those deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limits. The FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund is funded by assessments on insured depository institutions, such as GS Bank USA, and these assessments are currently based on the risk category of an institution and the amount of insured deposits that it holds. The FDIC required all insured depository institutions to prepay estimated assessments for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 2009. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on asemi-annualbasis. In accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC amended its regulations, effective April 1, 2011, to base insurance assessments on the average total consolidated assets less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period.
 
Prompt Corrective Action
The U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet specified capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital categories for FDIC-insured banks: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.
 
A depository institution is generally deemed to be“well-capitalized,”the highest category, if it has a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. In connection with the November 2008 asset transfer described under “Transactions with Affiliates” below, GS Bank USA agreed with the Federal Reserve Board to maintain minimum capital ratios in excess of these “well-capitalized” levels.
 
See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information on the calculation of GS Bank USA’s capital ratios under Basel 1 and for a discussion of minimum required ratios.
 
GS Bank USA computes its capital ratios in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements currently applicable to state member banks, which are based on Basel 1 as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than is indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, as the capital category of an institution

declines. Failure to meet the capital requirements could also subject a depository institution to capital raising requirements. Ultimately, critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
 
The prompt corrective action regulations apply only to depository institutions and not to bank holding companies such as Group Inc. However, the Federal Reserve Board is authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, based upon the undercapitalized status of the holding company’s depository institution subsidiaries. In certain instances relating to an undercapitalized depository institution subsidiary, the bank holding company would be required to guarantee the performance of the undercapitalized subsidiary’s capital restoration plan and might be liable for civil money damages for failure to fulfill its commitments on that guarantee. Furthermore, in the event of the bankruptcy of the holding company, the guarantee would take priority over the holding company’s general unsecured creditors.
 
Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution or a Bank Holding Company
If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution such as GS Bank USA, upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power:
 
•   to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors;
 
•   to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; or
 
•   to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.
 
In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of GS Bank USA, the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the depository institution.


13


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a resolution regime for systemically importantnon-bankfinancial companies, including bank holding companies and their affiliates, under which the FDIC may be appointed receiver to liquidate the entity. This resolution authority was based on the FDIC resolution model for depository institutions, with certain modifications to reflect differences between depository institutions andnon-bankfinancial companies and to reduce disparities between the treatment of creditors’ claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and in an orderly liquidation authority proceeding compared to those that would exist under the resolution model for depository institutions.
 
Trust Companies
Group Inc.’s two limited purpose trust company subsidiaries are not permitted to and do not accept deposits or make loans (other than as incidental to their trust activities) and, as a result, are not insured by the FDIC. The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association that is limited to fiduciary activities, is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. The Goldman Sachs Trust Company of Delaware, a Delaware limited purpose trust company, is regulated by the Office of the Delaware State Bank Commissioner.
 
U.S. Securities and Commodities Regulation
Goldman Sachs’broker-dealersubsidiaries are subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices, use and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, capital structure, recordkeeping, the financing of clients’ purchases, and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. In the United States, the SEC is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws. GS&Co. is registered as abroker-dealer,a municipal advisor and an investment adviser with the SEC and as abroker-dealerin all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Self-regulatory organizations, such as FINRA and the NYSE, adopt rules that apply to, and examine,broker-dealerssuch as GS&Co.
 
In addition, state securities and other regulators also have regulatory or oversight authority over GS&Co. Similarly, our businesses are also subject to regulation by variousnon-U.S. governmentaland regulatory bodies and self-regulatory authorities in virtually all countries where we have offices. Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC) and one of its subsidiaries are registeredU.S. broker-dealersand are

regulated by the SEC, the NYSE and FINRA. Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P. is registered with the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer and conducts certain OTC derivatives activities.
 
The commodity futures and commodity options industry in the United States is subject to regulation under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (CEA). The CFTC is the federal agency charged with the administration of the CEA. Several of Goldman Sachs’ subsidiaries, including GS&Co. and GSEC, are registered with the CFTC and act as futures commission merchants, commodity pool operators or commodity trading advisors and are subject to CEA regulations. The rules and regulations of various self-regulatory organizations, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, other futures exchanges and the National Futures Association, also govern the commodity futures and commodity options activities of these entities.
 
For a discussion of net capital requirements applicable to GS&Co. and GSEC, see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
 
Our exchange-basedmarket-makingactivities are subject to extensive regulation by a number of securities exchanges. As a DMM on the NYSE and as a market maker on other exchanges, we are required to maintain orderly markets in the securities to which we are assigned. Under the NYSE’s DMM rules, this may require us to supply liquidity to these markets in certain circumstances.
 
J. Aron & Company is authorized by the U.S. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) to sell wholesale physical power atmarket-basedrates. As a FERC-authorized power marketer, J. Aron & Company is subject to regulation under the U.S. Federal Power Act and FERC regulations and to the oversight of FERC. As a result of our investing activities, GS&Co. is also an “exempt holding company” under the U.S. Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005 and applicable FERC rules.
 
In addition, as a result of our power-related and commodities activities, we are subject to extensive and evolving energy, environmental and other governmental laws and regulations, as discussed under “RiskFactors — Ourcommodities activities, particularly our power generation interests and our physical commodities activities, subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental, reputational and other risks that may expose us to significant liabilities and costs” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.


14


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act will result in additional regulation of ourbroker-dealerand regulated subsidiaries in a number of respects. The legislation calls for the imposition of expanded standards of care by market participants in dealing with clients and customers, including by providing the SEC with authority to adopt rules establishing fiduciary duties forbroker-dealersand directing the SEC to examine and improve sales practices and disclosure bybroker-dealersand investment advisers. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions designed to increase transparency inover-the-counterderivatives markets by requiring the registration of all swap dealers andsecurity-basedswap dealers, and the clearing and execution of “swaps” through regulated facilities (subject to limited exceptions, including swaps withnon-financialend users and swaps that are not cleared by a clearing agency). Furthermore, federal banking agencies are required under the Dodd-Frank Act to develop rules whereby anyone who organizes or initiates anasset-backedsecurity transaction must retain a portion (generally, at least five percent) of any credit risk that the person conveys to a third party.
 
Other Regulation in the United States
Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to state insurance regulation and oversight in the states in which they are domiciled and in the other states in which they are licensed, and Group Inc. is subject to oversight as an insurance holding company in states where our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled. State insurance regulations limit the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to Group Inc. in certain circumstances, and could require regulatory approval for any change in “control” of Group Inc., which may include control of 10% or more of our voting stock. In addition, a number of our other activities, including our lending and mortgage activities, require us to obtain licenses, adhere to applicable regulations and be subject to the oversight of various regulators in the states in which we conduct these activities.
 
The U.S. Bank Secrecy Act (BSA), as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (PATRIOT Act), containsanti-moneylaundering and financial transparency laws and mandated the implementation of various regulations applicable to all financial institutions, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and obligations to monitor client transactions and report suspicious activities. Through these and other provisions, the BSA and the PATRIOT Act seek to promote the identification of parties that may be involved in terrorism, money laundering or other suspicious activities. Anti-money laundering laws outside the United States contain some similar

provisions. The obligation of financial institutions, including Goldman Sachs, to identify their clients, to monitor for and report suspicious transactions, to respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and to share information with other financial institutions, has required the implementation and maintenance of internal practices, procedures and controls that have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs, and any failure with respect to our programs in this area could subject us to substantial liability and regulatory fines.
 
Regulation Outside the United States
Goldman Sachs provides investment services in and from the United Kingdom under the regulation of the FSA. Goldman Sachs International (GSI), our regulated U.K.broker-dealer,is subject to the capital requirements imposed by the FSA. Other subsidiaries, including Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB), our regulated U.K. bank, are also regulated by the FSA. As of December 2010, GSI and GSIB were in compliance with the FSA capital requirements.
 
Goldman Sachs Bank (Europe) PLC (GS Bank Europe), our regulated Irish bank, is subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by the Central Bank of Ireland. As of December 2010, this bank was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements. Group Inc. has issued a general guarantee of the obligations of this bank.
 
Various other Goldman Sachs entities are regulated by the banking, insurance and securities regulatory authorities of the European countries in which they operate, including, among others, the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) and the Bundesbank in Germany, the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel and the Autorité des Marchés Financiers in France, Banca d’Italia and the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (CONSOB) in Italy, the Federal Financial Markets Service and the Central Bank of the Russian Federation in Russia and the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority. Certain Goldman Sachs entities are also regulated by the European securities, derivatives and commodities exchanges of which they are members.


15


Table of Contents

The investment services that are subject to oversight by the FSA and other regulators within the European Union (EU) are regulated in accordance with national laws, many of which implement EU directives requiring, among other things, compliance with certain capital adequacy standards, customer protection requirements and market conduct and trade reporting rules. These standards, requirements and rules are generally implemented in a similar manner, under the same directives, throughout the EU.
 
The EU has adopted risk retention requirements applicable toasset-backedsecurity offerings similar to those required under the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as enhanced disclosure requirements applicable to such offerings.
 
Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL), our regulated Japanesebroker-dealer,is subject to the capital requirements imposed by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. As of December 2010, GSJCL was in compliance with its capital adequacy requirements. GSJCL is also regulated by the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka Securities Exchange, the Tokyo Financial Exchange, the Japan Securities Dealers Association, the Tokyo Commodity Exchange and the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry in Japan.
 
Also in Asia, the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the Korean Financial Supervisory Service, the Reserve Bank of India and the Securities and Exchange Board of India, among others, regulate various of our subsidiaries and also have capital standards and other requirements comparable to the rules of the SEC.
 
Various Goldman Sachs entities are regulated by the banking and regulatory authorities in countries in which Goldman Sachs operates, including, among others, Brazil and Dubai. In addition, certain of our insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the FSA and certain are regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

Regulations Applicable in and Outside the United States
The U.S. andnon-U.S. governmentagencies, regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions and other state regulators in the United States, are empowered to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease and desist orders, or the suspension or expulsion of abroker-dealeror its directors, officers or employees. From time to time, our subsidiaries have been subject to investigations and proceedings, and sanctions have been imposed for infractions of various regulations relating to our activities.
 
The SEC and FINRA have rules governing research analysts, including rules imposing restrictions on the interaction between equity research analysts and investment banking personnel at member securities firms. Variousnon-U.S. jurisdictionshave imposed both substantive and disclosure-based requirements with respect to research and may impose additional regulations.
 
Our investment management business is subject to significant regulation in numerous jurisdictions around the world relating to, among other things, the safeguarding of client assets and our management of client funds.
 
As discussed above, many of our subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements in jurisdictions throughout the world. Subsidiaries not subject to separate regulation may hold capital to satisfy local tax guidelines, rating agency requirements or internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based upon its underlying risk.
 
Certain of our businesses are subject to compliance with regulations enacted by U.S. federal and state governments, the EU or other jurisdictionsand/orenacted by various regulatory organizations or exchanges relating to the privacy of the information of clients, employees or others, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to liabilityand/orreputational damage.


16


Table of Contents



 

Available Information
 
Our internet address is www.gs.com and the investor relations section of our web site is located atwww.gs.com/shareholders. We make available free of charge through the investor relations section of our web site, annual reports onForm 10-K,quarterly reports onForm 10-Qand current reports onForm 8-Kand amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), as well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Also posted on our web site, and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, charters for our Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, our Policy Regarding Director Independence Determinations, our Policy on Reporting of Concerns Regarding Accounting and Other Matters, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, officers and employees. Within the time period required by the SEC, we will post on our web site any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director or senior financial officer (as defined in the Code).
 
In addition, our web site includes information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors, as well as disclosure relating to certainnon-GAAPfinancial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by similar means from time to time.
 
Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 200 West Street, 29th Floor, New York, New York 10282, Attn: Investor Relations, telephone:212-902-0300,e-mail:gs-investor-relations@gs.com.
 
Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
 
We have included or incorporated by reference in thisForm 10-K,and from time to time our management may make, statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but instead represent only our

beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control. These statements include statements other than historical information or statements of current condition and may relate to our future plans and objectives and results, among other things, and may also include our belief regarding the effect of changes to the capital and leverage rules applicable to bank holding companies, the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our businesses and operations, and various legal proceedings as set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K,as well as statements about the objectives and effectiveness of our risk management and liquidity policies, statements about trends in or growth opportunities for our businesses, statements about our future status, activities or reporting under U.S. ornon-U.S. bankingand financial regulation, and statements about our investment banking transaction backlog.
 
By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, those discussed below and under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.
 
In the case of statements about our investment banking transaction backlog, such statements are subject to the risk that the terms of these transactions may be modified or that they may not be completed at all; therefore, the net revenues, if any, that we actually earn from these transactions may differ, possibly materially, from those currently expected. Important factors that could result in a modification of the terms of a transaction or a transaction not being completed include, in the case of underwriting transactions, a decline or continued weakness in general economic conditions, outbreak of hostilities, volatility in the securities markets generally or an adverse development with respect to the issuer of the securities and, in the case of financial advisory transactions, a decline in the securities markets, an inability to obtain adequate financing, an adverse development with respect to a party to the transaction or a failure to obtain a required regulatory approval. For a discussion of other important factors that could adversely affect our investment banking transactions, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.
 
 


17


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  Risk Factors
 

We face a variety of risks that are substantial and inherent in our businesses, including market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The following are some of the more important factors that could affect our businesses.
 
Our businesses have been and may continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally.
 
Our businesses, by their nature, do not produce predictable earnings, and all of our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally. In the past several years, these conditions have changed suddenly and, for a period of time, very negatively. In 2008 and through early 2009, the financial services industry and the securities markets generally were materially and adversely affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a serious lack of liquidity.
 
Since 2008, governments, regulators and central banks in the United States and worldwide have taken numerous steps to increase liquidity and to restore investor and public confidence. In addition, there are numerous legislative and regulatory actions that have been taken to deal with what regulators, politicians and others believe to be the root causes of the financial crisis, including laws and regulations relating to financial institution capital requirements and compensation practices, restrictions on the type of activities in which financial institutions are permitted to engage, and generally increased regulatory scrutiny. In some cases, additional taxes have been (or have been proposed to be) imposed on certain financial institutions. Many of the regulations that are required to implement recently adopted legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Act) are still being drafted or are not yet in effect; therefore, the exact impact that these regulations will have on our businesses, results of operations and cash flows is presently unclear.

Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions has been greatly reduced and many companies were, and some continue to be, in serious difficulty due to reduced consumer spending and low levels of liquidity in the credit markets. National and local governments are facing difficult financial conditions due to significant reductions in tax revenues, particularly from corporate and personal income taxes, as well as increased outlays for unemployment benefits due to high unemployment levels and the cost of stimulus programs.
 
Declines in asset values, the lack of liquidity, reduced volatility, general uncertainty about economic and market activities and a lack of consumer, investor and CEO confidence have negatively impacted many of our businesses.
 
Our financial performance is highly dependent on the environment in which our businesses operate. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, high global gross domestic product growth, transparent, liquid and efficient capital markets, low inflation, high business and investor confidence, stable geopolitical conditions, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by: declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation, interest rates, exchange rate volatility, default rates or the price of basic commodities; outbreaks of hostilities or other geopolitical instability; corporate, political or other scandals that reduce investor confidence in capital markets; natural disasters or pandemics; or a combination of these or other factors.
 
The business environment continued to improve during 2010, although there were several periods of market disruption, but there can be no assurance that these conditions will continue in the near or long term. If they do not, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
 


18


Table of Contents

 
 

Our businesses have been and may be adversely affected by declining asset values. This is particularly true for those businesses in which we have net “long” positions, receive fees based on the value of assets managed, or receive or post collateral.
 
Many of our businesses have net “long” positions in debt securities, loans, derivatives, mortgages, equities (including private equity and real estate) and most other asset classes. These include positions we take when we act as a principal to facilitate our clients’ activities, including our exchange-basedmarket-makingactivities, or commit large amounts of capital to maintain positions in interest rate and credit products, as well as through our currencies, commodities and equities activities. Because nearly all of these investing, lending and market-making positions are marked-to-market on a daily basis, declines in asset values directly and immediately impact our earnings, unless we have effectively “hedged” our exposures to such declines. In certain circumstances (particularly in the case of leveraged loans and private equities or other securities that are not freely tradable or lack established and liquid trading markets), it may not be possible or economic to hedge such exposures and to the extent that we do so the hedge may be ineffective or may greatly reduce our ability to profit from increases in the values of the assets. Sudden declines and significant volatility in the prices of assets may substantially curtail or eliminate the trading markets for certain assets, which may make it very difficult to sell, hedge or value such assets. The inability to sell or effectively hedge assets reduces our ability to limit losses in such positions and the difficulty in valuing assets may require us to maintain additional capital and increase our funding costs.
 
In our exchange-basedmarket-makingactivities, we are obligated by stock exchange rules to maintain an orderly market, including by purchasing shares in a declining market. In markets where asset values are declining and in volatile markets, this results in losses and an increased need for liquidity.
 
We receiveasset-basedmanagement fees based on the value of our clients’ portfolios or investment in funds managed by us and, in some cases, we also receive incentive fees based on increases in the value of such investments. Declines in asset values reduce the value of our clients’ portfolios or fund assets, which in turn reduce the fees we earn for managing such assets.

We post collateral to support our obligations and receive collateral to support the obligations of our clients and counterparties in connection with our client execution businesses. When the value of the assets posted as collateral declines, the party posting the collateral may need to provide additional collateral or, if possible, reduce its trading position. A classic example of such a situation is a “margin call” in connection with a brokerage account. Therefore, declines in the value of asset classes used as collateral mean that either the cost of funding positions is increased or the size of positions is decreased. If we are the party providing collateral, this can increase our costs and reduce our profitability and if we are the party receiving collateral, this can also reduce our profitability by reducing the level of business done with our clients and counterparties. In addition, volatile or less liquid markets increase the difficulty of valuing assets which can lead to costly and time-consuming disputes over asset values and the level of required collateral, as well as increased credit risk to the recipient of the collateral due to delays in receiving adequate collateral.
 
Our businesses have been and may be adversely affected by disruptions in the credit markets, including reduced access to credit and higher costs of obtaining credit.
 
Widening credit spreads, as well as significant declines in the availability of credit, have in the past adversely affected our ability to borrow on a secured and unsecured basis and may do so in the future. We fund ourselves on an unsecured basis by issuinglong-termdebt, promissory notes and commercial paper, by accepting deposits at our bank subsidiaries or by obtaining bank loans or lines of credit. We seek to finance many of our assets on a secured basis, including by entering into repurchase agreements. Any disruptions in the credit markets may make it harder and more expensive to obtain funding for our businesses. If our available funding is limited or we are forced to fund our operations at a higher cost, these conditions may require us to curtail our business activities and increase our cost of funding, both of which could reduce our profitability, particularly in our businesses that involve investing, lending and market making.


19


Table of Contents

Our clients engaging in mergers and acquisitions often rely on access to the secured and unsecured credit markets to finance their transactions. A lack of available credit or an increased cost of credit can adversely affect the size, volume and timing of     our     clients’ merger and     acquisitiontransactions — particularlylarge transactions — and adversely affect our financial advisory and underwriting businesses.
 
In addition, we may incur significant unrealized gains or losses due solely to changes in our credit spreads or those of third parties, as these changes may affect the fair value of our derivative instruments and the debt securities that we hold or issue.
 
Ourmarket-makingactivities have been and may be affected by changes in the levels of market volatility.
 
Certain of ourmarket-makingactivities depend on market volatility to provide trading and arbitrage opportunities to our clients, and decreases in volatility may reduce these opportunities and adversely affect the results of these activities. On the other hand, increased volatility, while it can increase trading volumes and spreads, also increases risk as measured byValue-at-Risk(VaR) and may expose us to increased risks in connection with ourmarket-makingactivities or cause us to reduce ourmarket-makingpositions in order to avoid increasing our VaR. Limiting the size of ourmarket-makingpositions can adversely affect our profitability, even though spreads are widening and we may earn more on each trade. In periods when volatility is increasing, but asset values are declining significantly, it may not be possible to sell assets at all or it may only be possible to do so at steep discounts. In such circumstances we may be forced to either take on additional risk or to incur losses in order to decrease our VaR. In addition, increases in volatility increase the level of our risk weighted assets and increase our capital requirements, both of which in turn increase our funding costs.

Our investment banking, client execution and investment management businesses have been adversely affected and may continue to be adversely affected by market uncertainty or lack of confidence among investors and CEOs due to general declines in economic activity and other unfavorable economic, geopolitical or market conditions.
 
Our investment banking business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by market conditions. Poor economic conditions and other adverse geopolitical conditions can adversely affect and have adversely affected investor and CEO confidence, resulting in significantindustry-widedeclines in the size and number of underwritings and of financial advisory transactions, which could have an adverse effect on our revenues and our profit margins. In particular, because a significant portion of our investment banking revenues is derived from our participation in large transactions, a decline in the number of large transactions would adversely affect our investment banking business.
 
In certain circumstances, market uncertainty or general declines in market or economic activity may affect our client execution businesses by decreasing levels of overall activity or by decreasing volatility, but at other times market uncertainty and even declining economic activity may result in higher trading volumes or higher spreads or both.
 
Market uncertainty, volatility and adverse economic conditions, as well as declines in asset values, may cause our clients to transfer their assets out of our funds or other products or their brokerage accounts and result in reduced net revenues, principally in our investment management business. To the extent that clients do not withdraw their funds, they may invest them in products that generate less fee income.


20


Table of Contents

Our investment management business may be affected by the poor investment performance of our investment products.
 
Poor investment returns in our investment management business, due to either general market conditions or underperformance (relative to our competitors or to benchmarks) by funds or accounts that we manage or investment products that we design or sell, affects our ability to retain existing assets and to attract new clients or additional assets from existing clients. This could affect the management and incentive fees that we earn on assets under management or the commissions that we earn for selling other investment products, such as structured notes or derivatives.
 
We may incur losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.
 
We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, compliance and legal reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms. Our risk management process seeks to balance our ability to profit frommarket-making,investing or lending positions with our exposure to potential losses. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Thus, we may, in the course of our activities, incur losses. Market conditions in recent years have involved unprecedented dislocations and highlight the limitations inherent in using historical data to manage risk.
 
The models that we use to assess and control our risk exposures reflect assumptions about the degrees of correlation or lack thereof among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators. In times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances, such as occurred during 2008 and early 2009, previously uncorrelated indicators may become correlated, or conversely previously correlated indicators may move in different directions. These types of market movements have at times limited the effectiveness of our hedging strategies and have caused us to incur significant losses, and they may do so in the future. These changes in correlation can be exacerbated where other market participants are using risk or trading models with assumptions or algorithms that are similar to ours. In these and other cases, it may be difficult to reduce our risk positions due to the activity of other market participants or widespread market

dislocations, including circumstances where asset values are declining significantly or no market exists for certain assets.
 
To the extent that we have positions through ourmarket-makingor origination activities or we make investments directly through our investing activities in securities, including private equity, that do not have an established liquid trading market or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sale or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and therefore reduce our risk associated with such positions. In addition, we invest our own capital in private equity, debt, real estate and hedge funds that we manage and limitations on our ability to withdraw some or all of our investments in these funds, whether for legal, reputational or other reasons, may make it more difficult for us to control the risk exposures relating to these investments.
 
For a further discussion of our risk management policies and procedures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7 of thisForm 10-K.
 
Our liquidity, profitability and businesses may be adversely affected by an inability to access the debt capital markets or to sell assets or by a reduction in our credit ratings or by an increase in our credit spreads.
 
Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity may be impaired by an inability to access securedand/orunsecured debt markets, an inability to access funds from our subsidiaries, an inability to sell assets or redeem our investments, or unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us, or even by the perception among market participants that we, or other market participants, are experiencing greater liquidity risk.
 
The financial instruments that we hold and the contracts to which we are a party are complex, as we employ structured products to benefit our clients and ourselves, and these complex structured products often do not have readily available markets to access in times of liquidity stress. Our investing and lending activities may lead to situations where the holdings from these activities represent a significant portion of specific markets, which could restrict liquidity for our positions.


21


Table of Contents

Further, our ability to sell assets may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time, as is likely to occur in a liquidity or other market crisis. In addition, financial institutions with which we interact may exerciseset-offrights or the right to require additional collateral, including in difficult market conditions, which could further impair our access to liquidity.
 
Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger our obligations under certain provisions in some of our trading and collateralized financing contracts. Under these provisions, counterparties could be permitted to terminate contracts with Goldman Sachs or require us to post additional collateral. Termination of our trading and collateralized financing contracts could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. Certain rating agencies have indicated that theDodd-FrankAct could result in the rating agencies reducing their assumed level of government support and therefore result in ratings downgrades for certain large financial institutions, including Goldman Sachs.
 
Our cost of obtaininglong-termunsecured funding is directly related to our credit spreads (the amount in excess of the interest rate of U.S. Treasury securities (or other benchmark securities) of the same maturity that we need to pay to our debt investors). Increases in our credit spreads can significantly increase our cost of this funding. Changes in credit spreads are continuous,market-driven,and subject at times to unpredictable and highly volatile movements. Credit spreads are influenced by market perceptions of our creditworthiness. In addition, our credit spreads may be influenced by movements in the costs to purchasers of credit default swaps referenced to ourlong-termdebt. The market for credit default swaps, although very large, has proven to be extremely volatile and currently lacks a high degree of structure or transparency.

Conflicts of interest are increasing and a failure to appropriately identify and address conflicts of interest could adversely affect our businesses.
 
As we have expanded the scope of our businesses and our client base, we increasingly must address potential conflicts of interest, including situations where our services to a particular client or our own investments or other interests conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client, as well as situations where one or more of our businesses have access to materialnon-publicinformation that may not be shared with other businesses within the firm and situations where we may be a creditor of an entity with which we also have an advisory or other relationship.
 
In addition, our status as a bank holding company subjects us to heightened regulation and increased regulatory scrutiny by the Federal Reserve Board with respect to transactions between GS Bank USA and entities that are or could be viewed as affiliates of ours.
 
We have extensive procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address conflicts of interest, including those designed to prevent the improper sharing of information among our businesses. However, appropriately identifying and dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and our reputation, which is one of our most important assets, could be damaged and the willingness of clients to enter into transactions with us may be affected if we fail, or appear to fail, to identify, disclose and deal appropriately with conflicts of interest. In addition, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.


22


Table of Contents

Group Inc. is a holding company and is dependent for liquidity on payments from its subsidiaries, many of which are subject to restrictions.
 
Group Inc. is a holding company and, therefore, depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Many of our subsidiaries, including ourbroker-dealer,bank and insurance subsidiaries, are subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to Group Inc. In addition, ourbroker-dealer,bank and insurance subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to lend or transact with affiliates and to minimum regulatory capital requirements, as well as restrictions on their ability to use funds deposited with them in brokerage or bank accounts to fund their businesses. Additional restrictions on related-party transactions, increased capital requirements and additional limitations on the use of funds on deposit in bank or brokerage accounts, as well as lower earnings, can reduce the amount of funds available to meet the obligations of Group Inc. and even require Group Inc. to provide additional funding to such subsidiaries. Restrictions or regulatory action of that kind could impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on its obligations, including debt obligations, or dividend payments. In addition, Group Inc.’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.
 
Furthermore, Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of certain of its subsidiaries, including GS&Co., GS Bank USA, GS Bank Europe and Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. subject to certain exceptions, and has pledged significant assets to GS Bank USA to support obligations to GS Bank USA. In addition, Group Inc. guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on atransaction-by-transactionbasis, as negotiated with counterparties. These guarantees may require Group Inc. to provide substantial funds or assets to its subsidiaries or their creditors or counterparties at a time when Group Inc. is in need of liquidity to fund its own obligations. See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-Kfor a further discussion of regulatory restrictions.

Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets or whose securities or obligations we hold.
 
We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. A failure of a significant market participant, or even concerns about a default by such an institution, could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect us.
 
We are also subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. In addition, deterioration in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold could result in lossesand/oradversely affect our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. A significant downgrade in the credit ratings of our counterparties could also have a negative impact on our results. While in many cases we are permitted to require additional collateral from counterparties that experience financial difficulty, disputes may arise as to the amount of collateral we are entitled to receive and the value of pledged assets. The termination of contracts and the foreclosure on collateral may subject us to claims for the improper exercise of our rights. Default rates, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation of collateral increase significantly in times of market stress and illiquidity.
 
As part of our clearing and prime brokerage activities, we finance our clients’ positions, and we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our clients. Although we regularly review credit exposures to specific clients and counterparties and to specific industries, countries and regions that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.


23


Table of Contents

Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in ourmarket-making,underwriting, investing and lending activities.
 
Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in ourmarket-making,underwriting, investing and lending activities. The number and size of such transactions may affect our results of operations in a given period. Moreover, because of concentration of risk, we may suffer losses even when economic and market conditions are generally favorable for our competitors. Disruptions in the credit markets can make it difficult to hedge these credit exposures effectively or economically. In addition, we extend large commitments as part of our credit origination activities. The Dodd-Frank Act will require issuers ofasset-backedsecurities and any person who organizes and initiates anasset-backedsecurities transaction to retain economic exposure to the asset, which could significantly increase the cost to us of engaging in securitization activities. Our inability to reduce our credit risk by selling, syndicating or securitizing these positions, including during periods of market stress, could negatively affect our results of operations due to a decrease in the fair value of the positions, including due to the insolvency or bankruptcy of the borrower, as well as the loss of revenues associated with selling such securities or loans.
 
In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to a concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, and a failure or downgrade of, or default by, such entity could negatively impact our businesses, perhaps materially, and the systems by which we set limits and monitor the level of our credit exposure to individual entities, industries and countries may not function as we have anticipated. While our activities expose us to many different industries and counterparties, we routinely execute a high volume of transactions with counterparties engaged in financial services activities, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, clearing houses, exchanges and investment funds. This has resulted in significant credit concentration with respect to these counterparties. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to lead to increased centralization of trading activity through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges, which may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities.

The financial services industry is highly competitive.
 
The financial services industry and all of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including transaction execution, our products and services, innovation, reputation, creditworthiness and price. Over time, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial services industry. This trend accelerated over recent years as a result of numerous mergers and asset acquisitions among industry participants. This trend has also hastened the globalization of the securities and other financial services markets. As a result, we have had to commit capital to support our international operations and to execute large global transactions. To the extent we expand into new business areas and new geographic regions, we will face competitors with more experience and more established relationships with clients, regulators and industry participants in the relevant market, which could adversely affect our ability to expand. Governments and regulators have recently adopted regulations, imposed taxes or otherwise put forward various proposals that have or may impact our ability to conduct certain of our businesses in acost-effectivemanner or at all in certain or all jurisdictions, including proposals relating to restrictions on the type of activities in which financial institutions are permitted to engage. These or other similar proposals, which may not apply to all our U.S. ornon-U.S. competitors,could impact our ability to compete effectively.
 
Pricing and other competitive pressures in our businesses have continued to increase, particularly in situations where some of our competitors may seek to increase market share by reducing prices. For example, in connection with investment banking and other assignments, we have experienced pressure to extend and price credit at levels that may not always fully compensate us for the risks we take.


24


Table of Contents

We face enhanced risks as new business initiatives lead us to transact with a broader array of clients and counterparties and expose us to new asset classes and new markets.
 
A number of our recent and planned business initiatives and expansions of existing businesses may bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and expose us to new asset classes and new markets. For example, we are increasingly transacting business and investing in new regions, including a wider range of emerging and growth markets. Furthermore, in a number of our businesses, including where we make markets, invest and lend, we directly or indirectly own interests in, or otherwise become affiliated with the ownership and operation of public services, such as airports, toll roads and shipping ports, as well as power generation facilities, physical commodities and other commodities infrastructure components, both within and outside the United States. Recent market conditions may lead to an increase in opportunities to acquire distressed assets and we may determine opportunistically to increase our exposure to these types of assets.
 
These activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, including risks associated with dealing with governmental entities, reputational concerns arising from dealing with less sophisticated counterparties and investors, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increasedcredit-related,sovereign and operational risks, risks arising from accidents or acts of terrorism, and reputational concerns with the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.

Derivative transactions and delayed settlements may expose us to unexpected risk and potential losses.
 
We are party to a large number of derivative transactions, including credit derivatives. Many of these derivative instruments are individually negotiated andnon-standardized,which can make exiting, transferring or settling positions difficult. Many credit derivatives require that we deliver to the counterparty the underlying security, loan or other obligation in order to receive payment. In a number of cases, we do not hold the underlying security, loan or other obligation and may not be able to obtain the underlying security, loan or other obligation. This could cause us to forfeit the payments due to us under these contracts or result in settlement delays with the attendant credit and operational risk as well as increased costs to the firm. Derivative transactions may also involve the risk that they are not authorized or appropriate for a counterparty, that documentation has not been properly executed or that executed agreements may not be enforceable against the counterparty.
 
Derivative contracts and other transactions, including secondary bank loan purchases and sales, entered into with third parties are not always confirmed by the counterparties or settled on a timely basis. While the transaction remains unconfirmed or during any delay in settlement, we are subject to heightened credit and operational risk and in the event of a default may find it more difficult to enforce our rights. In addition, as new and more complex derivative products are created, covering a wider array of underlying credit and other instruments, disputes about the terms of the underlying contracts could arise, which could impair our ability to effectively manage our risk exposures from these products and subject us to increased costs. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act requiring central clearing of credit derivatives and other OTC derivatives, or a market shift toward standardized derivatives, could reduce the risk associated with such transactions, but under certain circumstances could also limit our ability to develop derivatives that best suit the needs of our clients and ourselves and adversely affect our profitability and increase our credit exposure to such platform.


25


Table of Contents

Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.
 
Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals; therefore, our continued ability to compete effectively in our businesses, to manage our businesses effectively and to expand into new businesses and geographic areas depends on our ability to attract new talented and diverse employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees. Factors that affect our ability to attract and retain such employees include our compensation and benefits, and our reputation as a successful business with a culture of fairly hiring, training and promoting qualified employees.
 
Competition from within the financial services industry and from businesses outside the financial services industry for qualified employees has often been intense. This is particularly the case in emerging and growth markets, where we are often competing for qualified employees with entities that have a significantly greater presence or more extensive experience in the region.
 
As described further in “Business — Regulation — Banking Regulation” and “Regulation — Compensation Practices” in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-K,our compensation practices are subject to review by, and the standards of, the Federal Reserve Board. As a large financial and banking institution, we may be subject to limitations on compensation practices (which may or may not affect our competitors) by the Federal Reserve Board, the FSA, the FDIC or other regulators worldwide. These limitations, including any imposed by or as a result of future legislation or regulation, may require us to alter our compensation practices in ways that could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talented employees. We may also be required to make additional disclosure with respect to the compensation of employees, includingnon-executiveofficers, in a manner that directly or indirectly results in the identity of such employees and their compensation being made public. Any such additional public disclosure of employee compensation may also make it difficult to attract and retain talented employees.

Our businesses and those of our clients are subject to extensive and pervasive regulation around the world.
 
As a participant in the financial services industry and a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive regulation in jurisdictions around the world. We face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory and taxing authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct our businesses. Among other things, as a result of regulators enforcing existing laws and regulations, we could be fined, prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities, subject to limitations or conditions on our business activities or subjected to new or substantially higher taxes or other governmental charges in connection with the conduct of our business or with respect to our employees.
 
There is also the risk that new laws or regulations or changes in enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to our businesses or those of our clients, including tax burdens and compensation restrictions, could be imposed on a limited subset of financial institutions (either based on size, activities, geography or other criteria), which may adversely affect our ability to compete effectively with other institutions that are not affected in the same way.
 
The impact of such developments could impact our profitability in the affected jurisdictions, or even make it uneconomic for us to continue to conduct all or certain of our businesses in such jurisdictions, or could cause us to incur significant costs associated with changing our business practices, restructuring our businesses, moving all or certain of our businesses and our employees to other locations or complying with applicable capital requirements, including liquidating assets or raising capital in a manner that adversely increases our funding costs or otherwise adversely affects our shareholders and creditors.
 
For a discussion of the extensive regulation to which our businesses are subject, see “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-K.


26


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by increased governmental and regulatory scrutiny or negative publicity.
 
Governmental scrutiny from regulators, legislative bodies and law enforcement agencies with respect to matters relating to compensation, our business practices, our past actions and other matters has increased dramatically in the past several years. The financial crisis and the current political and public sentiment regarding financial institutions has resulted in a significant amount of adverse press coverage, as well as adverse statements or charges by regulators or other government officials. Press coverage and other public statements that assert some form of wrongdoing often result in some type of investigation by regulators, legislators and law enforcement officials or in lawsuits. Responding to these investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, is time consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of our senior management from our business. Penalties and fines sought by regulatory authorities have increased substantially over the last several years, and certain regulators have been more likely in recent years to commence enforcement actions or to advance or support legislation targeted at the financial services industry. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny and legal and enforcement proceedings can also have a negative impact on our reputation and on the morale and performance of our employees, which could adversely affect our businesses and results of operations.
 
A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause losses.
 
Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a very large number of transactions, many of which are highly complex, across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. These transactions, as well as the information technology services we provide to clients, often must adhere to client-specific guidelines, as well as legal and regulatory standards.
 
As our client base and our geographical reach expands, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure becomes increasingly challenging. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events

that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as a spike in transaction volume, adversely affecting our ability to process these transactions or provide these services. We must continuously update these systems to support our operations and growth and to respond to changes in regulations and markets. This updating entails significant costs and creates risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones.
 
In addition, we also face the risk of operational failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions, and as our interconnectivity with our clients grows, we increasingly face the risk of operational failure with respect to our clients’ systems.
 
In recent years, there has been significant consolidation among clearing agents, exchanges and clearing houses and an increasing number of derivative transactions are now or in the near future will be cleared on exchanges, which has increased our exposure to operational failure, termination or capacity constraints of the particular financial intermediaries that we use and could affect our ability to find adequate andcost-effectivealternatives in the event of any such failure, termination or constraint. Industry consolidation, whether among market participants or financial intermediaries, increases the risk of operational failure as disparate complex systems need to be integrated, often on an accelerated basis.
 
Furthermore, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased centrality of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause anindustry-wideoperational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Any such failure, termination or constraint could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions, service our clients, manage our exposure to risk or expand our businesses or result in financial loss or liability to our clients, impairment of our liquidity, disruption of our businesses, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.


27


Table of Contents

Despite the resiliency plans and facilities we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely impacted by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities in which we are located. This may include a disruption involving electrical, communications, internet, transportation or other services used by us or third parties with which we conduct business. These disruptions may occur as a result of events that affect only our buildings or systems or those of such third parties, or as a result of events with a broader impact globally, regionally or in the cities where those buildings or systems are located.
 
Nearly all of our employees in our primary locations, including the New York metropolitan area, London, Bangalore, Hong Kong, Tokyo and Salt Lake City, work in close proximity to one another, in one or more buildings. Notwithstanding our efforts to maintain business continuity, given that our headquarters and the largest concentration of our employees are in the New York metropolitan area, depending on the intensity and longevity of the event, a catastrophic event impacting our New York metropolitan area offices could very negatively affect our business. If a disruption occurs in one location and our employees in that location are unable to occupy our offices or communicate with or travel to other locations, our ability to service and interact with our clients may suffer, and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans that depend on communication or travel.
 
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients’ or counterparties’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in significant losses or reputational damage. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.

We routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary information by email and other electronic means. We have discussed and worked with clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop secure transmission capabilities, but we do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities with all of our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information. An interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information being sent to or received from a client, vendor, service provider, counterparty or other third party could result in legal liability, regulatory action and reputational harm.
 
Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause us significant reputational harm, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects.
 
We face significant legal risks in our businesses, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remain high. See “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 of thisForm 10-Kfor a discussion of certain legal proceedings in which we are involved. Our experience has been that legal claims by customers and clients increase in a market downturn and that employment-related claims increase in periods when we have reduced the total number of employees.
 
There have been a number of highly publicized cases, involving actual or alleged fraud or other misconduct by employees in the financial services industry in recent years, and we run the risk that employee misconduct could occur. This misconduct has included and may include in the future the theft of proprietary software. It is not always possible to deter or prevent employee misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity have not been and may not be effective in all cases.


28


Table of Contents

The growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new trading technology may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.
 
Technology is fundamental to our business and our industry. The growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new technologies is changing our businesses and presenting us with new challenges. Securities, futures and options transactions are increasingly occurring electronically, both on our own systems and through other alternative trading systems, and it appears that the trend toward alternative trading systems will continue and probably accelerate. Some of these alternative trading systems compete with us, particularly our exchange-basedmarket-makingactivities, and we may experience continued competitive pressures in these and other areas. In addition, the increased use by our clients oflow-costelectronic trading systems and direct electronic access to trading markets could cause a reduction in commissions and spreads. As our clients increasingly use our systems to trade directly in the markets, we may incur liabilities as a result of their use of our order routing and execution infrastructure. We have invested significant resources into the development of electronic trading systems and expect to continue to do so, but there is no assurance that the revenues generated by these systems will yield an adequate return on our investment, particularly given the relatively lower commissions arising from electronic trades.
 
Our commodities activities, particularly our power generation interests and our physical commodities activities, subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental, reputational and other risks that may expose us to significant liabilities and costs.
 
We engage in, or invest in entities that engage in, the production, storage, transportation, marketing and trading of numerous commodities, including crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, agricultural products, metals (base and precious), minerals (including uranium), emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. These activities subject us to extensive and evolving federal, state and local energy, environmental and other governmental laws and regulations worldwide, including environmental laws and regulations relating to, among others, air quality, water quality, waste management, transportation of hazardous substances, natural resources, site remediation and health and safety. Additionally, rising climate change concerns may lead to additional regulation that could increase the operating costs and profitability of our investments.

We may incur substantial costs in complying with current or future laws and regulations relating to our commodities-related activities and investments, particularly electric power generation, transportation and storage of physical commodities and wholesale sales and trading of electricity and natural gas. Compliance with these laws and regulations could require us to commit significant capital toward environmental monitoring, installation of pollution control equipment, renovation of storage facilities or transport vessels, payment of emission fees and carbon or other taxes, and application for, and holding of, permits and licenses.
 
Our commodities-related activities are also subject to the risk of unforeseen or catastrophic events, many of which are outside of our control, including breakdown or failure of power generation equipment, transmission lines, transport vessels, storage facilities or other equipment or processes or other mechanical malfunctions, fires, leaks, spills or release of hazardous substances, performance below expected levels of output or efficiency, terrorist attacks, natural disasters or other hostile or catastrophic events. In addition, we rely on third-party suppliers or service providers to perform their contractual obligations and any failure on their part, including the failure to obtain raw materials at reasonable prices or to safely transport or store commodities, could adversely affect our activities. In addition, we may not be able to obtain insurance to cover some of these risks and the insurance that we have may be inadequate to cover our losses.
 
The occurrence of any of such events may prevent us from performing under our agreements with clients, may impair our operations or financial results and may result in litigation, regulatory action, negative publicity or other reputational harm.


29


Table of Contents

In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.
 
In conducting our businesses and maintaining and supporting our global operations, we are subject to risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or acts of terrorism. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries and many of the transactions in which we are involved are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market. Any determination by local regulators that we have not acted in compliance with the application of local laws in a particular market or our failure to develop effective working relationships with local regulators could have a significant and negative effect not only on our businesses in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.
 
Our businesses and operations are increasingly expanding into new regions throughout the world, including emerging and growth markets, and we expect this trend to continue. Various emerging and growth market countries have experienced severe economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or threatened defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, and low or negative growth rates in their economies, as well as military activity or acts of terrorism. The possible effects of any of these conditions include an adverse impact on our businesses and increased volatility in financial markets generally.

While business and other practices throughout the world differ, our principal legal entities are subject in their operations worldwide to rules and regulations relating to corrupt and illegal payments and money laundering, as well as laws relating to doing business with certain individuals, groups and countries, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and U.K. Bribery Act. While we have invested and continue to invest significant resources in training and in compliance monitoring, the geographical diversity of our operations, employees, clients and customers, as well as the vendors and other third parties that we deal with, greatly increases the risk that we may be found in violation of such rules or regulations and any such violation could subject us to significant penalties or adversely affect our reputation.
 
We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic, terrorist attacks or natural disasters.
 
The occurrence of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic or other widespread health emergency (or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency), terrorist attacks or natural disasters, could create economic and financial disruptions, could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses, and could expose our insurance activities to significant losses.


30


Table of Contents



 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments
 
There are no material unresolved written comments that were received from the SEC staff 180 days or more before the end of our fiscal year relating to our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act.
 
Item 2.  Properties
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 200 West Street, New York, New York and comprise approximately 2.1 million gross square feet. The building is located on a parcel leased from Battery Park City Authority pursuant to a ground lease. Under the lease, Battery Park City Authority holds title to all improvements, including the office building, subject to Goldman Sachs’ right of exclusive possession and use until June 2069, the expiration date of the lease. Under the terms of the ground lease, we made a lump sum ground rent payment in June 2007 of $161 million for rent through the term of the lease.
 
We have offices at 30 Hudson Street in Jersey City, New Jersey, which we own and which include approximately 1.6 million gross square feet of office space, and we own over 700,000 square feet of additional commercial space spread among four locations in New York and New Jersey. We lease approximately 2.1 million rentable square feet in the New York Metropolitan Area.
 
We have additional offices in the U.S. and elsewhere in the Americas, which together comprise approximately 3.0 million rentable square feet of leased space.
 
In Europe, the Middle East and Africa, we have offices that total approximately 2.1 million rentable square feet. Our European headquarters is located in London at Peterborough Court, pursuant to a lease expiring in 2026. In total, we lease approximately 1.6 million rentable square feet in London through various leases, relating to various properties.

In Asia (including India), we have offices that total approximately 1.7 million rentable square feet. Our headquarters in this region are in Tokyo, at the Roppongi Hills Mori Tower, and in Hong Kong, at the Cheung Kong Center. In Tokyo, we currently lease approximately 388,000 rentable square feet, the majority of which will expire in 2018. In Hong Kong, we currently lease approximately 320,000 rentable square feet under lease agreements, the majority of which will expire in 2017.
 
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Off-Balance-SheetArrangements and Contractual Obligations — Contractual Obligations” in Part II, Item 7 of thisForm 10-Kfor a discussion of exit costs we may incur.
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
 
We are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Many of these proceedings are at preliminary stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages. However, we believe, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, but may be material to our operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. Given the range of litigation and investigations presently under way, our litigation expenses can be expected to remain high. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Use of Estimates” in Part II, Item 7 of thisForm 10-K.See Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information on certain judicial, regulatory and legal proceedings.
 
 


31


Table of Contents

 
Executive Officers of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 

Set forth below are the name, age, present title, principal occupation and certain biographical information as of February 1, 2011 for our executive officers. All of our executive officers have been appointed by and serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.
 
Lloyd C. Blankfein, 56
Mr. Blankfein has been our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since June 2006, and a director since April 2003. Previously, he had been our President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2004. Prior to that, from April 2002 until January 2004, he was a Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs, with management responsibility for Goldman Sachs’ Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Division (FICC) and Equities Division (Equities). Prior to becoming a Vice Chairman, he had served asco-head of FICC since its formation in 1997. From 1994 to 1997, he headed or co-headed the Currency and Commodities Division. Mr. Blankfein is not currently on the board of any public company other than Goldman Sachs. He is affiliated with certainnon-profitorganizations, including as a member of the Dean’s Advisory Board at Harvard Law School, the Dean’s Council at Harvard University and the Advisory Board of the Tsinghua University School of Economics and Management, an overseer of the Weill Medical College of Cornell University, and a member of the Board of Directors of the Partnership for New York City.
 
Alan M. Cohen, 60
Mr. Cohen has been an Executive Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our Global Head of Compliance since February 2004. From 1991 until January 2004, he was a partner in the law firm of O’Melveny & Myers LLP. He is affiliated with certainnon-profitorganizations, including as a board member of the New York Stem Cell Foundation.

Gary D. Cohn, 50
Mr. Cohn has been our President and Chief Operating Officer (or Co-Chief Operating Officer) and a director since June 2006. From December 2003 to June 2006, he was the co-head of our global Securities businesses, having been the co-head of FICC since September 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Cohn served asco-chiefoperating officer of FICC after having been responsible for Commodities and a number of other FICC businesses from 1999 to 2002. He was the head of Commodities from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Cohn is not currently on the board of any public company other than Goldman Sachs. He is affiliated with certainnon-profitorganizations, including NYU Hospital, NYU Medical School, the Harlem Children’s Zone and American University.
 
J. Michael Evans, 53
Mr. Evans has been the global head of Growth Markets since January 2011, a Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs since February 2008 and chairman of Goldman Sachs Asia since 2004. Prior to becoming a Vice Chairman, he had served as global co-head of Goldman Sachs’ securities business since 2003. Previously, he had been co-head of the Equities Division since 2001. Mr. Evans is a board member of CASPER (Center for Advancement of Standards-based Physical Education Reform). He also serves as a trustee of the Bendheim Center for Finance at Princeton University.
 
Gregory K. Palm, 62
Mr. Palm has been an Executive Vice President of Goldman Sachs since May 1999, and our General Counsel and head or co-head of the Legal Department since May 1992.
 
Michael S. Sherwood, 45
Mr. Sherwood has been a Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs since February 2008 and co-chief executive officer of Goldman Sachs International since 2005. Prior to becoming a Vice Chairman, he had served as global co-head of Goldman Sachs’ securities business since 2003. Prior to that, he had been head of FICC Europe since 2001.


32


Table of Contents

Esta E. Stecher, 53
Ms. Stecher has been an Executive Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our General Counsel and co-head of the Legal Department since December 2000. From 1994 to 2000, she was head of the firm’s Tax Department, over which she continues to have senior oversight responsibility. She is also a trustee of Columbia University.
 
David A. Viniar, 55
Mr. Viniar has been an Executive Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our Chief Financial Officer since May 1999. He has been the head of Operations, Technology, Finance and Services Division since December 2002. He was head of the Finance Division and co-head of Credit Risk Management and Advisory and Firmwide Risk from December 2001 to December 2002. Mr. Viniar was co-head of Operations, Finance and Resources from March 1999 to December 2001. He was Chief Financial Officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P. from March 1999 to May 1999. From July 1998 until March 1999, he was Deputy Chief Financial Officer and from 1994 until July 1998, he was head of Finance, with responsibility for Controllers and Treasury. From 1992 to 1994, he was head of Treasury and prior to that was in the Structured Finance Department of Investment Banking. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of Union College.

John S. Weinberg, 53
Mr. Weinberg has been a Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs since June 2006. He has been co-head of Goldman Sachs’ Investment Banking Division since December 2002. From January 2002 to December 2002, he was co-head of the Investment Banking Division in the Americas. Prior to that, he served as co-head of the Investment Banking Services Department since 1997. He is affiliated with certainnon-profitorganizations, including as a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital and the Brunswick School, and as a member of the Board of Directors of The Steppingstone Foundation. Mr. Weinberg also serves on the Visiting Committee for Harvard Business School.
 


33


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 

The principal market on which our common stock is traded is the NYSE. Information relating to the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the Consolidated Tape Association, for each full quarterly period during fiscal 2009 and 2010 is set forth under the heading “Supplemental Financial Information — Common Stock Price Range” in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.As of February 11, 2011, there were 12,165 holders of record of our common stock.
 
During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, dividends of $0.35 per common share were declared on April 13, 2009, July 13, 2009, October 14, 2009, January 19, 2010, April 19, 2010, July 19, 2010 and October 18, 2010. The holders of our common stock share proportionately on a per share basis in all dividends and other distributions on common stock declared by the Board of Directors of Group Inc (Board).

The declaration of dividends by Goldman Sachs is subject to the discretion of our Board. Our Board will take into account such matters as general business conditions, our financial results, capital requirements, contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, the effect on our debt ratings and such other factors as our Board may deem relevant. See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-Kfor a discussion of potential regulatory limitations on our receipt of funds from our regulated subsidiaries and our payment of dividends to shareholders of Group Inc.
 
The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Group Inc. or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined inRule 10b-18(a)(3)under the Exchange Act), of our common stock during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 2010.
 


                   
 
        Total Number of Shares
  Maximum Number of
   
  Total Number of
  Average Price
  Purchased as Part of
  Shares That May Yet Be
   
  Shares
  Paid per
  Publicly Announced
  Purchased Under the
   
Period Purchased  Share  Plans or Programs 1  Plans or Programs 1   
 
Month #1
(October 1, 2010 to
October 31, 2010)
  1,200,000  $159.53   1,200,000   41,056,476   
Month #2
(November 1, 2010 to
November 30, 2010)
  3,225,100  $164.06   3,225,100   37,831,376   
Month #3
(December 1, 2010 to
December 31, 2010)
  2,275,000  $164.54   2,275,000   35,556,376   
 
 
Total  6,700,100       6,700,100       
 
 
 
1.   On March 21, 2000, we announced that our Board had approved a repurchase program, pursuant to which up to 15 million shares of our common stock may be repurchased. This repurchase program was increased by an aggregate of 280 million shares by resolutions of our Board adopted on June 18, 2001, March 18, 2002, November 20, 2002, January 30, 2004, January 25, 2005, September 16, 2005, September 11, 2006 and December 17, 2007. We use our share repurchase program to substantially offset increases in share count over time resulting from employeeshare-basedcompensation and to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity.
 
     The repurchase program is effected primarily through regularopen-marketpurchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s issuance of shares resulting from employeeshare-basedcompensation as well as its current and projected capital position (i.e., comparisons of our desired level of capital to our actual level of capital) but which may also be influenced by general market conditions, the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock. The total remaining authorization under the repurchase program was 32,156,376 shares as of February 11, 2011; the repurchase program has no set expiration or termination date.
 
     Any repurchase of our common stock requires approval by the Federal Reserve Board.
 
 

Information relating to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented in Part III, Item 12 of thisForm 10-K.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
The Selected Financial Data table is set forth under Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.


34


Table of Contents



Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
INDEX
 
       
 
  Page No.   
  36   
  37   
  38   
  40   
  44   
  44   
  60   
  66   
  71   
  74   
  78   
  84   
  89   
  94   
  95   
  95   
 
 

35


Table of Contents

 
Introduction
 

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.) is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments andhigh-net-worthindividuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.
 
Over the past year, our Business Standards Committee performed an extensive review of our business and delivered recommendations designed to ensure that our business standards and practices are of the highest quality, that they meet or exceed the expectations of our clients, regulators and other stakeholders, and that they contribute to overall financial stability and economic opportunity. These recommendations have been approved by our senior management and the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) and implementation has already begun. In the fourth quarter of 2010, consistent with management’s view of the firm’s activities and the recommendations of our Business Standards Committee, we reorganized our three previous business segments into four new business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management. Prior periods are presented on a comparable basis. See “Results of Operations” below for further information about our business segments.
 
When we use the terms “Goldman Sachs,” “the firm,” “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “thisForm 10-K”are to our Annual Report onForm 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
 
All references to 2010, 2009 and 2008, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to our fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the context requires, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a fiscal year ending on

December 31 of that year. All references to December 2008, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to our fiscal one month ended, or the date, as the context requires, December 26, 2008. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.
 
In this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations, we have included information that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control. This information includes statements other than historical information or statements of current condition and may relate to our future plans and objectives and results, among other things, and may also include statements about the objectives and effectiveness of our risk management and liquidity policies, statements about trends in or growth opportunities for our businesses, statements about our future status, activities or reporting under U.S. ornon-U.S. bankingand financial regulation, and statements about our investment banking transaction backlog. By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in these forward-looking statements include, among others, those discussed below under “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-Kand “Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-K.
 
 


36


Table of Contents

 
Executive Overview
 

Our diluted earnings per common share were $13.18 for the year ended December 2010, compared with $22.13 for the year ended December 2009. Return on average common shareholders’ equity (ROE) 1was 11.5% for 2010, compared with 22.5% for 2009. Excluding the impact of the $465 million U.K. bank payroll tax, the $550 million SEC settlement and the $305 million impairment of our New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Designated Market Maker (DMM) rights, diluted earnings per common share were $15.22 2and ROE was 13.1% 2for 2010.
 
Book value per common share increased by approximately 10% to $128.72 and tangible book value per common share 3increased by approximately 9% to $118.63 compared with the end of 2009. Under Basel 1, our Tier 1 capital ratio 4was 16.0% and our Tier 1 common ratio 4was 13.3% as of December 2010. Our total assets were $911 billion as of December 2010, 7% higher compared with the end of 2009.
 
The firm generated net revenues of $39.16 billion and net earnings of $8.35 billion for 2010, despite a challenging operating environment. These results reflected significantly lower net revenues in Institutional Client Services and slightly lower net revenues in Investment Banking compared with 2009. These decreases were partially offset by significantly higher net revenues in Investing & Lending and higher net revenues in Investment Management. The results of each of our business segments are discussed below.

Institutional Client Services
The decrease in Institutional Client Services reflected significantly lower net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and, to a lesser extent, Equities. During 2010, Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in a challenging environment characterized by lower client activity levels, which reflected broad market concerns including European sovereign debt risk and uncertainty over regulatory reform, as well as tighter bid/offer spreads. The decrease in net revenues compared with a particularly strong 2009 primarily reflected significantly lower results in interest rate products, credit products, commodities and, to a lesser extent, currencies. These decreases were partially offset by higher net revenues in mortgages.
 
The decline in Equities compared with 2009 primarily reflected significantly lower net revenues in equities client execution, principally due to significantly lower results in derivatives and shares. Commissions and fees were also lower than 2009, primarily reflecting lower client activity levels. In addition, securities services net revenues were significantly lower compared with 2009, primarily reflecting tighter securities lending spreads, principally due to the impact of changes in the composition of customer balances, partially offset by the impact of higher average customer balances. During 2010, although equity markets were volatile during the first half of the year, equity prices generally improved and volatility levels declined in the second half of the year.
 
 



1. See “Results of Operations — Financial Overview” below for further information about our calculation of ROE.
2. We believe that presenting our results excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment is meaningful, as excluding these items increases the comparability ofperiod-to-periodresults. See “Results of Operations — Financial Overview” below for further information about our calculation of diluted earnings per common share and ROE excluding the impact of these items.
3. We believe that tangible book value per common share is meaningful because it is one of the measures that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. See “Equity Capital — Other Capital Metrics” below for further information about our calculation of tangible book value per common share.
4. See “Equity Capital — Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios” below for further information about our Tier 1 capital ratio and Tier 1 common ratio.

37


Table of Contents

 

Investment Banking
The decrease in Investment Banking reflected lower net revenues in our Underwriting business, partially offset by higher net revenues in Financial Advisory. The decline in Underwriting reflected lower net revenues in equity underwriting, principally due to a decline in client activity in comparison to 2009, which included significant capital-raising activity by financial institution clients. Net revenues in debt underwriting were essentially unchanged compared with 2009. The increase in Financial Advisory primarily reflected an increase in client activity.
 
Investing & Lending
During 2010, an increase in global equity markets and tighter credit spreads provided a favorable backdrop for our Investing & Lending business. Results in Investing & Lending for 2010 primarily reflected a gain of $747 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (ICBC), a net gain of $2.69 billion from other equity securities and a net gain of $2.60 billion from debt securities and loans.
 
Investment Management
The increase in Investment Management primarily reflected higher incentive fees across our alternative investment products. Management and other fees also increased, reflecting favorable changes in the mix of assets under management, as well as the impact of appreciation in the value of client assets. During 2010, assets under management decreased 4% to $840 billion, primarily reflecting outflows in money market assets, consistent with industry trends.
 
Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable earnings. Our results in any given period can be materially affected by conditions in global financial markets, economic conditions generally and other factors. For a further discussion of the factors that may affect our future operating results, see “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.

Business Environment
 
Global economic conditions generally improved in 2010, as real gross domestic product (GDP) grew in most major economies following declines in 2009, and growth in emerging markets was strong. However, certain unfavorable conditions emerged during the second quarter of 2010 that made the environment more challenging for our businesses, including broad market concerns over European sovereign debt risk and uncertainty regarding financial regulatory reform, sharply higher equity volatility levels, lower global equity prices and wider corporate credit spreads. During the second half of 2010, some of these conditions reversed, as equity volatility levels decreased, global equity prices generally recovered and corporate credit spreads narrowed. In addition, the U.S. Federal Reserve announced quantitative easing measures during the fourth quarter of 2010 in order to stimulate economic growth and protect against the risk of deflation.Industry-wideannounced mergers and acquisitions volumes increased, whileindustry-widedebt offerings volumes decreased compared with 2009. A significant increase in initial public offerings volumes compared with 2009 offset declines in common stock follow-on offerings and convertible offerings volumes, as 2009 included significant capital-raising activity by financial institutions. For a further discussion of how market conditions affect our businesses, see “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.
 
Global
The global economy strengthened during 2010, as real GDP increased in most major economies and economic growth in emerging markets accelerated. The global recovery largely reflected an increase in business investment, following a significant decline in 2009. In addition, international trade grew strongly in 2010. Unemployment levels generally stabilized, although the rate of unemployment remained elevated in some economies. During 2010, the U.S. Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank and the Bank of England left interest rates unchanged, while the Bank of Japan reduced its target overnight call rate and the People’s Bank of China increased itsone-yearbenchmark lending rate. The price of crude oil increased significantly during 2010. The U.S. dollar strengthened against the Euro and the British pound, but weakened against the Japanese yen.


38


Table of Contents

United States
In the United States, real GDP increased by an estimated 2.8% in 2010, compared with a decline of 2.6% in 2009. Growth was primarily supported by improved business investment spending, as well as an increase in federal government spending. In addition, consumer spending and business and consumer confidence improved during the year. However, residential investment remained weak. Measures of core inflation decreased during the year, reflecting high levels of unemployment and significant excess production capacity, which caused downward pressure on wages and prices. The U.S. Federal Reserve maintained its federal funds rate at a target range of zero to 0.25% during the year. In addition, the U.S. Federal Reserve announced quantitative easing measures during the fourth quarter of 2010, including its intention to purchase significant amounts of U.S. Treasury debt. The yield on the10-yearU.S. Treasury note fell by 55 basis points to 3.30% during 2010. The NASDAQ Composite Index, the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones Industrial Average ended the year higher by 17%, 13% and 11%, respectively.
 
Europe
Real GDP in the Eurozone economies increased by an estimated 1.7% in 2010, compared with a decline of 4.0% in 2009. Growth primarily reflected an increase in consumer and government expenditure, as well as the rebuilding of inventories. Exports and imports increased significantly, although the contribution from net trade was not significant. Business investment was weak for the year, but showed signs of recovery in the second half of the year, and surveys of business and consumer confidence improved. However, economic growth in certain Eurozone economies continued to be weighed down by fiscal challenges and banking sector concerns. In addition, concerns about sovereign debt risk in certain Eurozone economies intensified, contributing to higher volatility and funding pressures. The European Central Bank and certain governments in the Eurozone took a range of policy measures to address these issues. Measures of core inflation remained low and the European Central Bank maintained its main refinancing operations rate at 1.00% during the year. In the United Kingdom, real GDP increased by an estimated 1.3% for 2010, compared with a decrease of 4.9% in 2009. The Bank of England maintained its official bank rate at 0.50% during the year.Long-termgovernment bond yields in both the Eurozone and the U.K. decreased during 2010. The Euro and British pound depreciated by 7% and 3%, respectively, against the U.S. dollar during 2010. The DAX

Index and the FTSE 100 Index increased by 16% and 9%, respectively, while the Euro Stoxx 50 Index and the CAC 40 Index declined by 6% and 3%, respectively, compared with the end of 2009.
 
Asia
In Japan, real GDP increased by an estimated 3.9% in 2010, compared with a decrease of 6.3% in 2009. Growth primarily reflected a significant increase in exports, as well as an increase in consumer spending. Measures of inflation remained negative during 2010. The Bank of Japan reduced its target overnight call rate from 0.10% to a range of zero to 0.10% and the yield on10-yearJapanese government bonds fell by 17 basis points to 1.13%. The Japanese yen appreciated by 13% against the U.S. dollar. The Nikkei 225 Index decreased 3% during the year. In China, real GDP growth was an estimated 10.3% in 2010, up from 9.2% in 2009. Economic growth wasbroad-based,with significant increases in exports, retail spending and business investment. Measures of inflation increased during 2010, reflecting continued growth in demand. The People’s Bank of China raised itsone-yearbenchmark lending rate by 50 basis points during the year to 5.81% and the Chinese yuan appreciated by 3% against the U.S. dollar. The Shanghai Composite Index decreased by 14% during 2010, partially due to concerns over the effect of tighter policy on economic growth. In India, real GDP growth was an estimated 8.5% in 2010, up from 7.5% in 2009. Growth primarily reflected an increase in domestic demand, partially offset by the impact of lower net exports. The rate of wholesale inflation increased during the year. The Indian rupee appreciated by 3% against the U.S. dollar. Equity markets in Hong Kong ended the year higher and equity markets in India and South Korea increased significantly during 2010.
 
Other Markets
In Brazil, real GDP increased by an estimated 7.6% in 2010, compared with a decline of 0.6% in 2009. The increase in real GDP primarily reflected an increase in domestic demand. The Brazilian real strengthened against the U.S. dollar. Brazilian equity prices ended the year slightly higher compared with the end of 2009. In Russia, real GDP increased by an estimated 4.0% in 2010, compared with a decline of 7.9% in 2009. Rising oil prices led to a significant improvement in investment growth, following a decline in 2009. The Russian ruble was essentially unchanged against the U.S. dollar and Russian equity prices ended the year significantly higher compared with 2009.
 


39


Table of Contents

 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Fair Value

Fair Value Hierarchy.  Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value (i.e., inventory), as well as certain other financial assets and financial liabilities, are reflected in our consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value(i.e., marked-to-market),with related gains or losses generally recognized in our consolidated statements of earnings. The use of fair value to measure financial instruments is fundamental to our risk management practices and is our most critical accounting policy.
 
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the hierarchy under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) gives (i) the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 inputs), (ii) the next priority to inputs other than level 1 inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly (level 2 inputs), and (iii) the lowest priority to inputs that cannot be observed in market activity (level 3 inputs). Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement.
 
The fair values for substantially all of our financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy. Certain level 2 financial instruments may require appropriate discounts (i.e., valuation adjustments) for factors such as:
 
•   transfer restrictions;
 
•   the credit quality of a counterparty or the firm; and
 
•   other premiums and discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value.
 
Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Instruments categorized within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, which represent approximately 5% of the firm’s total assets, require one or more significant inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, instruments classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequent to the transaction date, we use other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Estimating the fair value of level 3 financial instruments may require judgments to be made. These judgments include:
 
•   determining the appropriate valuation methodologyand/or model for each type of level 3 financial instrument;
 
•   determining model inputs based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations; and
 
•   determining appropriate valuation adjustments related to illiquidity or counterparty credit quality.
 
Regardless of the methodology, valuation inputs and assumptions are only changed when corroborated by substantive evidence.
 
Controls Over Valuation of Financial Instruments.  Our control infrastructure is independent of the revenue-producing units and is fundamental to ensuring that all of our financial instruments are appropriately valued atmarket-clearinglevels. In particular, our independent price verification process is critical to ensuring that financial instruments are properly valued.


40


Table of Contents

Price Verification.  The objective of price verification is to have an informed and independent opinion with regard to the valuation of financial instruments under review. Instruments that have one or more significant inputs which cannot be corroborated by external market data are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
In situations where there is a question about a valuation, the ultimate valuation is determined by senior managers in control and support functions that are independent of the revenue-producing units (independent control and support functions). Price verification strategies utilized by our independent control and support functions include:
 
•   Trade Comparison.  Analysis of trade data (both internal and external where available) is used to determine the most relevant pricing inputs and valuations.
 
•   External Price Comparison.  Valuations and prices are compared to pricing data obtained from third parties (e.g., broker or dealers, MarkIt, Bloomberg, IDC, TRACE). Data obtained from various sources is compared to ensure consistency and validity. When broker or dealer quotations orthird-partypricing vendors are used for valuation or price verification, greater priority is generally given to executable quotations.
 
•   Calibration to Market Comparables.
Market-basedtransactions are used to corroborate the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components.
 
•   Relative Value Analyses.  Market-basedtransactions are analyzed to determine the similarity, measured in terms of risk, liquidity and return, of one instrument relative to another, or for a given instrument, of one maturity relative to another.
 
•   Collateral Analyses.  Margin disputes on derivatives are examined and investigated to determine the impact, if any, on our valuations.
 
•   Execution of trades.  Where appropriate, trading desks are instructed to execute trades in order to provide evidence ofmarket-clearinglevels.
 
•   Backtesting.  Valuations are corroborated by comparison to values realized upon sales.
 
See Notes 5 through 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about fair value measurements.

Review of Net Revenues.  Independent control and support functions ensure adherence to our pricing policy through a combination of daily procedures, one of which is the process of validating and understanding results by attributing and explaining net revenues by the underlying factors. Through this process we independently validate net revenues, identify and resolve potential fair value or trade booking issues on a timely basis and ensure that risks are being properly categorized and quantified.
 
Review of Valuation Models.  Quantitative professionals within our Market Risk Management department (Market Risk Management) perform an independent model approval process. This process incorporates a review of a diverse set of model and trade parameters across a broad range of values (including extremeand/orimprobable conditions) in order to critically evaluate:
 
•   a model’s suitability for valuation and risk management of a particular instrument type;
 
•   the model’s accuracy in reflecting the characteristics of the related product and its significant risks;
 
•   the suitability and properties of the numerical algorithms incorporated in the model;
 
•   the model’s consistency with models for similar products; and
 
•   the model’s sensitivity to input parameters and assumptions.
 
New or changed models are reviewed and approved. Models are evaluated and re-approved annually to assess the impact of any changes in the product or market and any market developments in pricing theories.
 
See “Market Risk Management” and “Credit Risk Management” for a further discussion of how we manage the risks inherent in our businesses.


41


Table of Contents

Level 3 Financial Assets at Fair Value.  The table below presents financial assets measured at fair value and the amount of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Total level 3 assets were $45.38 billion and $46.48 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. The decrease in level 3 assets during the year ended December 2010 primarily reflected (i) sales and transfers to level 2 of loans and securities backed by commercial real estate; and (ii) net

reductions in level 3 financial instruments as a result of the consolidations of certain variable interest entities (VIEs). This decrease was partially offset by an increase in derivatives primarily due to unrealized gains on credit derivatives, principally resulting from changes in level 2 inputs.
 
See Notes 5 through 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about fair value measurements.


                   
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009 
  Total at
  Level 3
  Total at
  Level 3
   
in millions Fair Value  Total  Fair Value  Total   
 
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and
other money market instruments
 $11,262  $  $9,111  $   
U.S. government and federal agency obligations  84,928      78,336      
Non-U.S. governmentobligations  40,675      38,858      
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities:                  
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
  6,200   2,819   6,203   4,620   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
  9,404   2,373   6,704   1,880   
Loan portfolios 1
  1,438   1,285   1,370   1,364   
Bank loans and bridge loans  18,039   9,905 2  19,345   9,560 2  
Corporate debt securities  24,719   2,737   26,368   2,235   
State and municipal obligations  2,792   754   2,759   1,114   
Other debt obligations  3,232   1,274   2,914   2,235   
Equities and convertible debentures  67,833   11,060   71,474   11,871   
Commodities  13,138      3,707      
 
 
Total cash instruments  283,660   32,207   267,149   34,879   
Derivatives  73,293   12,772   75,253   11,596   
 
 
Financial instruments owned, at fair value  356,953   44,979   342,402   46,475   
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes  36,182      18,853      
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  188,355   100   144,279      
Securities borrowed  48,822      66,329      
Receivables from customers and counterparties  7,202   298   1,925      
 
 
Total $637,514  $45,377  $573,788  $46,475   
 
 
 
1.   Consists of acquired portfolios of distressed loans, primarily backed by commercial and residential real estate.
 
2.   Includes certain mezzanine financing, leveraged loans arising from capital market transactions and other corporate bank debt.

42


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill.  Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date. The reorganization of the firm’s segments in 2010 resulted in the reallocation of assets, including goodwill, and liabilities across our reporting units. See Notes 13 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information on segments.
 
We test the goodwill in each of our reporting units for impairment at least annually, by comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value. We derive the fair value based on valuation techniques we believe market participants would use (i.e., observableprice-to-earningsmultiples andprice-to-bookmultiples). We derive the net book value by estimating the amount of shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of each reporting unit. Estimating the fair value of our reporting units requires management to make judgments. Critical inputs include (i) projected earnings, (ii) estimatedlong-termgrowth rates and (iii) cost of equity. Our last annual impairment test was performed during our 2010 fourth quarter and no impairment was identified. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor the carrying value of our goodwill by operating segment.
 
Identifiable Intangible Assets.  We amortize our identifiable intangible assets over their estimated lives or, in the case of insurance contracts, in proportion to estimated gross profits or premium revenues. Identifiable intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.

An impairment loss, generally calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor the carrying value and estimated remaining lives of our identifiable intangible assets by major asset class and the carrying value of our identifiable intangible assets by operating segment.
 
A prolonged period of market weakness could adversely impact our businesses and impair the value of our identifiable intangible assets. In addition, certain events could indicate a potential impairment of our identifiable intangible assets, including (i) changes in trading volumes or market structure that could adversely affect our NYSE DMM business (see discussion below), (ii) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, (iii) adverse actual experience on the contracts in our variable annuity and life insurance business, (iv) decreases in cash receipts from television broadcast royalties or (v) decreases in revenues from commodity-related customer contracts and relationships. Management judgment is required to evaluate whether indications of potential impairment have occurred, and to test intangibles for impairment if required.
 
NYSE DMM Rights.  During the fourth quarter of 2010, as a result of continuing weak operating results in our NYSE DMM business, we tested our NYSE DMM rights for impairment in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360. Because the carrying value of our NYSE DMM rights exceeded the projected undiscounted cash flows over the estimated remaining useful life of our NYSE DMM rights, we determined that the rights were impaired. We recorded an impairment loss of $305 million, which was included in our Institutional Client Services segment in the fourth quarter of 2010. This impairment loss represented the excess of the carrying value of our NYSE DMM rights over their estimated fair value. We estimated this fair value, which is a level 3 measurement, using a relative value analysis which incorporated a comparison to another DMM portfolio that was transacted between third parties. As of December 2010, the carrying value of our NYSE DMM rights was $76 million.


43


Table of Contents



Use of Estimates
 
 

The use of generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. In addition to the estimates we make in connection with fair value measurements and the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, the use of estimates and assumptions is also important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits.
 
We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. In accounting for income taxes, we estimate and provide for potential liabilities that may arise out of tax audits to the extent that uncertain tax positions fail to meet the recognition standard under ASC 740. See Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about accounting for income taxes.

Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on acase-by-casebasis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. See Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information on certain judicial, regulatory and legal proceedings.
 
Results of Operations
 
The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as financial markets and the scope of our operations have changed. The composition of net revenues can also vary over the shorter term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global economic and market conditions. See “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-Kfor a further discussion of the impact of economic and market conditions on our results of operations.
 
 


44


Table of Contents

 
Financial Overview
The table below presents an overview of our financial results.
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended 
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
$ in millions, except per share amounts 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Net revenues
 $39,161  $45,173  $22,222  $183   
Pre-taxearnings/(loss)
  12,892   19,829   2,336   (1,258)  
Net earnings/(loss)
  8,354   13,385   2,322   (780)  
Net earnings/(loss) applicable to common shareholders
  7,713   12,192   2,041   (1,028)  
Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share
  13.18   22.13   4.47   (2.15)  
Return on average common shareholders’ equity 1
  11.5%   22.5%   4.9%   N.M.   
Diluted earnings per common share, excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment 2
 $15.22   N/A   N/A   N/A   
Return on average common shareholders’ equity, excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment 2
  13.1%   N/A   N/A   N/A   
 
 
 
1.  ROE is computed by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by average monthly common shareholders’ equity. The table below presents our average common shareholders’ equity.
 
                   
 
  Average for the
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended 
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Total shareholders’ equity
 $74,257  $65,527  $47,167  $63,712   
Preferred stock
  (6,957)  (11,363)  (5,157)  (16,477)  
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
 $67,300  $54,164  $42,010  $47,235   
 
 
 
2.  We believe that presenting our results excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment is meaningful, as excluding these items increases the comparability ofperiod-to-periodresults. The tables below present the calculation of net earnings applicable to common shareholders, diluted earnings per common share and average common shareholders’ equity excluding the impact of these amounts.
 
       
 
  Year Ended
   
in millions, except per share amounts December 2010   
 
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders
 $7,713   
Impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax
  465   
Pre-taximpact of the SEC settlement
  550   
Tax impact of the SEC settlement
  (6)  
Pre-taximpact of the NYSE DMM rights impairment
  305   
Tax impact of the NYSE DMM rights impairment
  (118)  
 
 
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders, excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment
 $8,909   
Divided by: average diluted common shares outstanding
  585.3   
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share, excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment
 $15.22   
 
 
 
       
 
  Average for the
   
  Year Ended
   
in millions December 2010   
 
Total shareholders’ equity
 $74,257   
Preferred stock
  (6,957)  
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
  67,300   
Impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax
  359   
Impact of the SEC settlement
  293   
Impact of the NYSE DMM rights impairment
  14   
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity, excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, the SEC settlement and the NYSE DMM rights impairment
 $67,966   
 
 

45


Table of Contents

Net Revenues

2010 versus 2009.  Net revenues were $39.16 billion for 2010, 13% lower than 2009, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in Institutional Client Services and slightly lower net revenues in Investment Banking. These decreases were partially offset by significantly higher net revenues in Investing & Lending and higher net revenues in Investment Management.
 
•  Institutional Client Services.  The decrease in Institutional Client Services reflected significantly lower net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and, to a lesser extent, Equities. During 2010, Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in a challenging environment characterized by lower client activity levels, which reflected broad market concerns including European sovereign debt risk and uncertainty over regulatory reform, as well as tighter bid/offer spreads. The decrease in net revenues compared with a particularly strong 2009 primarily reflected significantly lower results in interest rate products, credit products, commodities and, to a lesser extent, currencies. These decreases were partially offset by higher net revenues in mortgages, as 2009 included approximately $1 billion of losses on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts.
 
The decline in Equities compared with 2009 primarily reflected significantly lower net revenues in equities client execution, principally due to significantly lower results in derivatives and shares. Commissions and fees were also lower than 2009, primarily reflecting lower client activity levels. In addition, securities services net revenues were significantly lower compared with 2009, primarily reflecting tighter securities lending spreads, principally due to the impact of changes in the composition of customer balances, partially offset by the impact of higher average customer balances. During 2010, although equity markets were volatile during the first half of the year, equity prices generally improved and volatility levels declined in the second half of the year.

•   Investment Banking.  The decrease in Investment Banking reflected lower net revenues in our Underwriting business, partially offset by higher net revenues in Financial Advisory. The decline in Underwriting reflected lower net revenues in equity underwriting, principally due to a decline in client activity in comparison to 2009, which included significant capital-raising activity by financial institution clients. Net revenues in debt underwriting were essentially unchanged compared with 2009. The increase in Financial Advisory primarily reflected an increase in client activity.
 
•   Investing & Lending.  During 2010, an increase in global equity markets and tighter credit spreads provided a favorable backdrop for our Investing & Lending business. Results in Investing & Lending for 2010 primarily reflected a gain of $747 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net gain of $2.69 billion from other equity securities and a net gain of $2.60 billion from debt securities and loans. In 2009, results in Investing & Lending primarily reflected a gain of $1.58 billion from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net gain of $1.05 billion from debt securities and loans, and a net loss of $596 million from other equity securities.
 
•   Investment Management.  The increase in Investment Management primarily reflected higher incentive fees across our alternative investment products. Management and other fees also increased, reflecting favorable changes in the mix of assets under management, as well as the impact of appreciation in the value of client assets. During 2010, assets under management decreased 4% to $840 billion, primarily reflecting outflows in money market assets, consistent with industry trends.


46


Table of Contents

2009 versus 2008.  Net revenues were $45.17 billion in 2009, more than double the amount in 2008, reflecting significantly improved results in Investing & Lending, as well as significantly higher net revenues in Institutional Client Services. These increases were partially offset by lower net revenues in Investment Management and Investment Banking.
 
•   Investing & Lending.  The increase in Investing & Lending primarily reflected net gains from debt securities and loans and from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, compared with net losses in 2008, as well as lower net losses from other equity securities. In 2009, results in Investing & Lending primarily reflected a gain of $1.58 billion from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net gain of $1.05 billion from debt securities and loans and a net loss of $596 million from other equity securities. During 2009, our Investing & Lending results reflected a recovery in global credit and equity markets following significant weakness during 2008. However, continued weakness in commercial real estate markets negatively impacted our results during 2009. In 2008, results in Investing & Lending primarily reflected a loss of $446 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net loss of $6.33 billion from debt securities and loans and a net loss of $5.95 billion from other equity securities.
 
•   Institutional Client Services.  The increase in Institutional Client Services reflected a very strong performance in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution. During 2009, Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in an environment characterized by strong client-driven activity, particularly in more liquid products. In addition, asset values generally improved and corporate credit spreads tightened significantly for most of the year. Net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution were significantly higher compared with 2008, reflecting particularly strong performances in credit products, mortgages and interest rate products, which were each significantly higher than 2008. Net revenues in commodities were also particularly strong and were higher than 2008, while net revenues in currencies were strong, but lower than a particularly strong 2008. During 2009, mortgages included approximately $1 billion of losses on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts. Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution results in 2008 included a loss of approximately $3.1 billion (net of hedges) related tonon-investment-gradecredit origination activities. In addition, results in mortgages in 2008 included net losses of approximately

 $900 million on residentialmortgage-relatedproducts and approximately $600 million on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts.
 
Net revenues in Equities for 2009 were lower compared with a particularly strong 2008, reflecting significant decreases in securities services and commissions and fees. The decrease in securities services primarily reflected the impact of lower customer balances, reflecting lower hedge fund industry assets and reduced leverage. The decrease in commissions and fees primarily reflected lower average market levels in Europe and Asia, as well as lower transaction volumes compared with 2008. These decreases were partially offset by strong results in equities client execution, primarily reflecting higher net revenues in derivatives and shares. During 2009, Equities operated in an environment characterized by a significant increase in global equity prices and a significant decline in volatility levels.
 
•   Investment Management.  The decrease in Investment Management primarily reflected the impact of changes in the composition of assets managed, principally due to equity market depreciation during the fourth quarter of 2008, as well as lower incentive fees. During 2009, assets under management increased $73 billion to $871 billion, due to $76 billion of market appreciation, primarily in fixed income and equity assets, partially offset by $3 billion of net outflows. Outflows in money market assets were offset by inflows in fixed income assets.
 
•   Investment Banking.  The decrease in Investment Banking reflected significantly lower net revenues in Financial Advisory, partially offset by higher net revenues in our Underwriting business. The decrease in Financial Advisory reflected a decline inindustry-widecompleted mergers and acquisitions. The increase in Underwriting reflected higher net revenues in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting an increase inindustry-wideequity andequity-relatedofferings, including significant capital-raising activity by financial institution clients during 2009. Net revenues in debt underwriting were lower than 2008, primarily reflecting significantly lower net revenues from leveraged finance activity, partially offset by significantly higher net revenues frominvestment-gradeand municipal activity.


47


Table of Contents

One Month Ended December 2008.  Net revenues were $183 million for the month of December 2008. These results reflected a continuation of the difficult operating environment experienced during our fiscal fourth quarter of 2008, particularly across global equity and credit markets.
 
•   Investing & Lending.  Investing & Lending recorded negative net revenues of $1.63 billion for the month of December 2008. During the month of December, continued weakness in global equity and credit markets negatively impacted results in our Investing & Lending business. Results for December 2008 primarily reflected net losses of $1.08 billion from equity securities (excluding ICBC) and $856 million from debt securities and loans, partially offset by a gain of $228 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC.
 
•   Institutional Client Services.  Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were $1.33 billion for the month of December 2008. During the month of December, market opportunities were favorable for certain of our Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution product areas, as interest rate products, commodities and currencies each produced strong results. However, the environment for Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution also reflected continued weakness in the broader credit markets, as results in credit products included a loss of approximately $1 billion (net of hedges) related tonon-investment-gradecredit origination activities, primarily reflecting a writedown of approximately $850 million related to the bridge and bank loan facilities held in LyondellBasell Finance Company. In addition, results in mortgages included a loss of approximately $400 million on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts.
 
Results in Equities reflected lower commission volumes, as well as lower client execution net revenues from derivatives compared with average monthly levels in 2008. Net revenues in securities services were also lower compared with average monthly levels in 2008, reflecting a decline in total average customer balances, partially offset by the impact of favorable changes in the composition of securities lending balances. During the month of December, Equities operated in an environment characterized by continued weakness in global equity markets and continued high levels of volatility.

•   Investment Banking.  Net revenues in Investment Banking were $138 million for the month of December 2008 and reflected very low levels of activity inindustry-widecompleted mergers and acquisitions, as well as continued challenging market conditions across equity and leveraged finance markets, which adversely affected our Underwriting business.
 
•   Investment Management.  Net revenues in Investment Management were $343 million for the month of December 2008. During the calendar month of December, assets under management increased $19 billion to $798 billion, due to $13 billion of market appreciation, primarily in fixed income and equity assets, and $6 billion of net inflows. Net inflows reflected inflows in money market assets, partially offset by outflows in fixed income, equity and alternative investment assets.
 
Net Interest Income
2010 versus 2009.  Net revenues for 2010 included net interest income of $5.50 billion, 26% lower than 2009. The decrease compared with 2009 was primarily due to lower average fixed income assets, most notably U.S. federal agency obligations, higher interest expense related to ourlong-termborrowings and tighter securities lending spreads.
 
2009 versus 2008.  Net revenues for 2009 included net interest income of $7.41 billion, 73% higher than 2008. The increase compared with 2008 was primarily due to lower interest expense on ourlong-termandshort-termborrowings, partially offset by tighter spreads on collateralized financing activity, as well as lower average customer margin lending balances and financial instruments owned, at fair value.
 
One Month Ended December 2008.  Net revenues included net interest income of $685 million for the month of December 2008. The increase compared with average monthly net interest income in 2008 was primarily due to higher average fixed income assets, most notably U.S. federal agency obligations.
 
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by compensation, headcount and levels of business activity. Compensation and benefits includes salaries, discretionary compensation, amortization of equity awards and other items such as benefits. Discretionary compensation is significantly impacted by, among other factors, the level of net revenues, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of ourshare-basedcompensation programs and the external environment.
 


48


Table of Contents

The table below presents our operating expenses and total staff.
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
$ in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Compensation and benefits
 $15,376  $16,193  $10,934  $744   
U.K. bank payroll tax
  465            
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees
  2,281   2,298   2,998   165   
Market development
  530   342   485   16   
Communications and technology
  758   709   759   62   
Depreciation and amortization
  1,889   1,734   1,262   111   
Occupancy
  1,086   950   960   82   
Professional fees
  927   678   779   58   
Other expenses
  2,957   2,440   1,709   203   
 
 
Totalnon-compensationexpenses
  10,428   9,151   8,952   697   
 
 
Total operating expenses
 $26,269  $25,344  $19,886  $1,441   
 
 
Total staff at period-end 1
  35,700   32,500   34,500   33,300   
Total staff at period-end including consolidated entities held for investment purposes 2
  38,700   36,200   39,200   38,000   
 
 
 
1.   Includes employees, consultants and temporary staff.
 
2.   Compensation and benefits andnon-compensationexpenses related to consolidated entities held for investment purposes are included in their respective line items in the consolidated statements of earnings. Consolidated entities held for investment purposes are entities that are held strictly for capital appreciation, have a defined exit strategy and are engaged in activities that are not closely related to our principal businesses.
 

2010 versus 2009.  Operating expenses were $26.27 billion for 2010, 4% higher than 2009. Compensation and benefits expenses were $15.38 billion for 2010, a 5% decline compared with $16.19 billion for 2009, due to lower net revenues. The ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues for 2010 was 39.3% 1(which excludes the impact of the $465 million U.K. bank payroll tax), compared with 35.8% for 2009. Total staff increased 10% during 2010. Total staff including consolidated entities held for investment purposes increased 7% during 2010.

During 2010, the United Kingdom enacted legislation that imposed anon-deductible50% tax on certain financial institutions in respect of discretionary bonuses in excess of £25,000 awarded under arrangements made between December 9, 2009 and April 5, 2010 to “relevant banking employees.” Our operating expenses for 2010 included $465 million related to this tax.
 


 
 
1.  We believe that presenting our ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax is meaningful, as excluding this item increases the comparability ofperiod-to-periodresults.
 
       
 
  Year Ended
   
$ in millions December 2010   
 
Compensation and benefits (which excludes the impact of the $465 million U.K. bank payroll tax)
 $15,376   
Ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues
  39.3%   
Compensation and benefits, including the impact of the $465 million U.K. bank payroll tax
 $15,841   
Ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues, including the impact of the $465 million U.K. bank payroll tax
  40.5%   
 
 

49


Table of Contents

 

Non-compensationexpenses were $10.43 billion for 2010, 14% higher than 2009. This increase was primarily attributable to the impact of net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings of $682 million, including $550 million related to the SEC settlement (see Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information), and an impairment of our NYSE DMM rights of $305 million, each during 2010. The remainder of the increase compared with 2009 generally reflected higher professional fees, market development expenses and occupancy expenses. These increases were partially offset by the impact of significantly higher real estate impairment charges during 2009 related to our consolidated entities held for investment purposes, as well as higher charitable contributions during 2009. The real estate impairment charges, which were measured based on discounted cash flow analyses, are included in our Investing & Lending segment and reflected weakness in the commercial real estate markets. Charitable contributions were approximately $420 million during 2010, primarily including $25 million to The Goldman Sachs Foundation and $320 million to Goldman Sachs Gives, ourdonor-advisedfund. Compensation was reduced to fund the charitable contribution to Goldman Sachs Gives. The firm asks its participating managing directors to make recommendations regarding potential charitable recipients for this contribution.
 
2009 versus 2008.  Operating expenses were $25.34 billion for 2009, 27% higher than 2008. Compensation and benefits expenses of $16.19 billion were higher compared with 2008, due to higher net revenues. Our ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues for 2009 was 35.8%, down from 48.0% (excluding severance costs of approximately $275 million in the fourth quarter of 2008) for 2008. Total staff decreased 2% during 2009. Total staff including consolidated entities held for investment purposes decreased 5% during 2009.

Non-compensationexpenses were $9.15 billion for 2009, 2% higher than 2008. The increase compared with 2008 reflected the impact of charitable contributions of approximately $850 million during 2009, primarily including $310 million to The Goldman Sachs Foundation and $500 million to Goldman Sachs Gives. Compensation was reduced to fund the charitable contribution to Goldman Sachs Gives. The firm asks its participating managing directors to make recommendations regarding potential charitable recipients for this contribution. Depreciation and amortization expenses also increased compared with 2008 and included real estate impairment charges of approximately $600 million related to consolidated entities held for investment purposes during 2009. The real estate impairment charges, which were measured based on discounted cash flow analyses, are included in our Investing & Lending segment and reflected weakness in the commercial real estate markets, particularly in Asia. These increases were partially offset by the impact of lower brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees, principally reflecting lower transaction volumes in Equities, and the impact of reduced staff levels and expense reduction initiatives during 2009.
 
One Month Ended December 2008.  Operating expenses were $1.44 billion for the month of December 2008. Compensation and benefits expenses were $744 million. No discretionary compensation was accrued for the month of December. Total staff decreased 3% compared with the end of fiscal year 2008. Total staff including consolidated entities held for investment purposes decreased 3% compared with the end of fiscal year 2008.
 
Non-compensationexpenses of $697 million for the month of December 2008 were generally lower than average monthly levels in 2008, primarily reflecting lower levels of business activity. Totalnon-compensationexpenses included $68 million of net provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings.


50


Table of Contents



Provision for Taxes

The effective income tax rate for 2010, excluding the impact of the $465 million U.K. bank payroll tax and the $550 million SEC settlement, substantially all of which isnon-deductible,was 32.7% 1, essentially unchanged from 2009. Including the impact of these amounts, the effective income tax rate was 35.2% for 2010.
 
The effective income tax rate for 2009 was 32.5%, compared with approximately 1% for 2008. The increase in the effective income tax rate for 2009 compared with 2008 was primarily due to changes in the geographic earnings mix and a decrease in permanent benefits as a percentage of higher earnings. The effective income tax rate for 2009 represented a return to a geographic earnings mix that is more in line with our historic earnings mix. During 2008, we incurred losses in various U.S. and

non-U.S. entitieswhose income/(losses) are subject to tax in the U.S. We also had profitable operations in certainnon-U.S. entitiesthat are taxed at their applicable local tax rates, which are generally lower than the U.S. rate.
 
The effective income tax rate for the month of December 2008 was 38.0%.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, the rules related to the deferral of U.S. tax on certainnon-repatriatedactive financing income expired. During December 2010, the rules were extended retroactively through December 31, 2011. If these rules are not extended beyond December 2011, the expiration may materially increase our effective income tax rate beginning in 2012.
 


 
 
1.  We believe that presenting our effective income tax rate excluding the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax and the SEC settlement, substantially all of which isnon-deductible,is meaningful, as excluding these items increases the comparability ofperiod-to-periodresults. The table below presents the calculation of the effective income tax rate excluding the impact of these amounts.
 
               
 
  Year Ended December 2010
  Pre-tax
  Provision
  Effective income
   
$ in millions earnings  for taxes  tax rate   
 
As reported
 $12,892  $4,538   35.2%   
Add back:
              
Impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax
  465          
Impact of the SEC settlement
  550   6       
 
 
As adjusted
 $13,907  $4,544   32.7%   
 
 

51


Table of Contents

 
Segment Operating Results
The table below presents the net revenues, operating expenses and pre-taxearnings/(loss) of our segments.
 
                     
 
       One Month     
    Year Ended  Ended     
    December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions   2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Investment Banking
 Net revenues $4,810  $4,984  $5,453  $138   
  Operating expenses  3,511   3,482   3,269   170   
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings/(loss) $1,299  $1,502  $2,184  $(32)  
 
 
                     
Institutional Client Services
 Net revenues $21,796  $32,719  $22,345  $1,332   
  Operating expenses  14,291   13,691   10,294   736   
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings $7,505  $19,028  $12,051  $596   
 
 
                     
Investing & Lending
 Net revenues $7,541  $2,863  $(10,821) $(1,630)  
  Operating expenses  3,361   3,523   2,719   204   
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings/(loss) $4,180  $(660) $(13,540) $(1,834)  
 
 
                     
Investment Management
 Net revenues $5,014  $4,607  $5,245  $343   
  Operating expenses  4,051   3,673   3,528   263   
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings $963  $934  $1,717  $80   
 
 
                     
Total
 Net revenues $39,161  $45,173  $22,222  $183   
  Operating expenses 1  26,269   25,344   19,886   1,441   
 
 
  Pre-taxearnings/(loss) $12,892  $19,829  $2,336  $(1,258)  
 
 
 
1.  Includes the following expenses that have not been allocated to our segments: (i) charitable contributions of $345 million and $810 million for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009, respectively; (ii) net provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings of $682 million, $104 million, $(4) million and $68 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively; and (iii) real estate-related exit costs of $28 million, $61 million and $80 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
 

Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying positions. See Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our business segments.

The cost drivers of Goldman Sachs taken as awhole — compensation,headcount and levels of business activity — are broadly similar in each of our business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of Goldman Sachs as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently,pre-taxmargins in one segment of our business may be significantly affected by the performance of our other business segments. A discussion of segment operating results follows.
 
 


52


Table of Contents

Investment Banking

Our Investment Banking segment is comprised of:
 
Financial Advisory.  Includes advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, risk management, restructurings andspin-offs.

Underwriting.  Includes public offerings and private placements of a wide range of securities, loans and other financial instruments, and derivative transactions directly related to these client underwriting activities.
 
The table below presents the operating results of our Investment Banking segment.
 


                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Financial Advisory
 $2,062  $1,897  $2,663  $73   
Equity underwriting
  1,462   1,797   1,415   19   
Debt underwriting
  1,286   1,290   1,375   46   
 
 
Total Underwriting
  2,748   3,087   2,790   65   
 
 
Total net revenues
  4,810   4,984   5,453   138   
Operating expenses
  3,511   3,482   3,269   170   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings/(loss)
 $1,299  $1,502  $2,184  $(32)  
 
 
 
The table below presents our financial advisory and underwriting transaction volumes. 1
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in billions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Announced mergers and acquisitions
 $542  $533  $914  $18   
Completed mergers and acquisitions
  425   591   874   12   
Equity andequity-relatedofferings 2
  66   83   64   2   
Debt offerings 3
  229   256   165   19   
 
 
 
1.   Source: Thomson Reuters. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity andequity-relatedofferings and debt offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or a change in the value of a transaction.
 
2.   Includes Rule 144A and public common stock offerings, convertible offerings and rights offerings.
 
3.   Includesnon-convertiblepreferred stock,mortgage-backedsecurities,asset-backedsecurities and taxable municipal debt. Includes publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Excludes leveraged loans.
 
 

2010 versus 2009.  Net revenues in Investment Banking were $4.81 billion for 2010, 3% lower than 2009.
 
Net revenues in Financial Advisory were $2.06 billion, 9% higher than 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in client activity. Net revenues in our Underwriting business were $2.75 billion, 11% lower than 2009, reflecting lower net revenues in equity underwriting, principally due to a decline in client activity in comparison to 2009, which included significant capital-raising activity by financial institution clients. Net revenues in debt underwriting were essentially unchanged compared with 2009.

Our investment banking transaction backlog decreased compared with the end of 2009. Our investment banking transaction backlog represents an estimate of our future net revenues from investment banking transactions where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not. The decrease compared with the end of 2009 reflected a decline in estimated net revenues from potential debt and equity underwriting transactions, primarily related to client mandates to underwrite leveraged finance transactions and common stock offerings. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in estimated net revenues from potential advisory transactions.
 
Operating expenses were $3.51 billion for 2010, essentially unchanged from 2009.Pre-taxearnings were $1.30 billion in 2010, 14% lower than 2009.


53


Table of Contents

2009 versus 2008.  Net revenues in Investment Banking were $4.98 billion for 2009, 9% lower than 2008.
 
Net revenues in Financial Advisory were $1.90 billion for 2009, 29% lower than 2008, reflecting a decline inindustry-widecompleted mergers and acquisitions. Net revenues in our Underwriting business were $3.09 billion, 11% higher than 2008, due to higher net revenues in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting an increase inindustry-wideequity andequity-relatedofferings, including significantcapital-raisingactivity by financial institution clients during 2009. Net revenues in debt underwriting were lower than 2008, primarily reflecting significantly lower net revenues from leveraged finance activity, partially offset by significantly higher net revenues frominvestment-gradeand municipal activity.
 
Our investment banking transaction backlog increased significantly during the twelve months ended December 2009. The increase was primarily due to potential equity and debt underwriting transactions from client mandates to underwrite initial public offerings and, to a lesser extent, leveraged finance transactions, principally due to increased levels of client activity. The advisory backlog also increased, but was not a material contributor to the change.
 
Operating expenses were $3.48 billion for 2009, 7% higher than 2008, due to increased compensation and benefits expenses.Pre-taxearnings were $1.50 billion in 2009, 31% lower than 2008.

One Month Ended December 2008.  Net revenues in Investment Banking were $138 million for the month of December 2008. Net revenues in Financial Advisory were $73 million, reflecting very low levels ofindustry-widecompleted mergers and acquisitions activity. Net revenues in our Underwriting business were $65 million, reflecting continued challenging market conditions across equity and leveraged finance markets.
 
Our investment banking transaction backlog decreased during the one month ended December 2008. The decrease in backlog was primarily due to a decline in potential advisory transactions, principally due to a decline in client activity.
 
Operating expenses were $170 million for the month of December 2008.Pre-tax loss was $32 million for the month of December 2008.
 
Institutional Client Services
Our Institutional Client Services segment is comprised of:
 
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution.  Includes client execution activities related to making markets in interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies and commodities.
 
Equities.  Includes client execution activities related to making markets in equity products, as well as commissions and fees from executing and clearing institutional client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide. Equities also includes our securities services business, which provides financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services to institutional clients, including hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and generates revenues primarily in the form of interest rate spreads or fees.
 
The table below presents the operating results of our Institutional Client Services segment.


                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution
 $13,707  $21,883  $9,318  $446   
Equities client execution
  3,231   5,237   4,950   420   
Commissions and fees
  3,426   3,680   4,826   239   
Securities services
  1,432   1,919   3,251   227   
 
 
Total Equities
  8,089   10,836   13,027   886   
 
 
Total net revenues
  21,796   32,719   22,345   1,332   
Operating expenses
  14,291   13,691   10,294   736   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings
 $7,505  $19,028  $12,051  $596   
 
 
 

54


Table of Contents

2010 versus 2009.  Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were $21.80 billion for 2010, 33% lower than 2009.
 
Net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution were $13.71 billion for 2010, 37% lower than a particularly strong 2009. During 2010, Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in a challenging environment characterized by lower client activity levels, which reflected broad market concerns including European sovereign debt risk and uncertainty over regulatory reform, as well as tighter bid/offer spreads. The decrease in net revenues compared with 2009 primarily reflected significantly lower results in interest rate products, credit products, commodities and, to a lesser extent, currencies. These decreases were partially offset by higher net revenues in mortgages, as 2009 included approximately $1 billion of losses on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts.
 
Certain unfavorable conditions emerged during the second quarter of 2010 that made the environment more challenging for our businesses, resulting in lower client activity levels. These conditions included broad market concerns, such as European sovereign debt risk and uncertainty regarding financial regulatory reform, sharply higher equity volatility levels, lower global equity prices and wider corporate credit spreads. In addition, a more competitive environment drove tighter bid/offer spreads. During the second half of 2010, some of these conditions reversed as equity volatility levels decreased, global equity prices recovered and corporate credit spreads narrowed. However, lower client activity levels, reflecting broad market concerns, including European sovereign debt risk and uncertainty over regulatory reform, continued to negatively impact our results. If these concerns were to continue over the long term, net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution would likely continue to be negatively impacted.
 
Net revenues in Equities were $8.09 billion for 2010, 25% lower than 2009, primarily reflecting significantly lower net revenues in equities client execution, principally due to significantly lower results in derivatives and shares. Commissions and fees were also lower than 2009, primarily reflecting lower client activity levels. In addition, securities services net revenues were significantly lower compared with 2009, primarily reflecting tighter securities lending spreads, principally due to the impact of changes in the composition of customer balances, partially offset by the impact of higher average customer balances. During 2010, although equity markets were volatile during the first half of the year, equity prices generally improved and volatility levels declined in the second half of the year.

Operating expenses were $14.29 billion for 2010, 4% higher than 2009, due to the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax, as well as an impairment of our NYSE DMM rights of $305 million. These increases were partially offset by lower compensation and benefits expenses, resulting from lower levels of discretionary compensation.Pre-taxearnings were $7.51 billion in 2010, 61% lower than 2009.
 
2009 versus 2008.  Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were $32.72 billion for 2009, 46% higher compared with 2008.
 
Net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution were $21.88 billion for 2009, significantly higher compared with 2008. During 2009, Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in an environment characterized by strong client-driven activity, particularly in more liquid products. In addition, asset values generally improved and corporate credit spreads tightened significantly for most of the year. The increase in net revenues compared with 2008 reflected particularly strong performances in credit products, mortgages and interest rate products, which were each significantly higher than 2008. Net revenues in commodities were also particularly strong and were higher than 2008, while net revenues in currencies were strong, but lower than a particularly strong 2008. During 2009, mortgages included approximately $1 billion of losses on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts. Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution results in 2008 included a loss of approximately $3.1 billion (net of hedges) related tonon-investment-gradecredit origination activities. In addition, results in mortgages in 2008 included net losses of approximately $900 million on residentialmortgage-relatedproducts and approximately $600 million on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts.
 
Net revenues in Equities were $10.84 billion for 2009, 17% lower than a particularly strong 2008, reflecting significant decreases in securities services and commissions and fees. The decrease in securities services primarily reflected the impact of lower customer balances, reflecting lower hedge fund industry assets and reduced leverage. The decrease in commissions and fees primarily reflected lower average market levels in Europe and Asia, as well as lower transaction volumes compared with 2008. These decreases were partially offset by strong results in equities client execution, primarily reflecting higher net revenues in derivatives and shares. During 2009, Equities operated in an environment characterized by a significant increase in global equity prices and a significant decline in volatility levels.


55


Table of Contents

Operating expenses were $13.69 billion for 2009, 33% higher than 2008, due to increased compensation and benefits expenses, resulting from higher net revenues. This increase was partially offset by lower brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees, principally reflecting lower transaction volumes in Equities.Pre-taxearnings were $19.03 billion in 2009, 58% higher than 2008.
 
One Month Ended December 2008.  Institutional Client Services net revenues were $1.33 billion for the month of December 2008.
 
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution recorded net revenues of $446 million for the month of December 2008. During the month of December, market opportunities were favorable for certain of our Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution product areas, as interest rate products, commodities and currencies each produced strong results. However, the environment for Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution also reflected continued weakness in the broader credit markets, as results in credit products included a loss of approximately $1 billion (net of hedges) related tonon-investment-gradecredit origination activities, primarily reflecting a writedown of approximately $850 million related to the bridge and bank loan facilities held in LyondellBasell Finance Company. In addition, results in mortgages included a loss of approximately $400 million on commercialmortgage-relatedproducts.

Net revenues in Equities were $886 million for the month of December 2008. These results reflected lower commission volumes, as well as lower client execution net revenues from derivatives compared with average monthly levels in 2008. Net revenues in securities services were also lower compared with average monthly levels in 2008, reflecting a decline in total average customer balances, partially offset by the impact of favorable changes in the composition of securities lending balances. During the month of December, Equities operated in an environment characterized by continued weakness in global equity markets and continued high levels of volatility.
 
Operating expenses were $736 million for the month of December 2008.Pre-taxearnings were $596 million for the month of December 2008.
 
Investing & Lending
Investing & Lending includes our investing activities and the origination of loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. We make investments, directly and indirectly through funds that we manage, in debt securities, loans, public and private equity securities, real estate, consolidated investment entities and power generation facilities.
 
The table below presents the operating results of our Investing & Lending segment.


                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
ICBC
 $747  $1,582  $(446) $228   
Equity securities (excluding ICBC)
  2,692   (596)  (5,953)  (1,076)  
Debt securities and loans
  2,597   1,045   (6,325)  (856)  
Other 1
  1,505   832   1,903   74   
 
 
Total net revenues
  7,541   2,863   (10,821)  (1,630)  
Operating expenses
  3,361   3,523   2,719   204   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings/(loss)
 $4,180  $(660) $(13,540) $(1,834)  
 
 
 
1.  Primarily includes results related to our consolidated entities held for investment purposes.
 
 

2010 versus 2009.  Investing & Lending recorded net revenues of $7.54 billion for 2010. During 2010, an increase in global equity markets and tighter credit spreads provided a favorable backdrop for our Investing & Lending business. Results for 2010 primarily reflected a gain of $747 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net gain of $2.69 billion from other equity securities and a net gain of $2.60 billion from debt securities and loans.

Operating expenses were $3.36 billion for 2010, 5% lower than 2009, due to the impact of significantly higher real estate impairment charges during 2009 related to consolidated entities held for investment purposes, as well as decreased compensation and benefits expenses, resulting from lower levels of discretionary compensation.Pre-taxearnings were $4.18 billion in 2010, compared with apre-tax loss of $660 million for 2009.


56


Table of Contents

2009 versus 2008.  Investing & Lending recorded net revenues of $2.86 billion for 2009. These results primarily reflected a gain of $1.58 billion from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net gain of $1.05 billion from debt securities and loans and a net loss of $596 million from other equity securities. During 2009, our Investing & Lending results reflected a recovery in global credit and equity markets following significant weakness during 2008. However, continued weakness in commercial real estate markets negatively impacted our results during 2009. In 2008, results in Investing & Lending primarily reflected a loss of $446 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, a net loss of $6.33 billion from debt securities and loans and a net loss of $5.95 billion from other equity securities.
 
Operating expenses were $3.52 billion for 2009, 30% higher than 2008, due to increased compensation and benefits expenses, resulting from higher net revenues.Pre-tax loss was $660 million in 2009 compared with apre-tax loss of $13.54 billion in 2008.
 
One Month Ended December 2008.  Investing & Lending recorded negative net revenues of $1.63 billion for the month of December 2008. During the month of December, continued weakness in global equity and credit markets negatively impacted results in our Investing & Lending business. Results for December 2008 primarily reflected net losses of $1.08 billion from equity securities (excluding ICBC)

and $856 million from debt securities and loans, partially offset by a gain of $228 million from our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC.
 
Operating expenses were $204 million for the month of December 2008.Pre-tax loss was $1.83 billion for the month of December 2008.
 
Investment Management
Investment Management provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. Investment Management also offers wealth advisory services, including portfolio management and financial counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services tohigh-net-worthindividuals and families.
 
Assets under management typically generate fees as a percentage of net asset value, which vary by asset class and are affected by investment performance as well as asset inflows and redemptions. In certain circumstances, we are also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s return or when the return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance targets. Incentive fees are recognized when all material contingencies are resolved.
 


57


Table of Contents

The table below presents the operating results of our Investment Management segment.
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Management and other fees
 $3,956  $3,860  $4,346  $320   
Incentive fees
  527   180   301   2   
Transaction revenues
  531   567   598   21   
 
 
Total net revenues
  5,014   4,607   5,245   343   
Operating expenses
  4,051   3,673   3,528   263   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings
 $963  $934  $1,717  $80   
 
 
 

Assets under management include only those client assets where we earn a fee for managing assets on a discretionary basis. This includes assets in our mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds and separately managed accounts for institutional and individual investors. Assets under management do not include

the self-directed assets of our clients, including brokerage accounts, or interest-bearing deposits held through our bank depository institution subsidiaries.
 
The table below presents our assets under management by asset class.
 


               
 
  As of
  December 31,
  December 31,
  November 30,
   
in billions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Alternative investments 1
 $148  $146  $146   
Equity
  144   146   112   
Fixed income
  340   315   248   
 
 
Totalnon-moneymarket assets
  632   607   506   
Money markets
  208   264   273   
 
 
Total assets under management
 $840  $871  $779   
 
 
 
1.  Primarily includes hedge funds, private equity, real estate, currencies, commodities and asset allocation strategies.
 
The table below presents a summary of the changes in our assets under management.
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  December 31,
  December 31,
  November 30,
   
in billions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Balance, beginning of year
 $871  $798 1  $868   
Net inflows/(outflows)
              
Alternative investments
  (1)  (5)  8   
Equity
  (21)  (2)  (55)  
Fixed income
  7   26   14   
 
 
Totalnon-moneymarket net inflows/(outflows)
  (15)  19   (33)  
Money markets
  (56)  (22)  67   
 
 
Total net inflows/(outflows)
  (71)  (3)  34   
Net market appreciation/(depreciation)
  40   76   (123)  
 
 
Balance, end of year
 $840  $871   $779   
 
 
 
1.  Includes market appreciation of $13 billion and net inflows of $6 billion during the calendar month of December 2008.
 
 

2010 versus 2009.  Net revenues in Investment Management were $5.01 billion for 2010, 9% higher than 2009, primarily reflecting higher incentive fees across our alternative investment products. Management and other fees also increased, reflecting favorable changes in the mix of assets under management, as well as the impact of appreciation in the value of client assets. During 2010, assets under management decreased 4% to $840 billion, primarily

reflecting outflows in money market assets, consistent with industry trends.
 
Operating expenses were $4.05 billion for 2010, 10% higher than 2009, primarily reflecting increased staff levels and the impact of growth initiatives.Pre-taxearnings were $963 million in 2010, 3% higher than 2009.


58


Table of Contents

2009 versus 2008.  Net revenues in Investment Management were $4.61 billion for 2009, 12% lower than 2008, primarily reflecting the impact of changes in the composition of assets managed, principally due to equity market depreciation during the fourth quarter of 2008, as well as lower incentive fees. During 2009, assets under management increased $73 billion to $871 billion, due to $76 billion of market appreciation, primarily in fixed income and equity assets, partially offset by $3 billion of net outflows. Outflows in money market assets were offset by inflows in fixed income assets.
 
Operating expenses were $3.67 billion for 2009, 4% higher than 2008, due to higher levels of discretionary compensation.Pre-taxearnings were $934 million in 2009, 46% lower than 2008.
 
One Month Ended December 2008.  Net revenues in Investment Management were $343 million for the month of December 2008. During the calendar month of December, assets under management increased $19 billion to $798 billion, due to $13 billion of market appreciation, primarily in fixed income and equity assets, and $6 billion of net inflows. Net inflows reflected inflows in money market assets, partially offset by outflows in fixed income, equity and alternative investment assets.
 
Operating expenses were $263 million for the month of December 2008.Pre-taxearnings were $80 million for the month of December 2008.
 
Geographic Data
See Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor a summary of our total net revenues,pre-taxearnings and net earnings by geographic region.
 
Regulatory Reform
On July 21, 2010, theU.S. Dodd-FrankWall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime under which we operate. The implications of theDodd-FrankAct for our businesses will depend to a large extent on the provisions of required future rulemaking by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and other agencies, as well as the development of market practices and structures under the regime established by the legislation and the rules adopted

pursuant to it. However, we expect that there will be two principal areas of impact for us:
 
•   the prohibition on “proprietary trading” and the limitation on the sponsorship of, and investment in, hedge funds and private equity funds by banking entities, including bank holding companies; and
 
•   increased regulation of and restrictions onover-the-counter(OTC) derivatives markets and transactions.
 
In addition, the legislation creates a new systemic risk oversight body to oversee and coordinate the efforts of the primary U.S. financial regulatory agencies in establishing regulations to address financial stability concerns, including more stringent supervisory requirements and prudential standards applicable to systemically important financial institutions. Legal and regulatory changes under consideration in other jurisdictions could also have an impact on our activities in markets outside the United States. See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-Kfor more information.
 
In light of the Dodd-Frank Act, during 2010, we liquidated substantially all of the positions that had been held within Principal Strategies in our former Equities operating segment, as this was a proprietary trading business. In addition, during the first quarter of 2011, we commenced the liquidation of the positions that had been held by the global macro proprietary trading desk in our former Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities operating segment. Net revenues from Principal Strategies and our global macro proprietary trading desk were not material for the year ended December 2010. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory reforms on our businesses, our clients and the markets in which we operate will depend on the manner in which the relevant authorities develop and implement the required rules and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments over the next several years. We will continue to assess our business, risk management, and compliance practices to conform to developments in the regulatory environment.


59


Table of Contents



Balance Sheet and Funding Sources
 
Balance Sheet Management

One of our most important risk management disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet reflect (i) our overall risk tolerance, (ii) our ability to access stable funding sources and (iii) the amount of equity capital we hold.
 
Although our balance sheet fluctuates on aday-to-daybasis, our total assets and adjusted assets at quarterly and year-end dates are generally not materially different from those occurring within our reporting periods.
 
In order to ensure appropriate risk management, we seek to maintain a liquid balance sheet and have processes in place to dynamically manage our assets and liabilities which include:
 
•   quarterly planning;
 
•   business-specific limits;
 
•   monitoring of key metrics; and
 
•   scenario analyses.
 
Quarterly Planning.  We prepare a quarterly balance sheet plan that combines our projected total assets and composition of assets with our expected funding sources and capital levels for the upcoming quarter. The objectives of this quarterly planning process are:
 
•   to develop our near-term balance sheet projections, taking into account the general state of the financial markets and expected client-driven and firm-driven activity levels;
 
•   to ensure that our projected assets are supported by an adequate level and tenor of funding and that our projected capital and liquidity metrics are within management guidelines; and
 
•   to allow business risk managers and managers from our independent control and support functions to objectively evaluate balance sheet limit requests from business managers in the context of the firm’s overall balance sheet constraints. These constraints include the firm’s liability profile and equity capital levels, maturities and plans for new debt and equity issuances, share repurchases, deposit trends and secured funding transactions.

To prepare our quarterly balance sheet plan, business risk managers and managers from our independent control and support functions meet with business managers to review current and prior period metrics and discuss expectations for the upcoming quarter. The specific metrics reviewed include asset and liability size and composition, aged inventory, limit utilization, risk and performance measures and capital usage.
 
Our consolidated quarterly plan, including our balance sheet plans by business, funding and capital projections, and projected capital and liquidity metrics, is reviewed by the Finance Committee. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management.”
 
Business-Specific Limits.  The Finance Committee sets asset and liability limits for each business and aged inventory limits for certain financial instruments as a disincentive to hold inventory over longer periods of time. These limits are set at levels which are close to actual operating levels in order to ensure prompt escalation and discussion among business managers and managers in our independent control and support functions on a routine basis. The Finance Committee reviews and approves balance sheet limits on a quarterly basis and may also approve changes in limits on an ad hoc basis in response to changing business needs or market conditions.


60


Table of Contents

Monitoring of Key Metrics.  We monitor key balance sheet metrics daily both by business and on a consolidated basis, including asset and liability size and composition, aged inventory, limit utilization, risk measures and capital usage. In our consolidated balance sheet, we allocate assets to businesses and review and analyze movements resulting from new business activity as well as market fluctuations.
 
Scenario Analyses.  We conduct scenario analyses to determine how we would manage the size and composition of our balance sheet and maintain appropriate funding, liquidity and capital positions in a variety of situations:
 
•   These scenarios coverone-year and two-year time horizons using various macro-economic andfirm-specificassumptions. We use these analyses to assist us in developing longer-term funding plans, including the level of unsecured debt issuances, the size of our secured funding program and the amount and composition of our equity capital. We also consider any potential future constraints, such as limits on our ability to grow our asset base in the absence of appropriate funding.
 
•   Through our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and our resolution and recovery planning, we further analyze how we would manage our balance sheet through the duration of a severe crisis and we develop plans for mitigating actions to access funding, generate liquidity,and/orredeploy equity capital, as appropriate.

Balance Sheet Allocation
In addition to preparing our consolidated statement of financial condition in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we prepare a balance sheet that generally allocates assets to our businesses. We believe that presenting our assets on this basis is meaningful because it is consistent with the way management views and manages risks associated with the firm’s assets and better enables investors to assess the liquidity of the firm’s assets. The table below presents a summary of this balance sheet allocation.
 
       
 
  As of
   
in millions December 2010   
 
Excess liquidity (Global Core Excess)
 $174,776   
Other cash
  7,565   
 
 
Excess liquidity and cash
  182,341   
Secured client financing
  279,291   
Inventory
  260,406   
Secured financing agreements
  70,921   
Receivables
  32,396   
 
 
Institutional Client Services
  363,723   
ICBC
  7,589   
Equity (excluding ICBC)
  22,972   
Debt
  24,066   
Receivables and other
  3,291   
 
 
Investing & Lending
  57,918   
 
 
Total inventory and related assets
  421,641   
Other assets
  28,059   
 
 
Total assets
 $911,332   
 
 


61


Table of Contents

The following is a description of the captions in the table above.
 
Excess Liquidity and Cash.  We maintain substantial excess liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in the event of a stressed environment. See “Liquidity Risk” below for details on the composition and sizing of our excess liquidity pool or “Global Core Excess” (GCE). In addition to our excess liquidity, we maintain other operating cash balances, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities, or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.
 
Secured Client Financing.  We provide collateralized financing for client positions, including margin loans secured by client collateral, securities borrowed, and resale agreements primarily collateralized by government obligations. As a result of client activities, we are required to segregate cash and securities to satisfy regulatory requirements. Our secured client financing arrangements, which are generallyshort-term,are accounted for at fair value or at amounts that approximate fair value, and include daily margin requirements to mitigate counterparty credit risk.
 
Institutional Client Services.  In Institutional Client Services, we maintain inventory positions to facilitate market-making in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products. Additionally, as part of clientmarket-makingactivities, we enter into resale or

securities borrowing arrangements to obtain securities which we can use to cover transactions in which we or our clients have sold securities that have not yet been purchased. The receivables in Institutional Client Services primarily relate to securities transactions.
 
Investing & Lending.  In Investing & Lending, we make investments and originate loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. We make investments, directly and indirectly through funds that we manage, in debt securities, loans, public and private equity securities, real estate and other investments.
 
Other Assets.  Other assets are generally less liquid,non-financialassets, including property, leasehold improvements and equipment, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, income tax-related receivables,equity-methodinvestments and miscellaneous receivables.
 
The table below presents the reconciliation of this balance sheet allocation to our U.S. GAAP balance sheet. In the tables below, total assets for Institutional Client Services and Investing & Lending represent the inventory and related assets. These amounts differ from total assets by business segment disclosed in Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kbecause total assets disclosed in Note 27 include allocations of our excess liquidity and other cash, secured client financing and other assets.


                           
 
  As of December 2010
  Excess
  Secured
  Institutional
            
  Liquidity
  Client
  Client
  Investing &
  Other
  Total
   
in millions and Cash 1  Financing  Services  Lending  Assets  Assets   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $39,788  $  $  $  $  $39,788   
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
     53,731            53,731   
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
  62,854   102,537   22,866   98      188,355   
Securities borrowed
  37,938   80,313   48,055         166,306   
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
     3,702   6,698   37      10,437   
Receivables from customers and counterparties
     39,008   25,698   2,997      67,703   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  41,761      260,406   54,786      356,953   
Other assets
              28,059   28,059   
 
 
Total assets
 $182,341  $279,291  $363,723  $57,918  $28,059  $911,332   
 
 
 
1.  Includes unencumbered cash, U.S. government obligations, U.S. agency obligations, highly liquid U.S. agencymortgage-backedobligations, and French, German, United Kingdom and Japanese government obligations.
 

62


Table of Contents

Less Liquid Inventory Composition.  We seek to maintain a liquid balance sheet comprised of assets that can be readily funded on a secured basis. However, we do hold certain financial instruments that may be more difficult to fund on a secured basis, especially during times of market stress. We focus on funding these assets with longer contractual maturities to reduce the need to refinance in periods of market stress and generally hold higher levels of total capital for these assets than for more liquid types of financial instruments. The table below presents our aggregate holdings in these categories of financial instruments.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities
 $17,042  $14,277   
Bank loans and bridge loans 1
  18,039   19,345   
Emerging market debt securities
  3,931   2,957   
High-yieldand other debt obligations
  11,553   12,028   
Private equity investments and real estate fund investments 2
  14,807   14,633   
Emerging market equity securities
  5,784   5,193   
ICBC ordinary shares 3
  7,589   8,111   
SMFG convertible preferred stock 4
     933   
Other restricted public equity securities
  116   203   
Other investments in funds 5
  3,212   2,911   
 
 
 
1.   Includes funded commitments and inventory held in connection with our origination, investing andmarket-makingactivities.
 
2.   Includes interests in funds that we manage. Such amounts exclude assets related to consolidated investment funds of $889 million and $919 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, for which Goldman Sachs does not bear economic exposure. Excludes $792 million as of December 2010, related to VIEs consolidated upon adoption of Accounting Standards UpdateNo. 2009-17,“Consolidations (Topic 810) — Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,” for which Goldman Sachs does not bear economic exposure.
 
3.   Includes interests of $4.73 billion and $5.13 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, held by investment funds managed by Goldman Sachs.
 
4.   During the first quarter of 2010, we converted our remaining Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) preferred stock investment into common stock and delivered the common stock to close out our remaining hedge position.
 
5.   Includes interests in other investment funds that we manage.
 
See Notes 4 through 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about the financial instruments we hold.

Balance Sheet Analysis and Metrics
As of December 2010, total assets on our consolidated statement of financial condition were $911.33 billion, an increase of $62.39 billion from December 2009. This increase is primarily due to (i) an increase in collateralized agreements of $20.44 billion and an increase in cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes of $17.07 billion, both primarily due to an increase in client-driven activity, and (ii) an increase in financial instruments owned, at fair value of $14.55 billion, primarily due to increases in physical commodities and U.S. government and federal agency obligations.
 
As of December 2010, total liabilities on our consolidated statement of financial condition were $833.98 billion, an increase of $55.75 billion from December 2009. This increase is primarily due to (i) an increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase of $33.99 billion, primarily due to an increase in secured funding of our financial instruments owned, at fair value, and an increase in client-driven activity, (ii) an increase in other secured financings of $14.24 billion, primarily due toclient-drivenactivity and (iii) an increase in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value of $11.70 billion, primarily due to increases innon-U.S. governmentobligations and equities and convertible debentures.
 
As of December 2010, our total securities sold under agreements to repurchase, accounted for as collateralized financings, were $162.35 billion, which was 2% higher and 10% higher than the daily average amount of repurchase agreements during the quarter ended and year ended December 2010, respectively. As of December 2010, the increase in our repurchase agreements relative to the daily average during the quarter and year was due to an increase inclient-drivenactivity at the end of the year and an increase in firm financing activities. As of December 2009 our total securities sold under agreements to repurchase, accounted for as collateralized financings, were $128.36 billion, which was 2% lower and 8% lower than the daily average amount of repurchase agreements during the quarter ended and year ended December 2009, respectively. The level of our repurchase agreements fluctuates between and within periods, primarily due to providing clients with access to highly liquid collateral, such as U.S. government, federal agency andinvestment-gradesovereign obligations through collateralized financing activities.


63


Table of Contents

The table below presents information on our assets, shareholders’ equity and leverage ratios.
 
           
 
  As of December
$ in millions, except per share amounts 2010  2009   
 
Total assets
 $911,332  $848,942   
Adjusted assets
  588,927   551,071   
Total shareholders’ equity
  77,356   70,714   
Leverage ratio
  11.8x   12.0x   
Adjusted leverage ratio
  7.6x   7.8x   
Debt to equity ratio
  2.3x   2.6x   
 
 
 
Adjusted assets.  Adjusted assets equals total assets less(i) low-riskcollateralized assets generally associated with our secured client financing transactions and federal funds sold and (ii) cash and securities we segregate for regulatory and other purposes.
 
The table below presents the reconciliation of total assets to adjusted assets.
 
             
 
    As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Total assets
 $911,332  $848,942   
Deduct:
 
Securities borrowed
  (166,306)  (189,939)  
  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
  (188,355)  (144,279)  
Add:
 
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at
          
  
    fair value
  140,717   129,019   
  
Less derivative liabilities
  (54,730)  (56,009)  
 
 
  
Subtotal
  85,987   73,010   
Deduct:
 
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
  (53,731)  (36,663)  
 
 
Adjusted assets
 $588,927  $551,071   
 
 
 
Leverage ratio.  The leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders’ equity and measures the proportion of equity and debt the firm is using to finance assets. This ratio is different from the Tier 1 leverage ratio included in “EquityCapital — ConsolidatedRegulatory Capital Ratios” below, and further described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
 
Adjusted leverage ratio.  The adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by total shareholders’ equity. We believe that the adjusted leverage ratio is a more meaningful measure of our capital adequacy than the leverage ratio because it excludes certainlow-riskcollateralized assets that are generally supported with little or no capital.

Our adjusted leverage ratio decreased to 7.6x as of December 2010 from 7.8x as of December 2009 primarily because our total shareholders’ equity grew at a higher rate than our adjusted assets. Although total assets increased by 7% during the period, this growth was principally comprised of increases inlow-riskassets (primarily securities purchased under agreements to resell and cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes), which do not impact our adjusted assets.
 
Debt to equity ratio.  The debt to equity ratio equals unsecuredlong-termborrowings divided by total shareholders’ equity.
 
Funding Sources
Our primary sources of funding are secured financings, unsecuredlong-termandshort-termborrowings, and deposits. We seek to maintain broad and diversified funding sources globally.
 
We raise funding through a number of different products, including:
 
•   collateralized financings, such as repurchase agreements, securities loaned and other secured financings;
 
•   long-termunsecured debt through syndicated U.S. registered offerings, U.S. registered and 144Amedium-termnote programs, offshoremedium-termnote offerings and other debt offerings;
 
•   short-termunsecured debt through U.S. andnon-U.S. commercialpaper and promissory note issuances and other methods; and
 
•   demand and savings deposits through cash sweep programs and time deposits through internal andthird-partybroker networks.
 
We generally distribute our funding sources through our own sales force to a large, diverse creditor base in a variety of markets in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical to our liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments, securities lenders, pension funds, insurance companies, mutual funds and individuals. We have imposed various internal guidelines to monitor creditor concentration across our primary funding programs.


64


Table of Contents

Secured Funding.  We fund a significant amount of our inventory on a secured basis. We believe secured funding is more stable than unsecured financing because it is less sensitive to changes in our credit quality due to the nature of the collateral we post to our lenders. However, because the terms or availability of secured funding, particularlyshort-datedfunding, can deteriorate rapidly in a difficult environment, we generally do not rely onshort-datedsecured funding unless it is collateralized with highly liquid securities such as government obligations.
 
Substantially all of our other secured funding is executed for tenors of one month or greater. Additionally, we monitor counterparty concentration and hold a portion of our GCE for refinancing risk associated with all secured funding transactions. We seek longer terms for secured funding collateralized by lower-quality assets because these funding transactions may pose greater refinancing risk.

The weighted average maturity of our secured funding, excluding funding collateralized by highly liquid securities eligible for inclusion in our GCE, exceeded 100 days as of December 2010.
 
A majority of our secured funding for securities not eligible for inclusion in the GCE is executed through term repurchase agreements and securities lending contracts. We also raise financing through other types of collateralized financings, such as secured loans and notes.
 
UnsecuredLong-TermBorrowings.  We issue unsecuredlong-termborrowings as a source of capital to meet ourlong-termfinancing requirements and to finance a portion of our GCE. We issue in different tenors, currencies, and products to maximize the diversification of our investor base. The table below presents our quarterly unsecuredlong-termborrowings maturity profile through 2016 as of December 2010.
 


Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings Maturity Profile
($ in millions)
 
 

65


Table of Contents

The weighted average maturity of our unsecuredlong-termborrowings as of December 2010 was approximately seven years. To mitigate refinancing risk, we seek to limit the principal amount of debt maturing on any one day or during any week or year. We enter into interest rate swaps to convert a substantial portion of ourlong-termborrowings into floating-rate obligations in order to minimize our exposure to interest rates.
 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP).  As of December 2010, we had $19.01 billion of senior unsecured debt outstanding (comprised of $10.43 billion ofshort-termand $8.58 billion oflong-term)guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP, all of which will mature on or prior to June 15, 2012. We have not issuedlong-termdebt under the TLGP since March 2009 and the program has expired for new issuances.
 
UnsecuredShort-TermBorrowings.  A significant portion of ourshort-termborrowings were originallylong-termdebt that is scheduled to mature within one year of the reporting date. We useshort-termborrowings to finance liquid assets and for other cash management purposes. We primarily issue commercial paper, promissory notes, and other hybrid instruments. We prefer issuing promissory notes, in which we do not make a market, over commercial paper, which we may repurchase prior to maturity through the ordinary course of business as a market maker.
 
As of December 2010, our unsecuredshort-termborrowings, including the current portion of unsecuredlong-termborrowings, were $47.84 billion. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our unsecuredshort-termborrowings.
 
Deposits.  As of December 2010, our bank depository institution subsidiaries had $38.57 billion in customer deposits, including $8.50 billion of certificates of deposit and other time deposits with a weighted average maturity of three years, and $30.07 billion of other deposits, substantially all of which were from cash sweep programs. We utilize deposits to finance lending activities in our bank subsidiaries and to support potential outflows, such as lending commitments.

Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA) has access to funding through the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. While we do not rely on this funding in our liquidity planning and stress testing, we maintain policies and procedures necessary to access this funding and test discount window borrowing procedures.
 
Equity Capital
 
The level and composition of our equity capital are determined by multiple factors including our consolidated regulatory capital requirements and ICAAP, and may also be influenced by other factors such as rating agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements, the business environment, conditions in the financial markets and assessments of potential future losses due to adverse changes in our business and market environments. In addition, we maintain a contingency capital plan which provides a framework for analyzing and responding to an actual or perceived capital shortfall.
 
Our consolidated regulatory capital requirements are determined by the Federal Reserve Board, as described below. Our ICAAP incorporates an internalrisk-basedcapital assessment designed to identify and measure material risks associated with our business activities, including market risk, credit risk and operational risk, in a manner that is closely aligned with our risk management practices. Our internalrisk-basedcapital assessment is supplemented with the results of stress tests.
 
As of December 2010, our total shareholders’ equity was $77.36 billion (consisting of common shareholders’ equity of $70.40 billion and preferred stock of $6.96 billion). As of December 2009, our total shareholders’ equity was $70.71 billion (consisting of common shareholders’ equity of $63.76 billion and preferred stock of $6.96 billion). In addition to total shareholders’ equity, we consider our $5.00 billion of junior subordinated debt issued to trusts to be part of our equity capital, as it qualifies as capital for regulatory and certain rating agency purposes. See “— Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios” below for information regarding the impact of regulatory developments.


66


Table of Contents

Consolidated Regulatory Capital
The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As a bank holding company, we are subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements that are computed in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy regulations currently applicable to bank holding companies (Basel 1). These capital requirements, which are based on the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), are expressed as capital ratios that compare measures of capital torisk-weightedassets (RWAs). See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor additional information regarding the firm’s RWAs. The firm’s capital levels are also subject to qualitative judgments by its regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Federal Reserve Board regulations require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 4% and a minimum total capital ratio of 8%. The required minimum Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital ratio in order to be considered a “well-capitalized” bank holding company under the Federal Reserve Board guidelines are 6% and 10%, respectively. Bank holding companies may be expected to maintain ratios well above the minimum levels, depending upon their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies that have received the highest supervisory rating under Federal Reserve Board guidelines or that have implemented the Federal Reserve Board’srisk-basedcapital measure for market risk. Other bank holding companies must have a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.

Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios
The table below presents information about our regulatory capital ratios.
 
           
 
  As of December
$ in millions 2010  2009   
 
Common shareholders’ equity
 $70,399  $63,757   
Less: Goodwill
  (3,495)  (3,543)  
Less: Disallowable intangible assets
  (2,027)  (1,377)  
Less: Other deductions 1
  (5,601)  (6,152)  
 
 
Tier 1 Common Capital
  59,276   52,685   
Preferred stock
  6,957   6,957   
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts
  5,000   5,000   
 
 
Tier 1 Capital
  71,233   64,642   
Qualifying subordinated debt 2
  13,880   14,004   
Less: Other deductions 1
  (220)  (176)  
 
 
Tier 2 Capital
  13,660   13,828   
Total Capital
 $84,893  $78,470   
Risk-WeightedAssets3
 $444,290  $431,890   
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
  16.0%   15.0%   
Total Capital Ratio
  19.1%   18.2%   
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio3
  8.0%   7.6%   
Tier 1 Common Ratio4
  13.3%   12.2%   
 
 
1.   Principally includes equity investments innon-financialcompanies and the cumulative change in the fair value of our unsecured borrowings attributable to the impact of changes in our own credit spreads, disallowed deferred tax assets, and investments in certain nonconsolidated entities.
 
2.   Substantially all of our subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital for Basel 1 purposes.
 
3.   See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor additional information about the firm’s RWAs and Tier 1 leverage ratio.
 
4.   The Tier 1 common ratio equals Tier 1 common capital divided by RWAs. We believe that the Tier 1 common ratio is meaningful because it is one of the measures that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy.
 
Our Tier 1 capital ratio increased to 16.0% as of December 2010 from 15.0% as of December 2009. The growth in our Tier 1 capital during the year ended December 2010 was principally due to an increase in our shareholders’ equity, which was partially offset by an increase in our RWAs. Our Tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 8.0% as of December 2010 from 7.6% as of December 2009, reflecting an increase in our Tier 1 capital, principally due to an increase in our shareholders’ equity, which was partially offset by an increase in average adjusted total assets.


67


Table of Contents

We are currently working to implement the requirements set out in the Federal Reserve Board’s Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Bank Holding Companies: Internal Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches, which are based on the advanced approaches under the Revised Framework for the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards issued by the Basel Committee as applicable to us as a bank holding company (Basel 2). U.S. banking regulators have incorporated the Basel 2 framework into the existingrisk-basedcapital requirements by requiring that internationally active banking organizations, such as us, transition to Basel 2 following the successful completion of a parallel run.
 
In addition, the Basel Committee has undertaken a program of substantial revisions to its capital guidelines. In particular, the changes in the “Basel 2.5” guidelines will result in increased capital requirements for market risk; additionally, the Basel 3 guidelines issued by the Basel Committee in December 2010 revise the definition of Tier 1 capital, introduce Tier 1 common equity as a regulatory metric, set new minimum capital ratios (including a new “capital conservation buffer,” which must be composed exclusively of Tier 1 common equity and will be in addition to the other capital ratios), introduce a Tier 1 leverage ratio within international guidelines for the first time, and make substantial revisions to the computation of RWAs for credit exposures. Implementation of the new requirements is expected to take place over an extended transition period, starting at the end of 2011 (for Basel 2.5) and end of 2012 (for Basel 3). Although the U.S. federal banking agencies have now issued proposed rules that are intended to implement certain aspects of the Basel 2.5 guidelines, they have not yet addressed all aspects of those guidelines or the Basel 3 changes. In addition, both the Basel Committee and U.S. banking regulators implementing the Dodd-Frank Act have indicated that they will impose more stringent capital standards on systemically important financial institutions. Although the criteria for treatment as a systemically important financial institution have not yet been determined, it is probable that they will apply to us. Therefore, the regulations ultimately applicable to us may be substantially different from those that have been published to date.

The Dodd-Frank Act will subject us at a firmwide level to the same leverage andrisk-basedcapital requirements that apply to depository institutions and directs banking regulators to impose additional capital requirements as disclosed above. The Federal Reserve Board will be required to begin implementing the new leverage andrisk-basedcapital regulation by January 2012. As a consequence of these changes, Tier 1 capital treatment for our junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and our cumulative preferred stock will be phased out over a three-year period beginning on January 1, 2013. The interaction between theDodd-FrankAct and the Basel Committee’s proposed changes adds further uncertainty to our future capital requirements.
 
A number of other governmental entities and regulators, including the U.S. Treasury, the European Union and the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom, have also proposed or announced changes which will result in increased capital requirements for financial institutions.
 
As a consequence of these developments, we expect minimum capital ratios required to be maintained under Federal Reserve Board regulations will be increased and changes in the prescribed calculation methodology are expected to result in higher RWAs and lower capital ratios than those currently computed.
 
See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor additional information about our regulatory capital ratios and the related regulatory requirements.
 
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
We perform an ICAAP with the objective of ensuring that the firm is appropriately capitalized relative to the risks in our business.
 
As part of our ICAAP, we perform an internalrisk-basedcapital assessment. Our internalrisk-basedcapital assessment incorporates market risk, credit risk and operational risk. Market risk is calculated by usingValue-at-Risk(VaR) calculations supplemented byrisk-basedadd-ons which include risks related to rare events (tail risks). Credit risk utilizes assumptions about our counterparties’ probability of default, the size of our losses in the event of a default and the maturity of our counterparties’ contractual obligations to us. Operational risk is calculated based on scenarios incorporating multiple types of operational failures. Backtesting is used to gauge the effectiveness of models at capturing and measuring relevant risks.


68


Table of Contents

We evaluate capital adequacy based on the result of our internalrisk-basedcapital assessment, supplemented with the results of stress tests which measure the firm’s performance under various market conditions. Our goal is to hold sufficient capital, under our internalrisk-basedcapital framework, to ensure we remain adequately capitalized after experiencing a severe stress event. Our assessment of capital adequacy is viewed in tandem with our assessment of liquidity adequacy and integrated into the overall risk management structure, governance and policy framework of the firm.
 
We attribute capital usage to each of our businesses based upon our internalrisk-basedcapital and regulatory frameworks and manage the levels of usage based upon the balance sheet and risk limits established.
 
Rating Agency Guidelines
The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the obligations of Group Inc., which directly issues or guarantees substantially all of the firm’s senior unsecured obligations. GS Bank USA has also been assignedlong-termissuer ratings as well as ratings on itslong-termandshort-termbank deposits. In addition, credit rating agencies have assigned ratings to debt obligations of certain other subsidiaries of Group Inc.
 
The level and composition of our equity capital are among the many factors considered in determining our credit ratings. Each agency has its own definition of eligible capital and methodology for evaluating capital adequacy, and assessments are generally based on a combination of factors rather than a single calculation. See “Liquidity Risk — Credit Ratings” for further information about our credit ratings.
 
Subsidiary Capital Requirements
Many of our subsidiaries, including GS Bank USA and ourbroker-dealersubsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements in jurisdictions throughout the world. For purposes of assessing the adequacy of its capital, GS Bank USA has established an ICAAP which is similar to that used by Group Inc. GS Bank USA’s capital levels and prompt corrective action classification are subject to qualitative judgments by its regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

We expect that the capital requirements of several of our subsidiaries will be impacted in the future by the various developments arising from the Basel Committee, the Dodd-Frank Act, and other governmental entities and regulators.
 
See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information about GS Bank USA’s capital ratios under Basel 1 as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, and for further information about the capital requirements of our other regulated subsidiaries and the potential impact of regulatory reform.
 
Subsidiaries not subject to separate regulatory capital requirements may hold capital to satisfy local tax guidelines, rating agency requirements (for entities with assigned credit ratings) or internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based on its underlying level of risk. In certain instances, Group Inc. may be limited in its ability to access capital held at certain subsidiaries as a result of regulatory, tax or other constraints. As of December 2010 and December 2009, Group Inc.’s equity investment in subsidiaries was $71.30 billion and $65.74 billion, respectively, compared with its total shareholders’ equity of $77.36 billion and $70.71 billion, respectively.
 
Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of GS&Co., GS Bank USA, Goldman Sachs Bank (Europe) PLC and GSEC subject to certain exceptions. In November 2008, we contributed subsidiaries into GS Bank USA, and Group Inc. agreed to guarantee certain losses, includingcredit-relatedlosses, relating to assets held by the contributed entities. In connection with this guarantee, Group Inc. also agreed to pledge to GS Bank USA certain collateral, including interests in subsidiaries and other illiquid assets.
 
Our capital invested innon-U.S. subsidiariesis generally exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all of which is managed through a combination of derivatives andnon-U.S. denominateddebt.


69


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock.  In October 2008, we issued to Berkshire Hathaway and certain affiliates 50,000 shares of 10% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G (Series G Preferred Stock), and a five-year warrant to purchase up to 43.5 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $115.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $5.00 billion. The allocated carrying values of the warrant and the Series G Preferred Stock (based on their relative fair values on the date of issuance) were $1.14 billion and $3.86 billion, respectively. The Series G Preferred Stock is redeemable at the firm’s option, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, at a redemption value of $5.50 billion, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Accordingly, upon a redemption in full at any time in the future of the Series G Preferred Stock, we would recognize aone-timepreferred dividend of $1.64 billion (calculated as the difference between the carrying value and redemption value of the preferred stock), which would be recorded as a reduction to our earnings applicable to common shareholders and to our common shareholders’ equity in the period of redemption. Based on our December 2010 average diluted common shares outstanding and basic shares outstanding, the estimated impact to earnings per common share and book value per common share would be a reduction of approximately $2.80 and $3.00, respectively, in the period in which the redemption occurs in the future.
 
Contingency Capital Plan
Our contingency capital plan outlines the appropriate communication procedures to follow during a crisis period, including internal dissemination of information as well as ensuring timely communication with external stakeholders. It also provides a framework for analyzing and responding to a perceived or actual capital deficiency, including, but not limited to, identification of drivers of a capital deficiency, as well as mitigants and potential actions.
 
Equity Capital Management
Our objective is to maintain a sufficient level and optimal composition of equity capital. We principally manage our capital through issuances and repurchases of our common stock. We may also, from time to time, issue or repurchase our preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and other subordinated debt as business conditions warrant and subject to any regulatory approvals. We manage our capital requirements principally by setting limits on balance sheet assetsand/orlimits on risk, in each case both at the consolidated and business levels. We attribute capital usage to each of our businesses based upon our internalrisk-basedcapital and regulatory frameworks

and manage the levels of usage based upon the balance sheet and risk limits established.
 
Share Repurchase Program.  We seek to use our share repurchase program to substantially offset increases in share count over time resulting from employeeshare-basedcompensation and to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regularopen-marketpurchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by our issuance of shares resulting from employeeshare-basedcompensation as well as our current and projected capital position (i.e., comparisons of our desired level of capital to our actual level of capital), but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock.
 
As of December 2010, under the Board’s existing share repurchase program, we can repurchase up to 35.6 million additional shares of common stock; however, any such repurchases are subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. See “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5 and Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor additional information on our repurchase program.
 
See Notes 16 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and other subordinated debt.
 
Other Capital Metrics
The table below presents information on our shareholders’ equity and book value per common share.
 
           
 
  As of December
$ in millions, except per share amounts 2010  2009   
 
Total shareholders’ equity
 $77,356  $70,714   
Common shareholders’ equity
  70,399   63,757   
Tangible common shareholders’ equity
  64,877   58,837   
Book value per common share
  128.72   117.48   
Tangible book value per common share
  118.63   108.42   
 
 


70


Table of Contents

Tangible common shareholders’ equity.  Tangible common shareholders’ equity equals total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Tangible book value per common share is computed by dividing tangible common shareholders’ equity by the number of common shares outstanding, including restricted stock units (RSUs) granted to employees with no future service requirements. We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity and tangible book value per common share are meaningful because they are measures that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy.
 
The table below presents the reconciliation of total shareholders’ equity to tangible common shareholders’ equity.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Total shareholders’ equity
 $77,356  $70,714   
Deduct: Preferred stock
  (6,957)  (6,957)  
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
  70,399   63,757   
Deduct: Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets
  (5,522)  (4,920)  
 
 
Tangible common shareholders’ equity
 $64,877  $58,837   
 
 
 
Book value and tangible book value per common share.  Book value and tangible book value per common share are based on common shares outstanding, including RSUs granted to employees with no future service requirements, of 546.9 million and 542.7 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
Off-Balance-SheetArrangements
and Contractual Obligations
 
Off-Balance-SheetArrangements
We have various types ofoff-balance-sheetarrangements that we enter into in the ordinary course of business. Our involvement in these arrangements can take many different forms, including:
 
•  purchasing or retaining residual and other interests in special purpose entities such asmortgage-backedand otherasset-backedsecuritization vehicles;

•   holding senior and subordinated debt, interests in limited and general partnerships, and preferred and common stock in other nonconsolidated vehicles;
 
•   entering into interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit derivatives, including total return swaps;
 
•   entering into operating leases; and
 
•   providing guarantees, indemnifications, loan commitments, letters of credit and representations and warranties.
 
We enter into these arrangements for a variety of business purposes, including securitizations. The securitization vehicles that purchase mortgages, corporate bonds, and other types of financial assets are critical to the functioning of several significant investor markets, including themortgage-backedand otherasset-backedsecurities markets, since they offer investors access to specific cash flows and risks created through the securitization process.
 
We also enter into these arrangements to underwrite client securitization transactions; provide secondary market liquidity; make investments in performing and nonperforming debt, equity, real estate and other assets; provide investors withcredit-linkedandasset-repackagednotes; and receive or provide letters of credit to satisfy margin requirements and to facilitate the clearance and settlement process.
 
Our financial interests in, and derivative transactions with, such nonconsolidated entities are accounted for at fair value, in the same manner as our other financial instruments, except in cases where we apply the equity method of accounting.
 
When we transfer a security that has very little, if any, default risk under an agreement to repurchase the security where the maturity date of the repurchase agreement matches the maturity date of the underlying security (such that we effectively no longer have a repurchase obligation) and we have relinquished control over the underlying security, we record such transactions as sales. These transactions are referred to as “repos to maturity.” We had no such transactions outstanding as of December 2010 or December 2009.


71


Table of Contents

The table below presents where a discussion of our variousoff-balance-sheetarrangements may be found in Part II, Items 7 and 8 of thisForm 10-K.In addition, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in

Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor a discussion of our consolidation policies and recent accounting developments that affected these policies effective January 1, 2010.


   
Type of Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangement Disclosure inForm 10-K
 
 
Variable interests and other obligations, including contingent obligations, arising from variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
Leases, letters of credit, and lending and other commitments See below and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
Guarantees See below and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
Derivatives See Notes 4, 5, 7 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
 
 

72


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

We have certain contractual obligations which require us to make future cash payments. These contractual obligations include our unsecuredlong-termborrowings, securedlong-termfinancings, time deposits, contractual interest payments and insurance agreements, all of which are included in our consolidated statement of financial condition. Our obligations to make future cash payments also

include certainoff-balance-sheetcontractual obligations such as purchase obligations, minimum rental payments under noncancelable leases and commitments and guarantees.
 
The table below presents our contractual obligations, commitments and guarantees as of December 2010.
 


                       
 
           2016-
      
in millions 2011  2012-2013  2014-2015  Thereafter  Total   
 
Amounts related to on-balance-sheet obligations
                      
Time deposits 1
 $  $3,000  $1,292  $1,437  $5,729   
Securedlong-termfinancings 2
     8,994   2,791   2,063   13,848   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings 3
     49,922   35,061   89,416   174,399   
Contractual interest payments 4
  6,807   12,287   9,107   30,115   58,316   
Insurance liabilities 5
  634   1,105   993   8,226   10,958   
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs
  20   58   106   1,342   1,526   
                       
Amounts related tooff-balance-sheetarrangements
                      
Commitments to extend credit
  11,535   27,416   10,104   2,842   51,897   
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements
  46,886            46,886   
Forward starting repurchase and securities lending agreements
  12,509            12,509   
Underwriting commitments
  835            835   
Letters of credit
  1,992   218         2,210   
Investment commitments
  2,583   5,877   1,860   773   11,093   
Minimum rental payments
  528   752   590   1,520   3,390   
Purchase obligations
  241   89   40   19   389   
Derivative guarantees
  278,204   262,222   42,063   57,413   639,902   
Securities lending indemnifications
  27,468            27,468   
Other financial guarantees
  415   1,372   299   788   2,874   
 
 
 
1.   Excludes $2.78 billion of time deposits maturing within one year of our financial statement date.
 
2.   The aggregate contractual principal amount of securedlong-termfinancings for which the fair value option was elected, primarily consisting of debt raised through our William Street credit extension program, transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales and certain other nonrecourse financings, exceeded their related fair value by $352 million.
 
3.   Includes an increase of $8.86 billion to the carrying amount of certain of our unsecuredlong-termborrowings related to fair value hedges. In addition, the aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecuredlong-termborrowings (principal andnon-principalprotected) for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $349 million.
 
4.   Represents estimated future interest payments related to unsecuredlong-termborrowings, securedlong-termfinancings and time deposits based on applicable interest rates as of December 2010. Includes stated coupons, if any, on structured notes.
 
5.   Represents estimated undiscounted payments related to future benefits and unpaid claims arising from policies associated with our insurance activities, excluding separate accounts and estimated recoveries under reinsurance contracts.

73


Table of Contents

 

In the table above:
 
•   Obligations maturing within one year of our financial statement date or redeemable within one year of our financial statement date at the option of the holder are excluded and are treated asshort-termobligations.
 
•   Obligations that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of Goldman Sachs are reflected at their contractual maturity dates and obligations that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
 
•   Amounts included in the table do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow requirements for these arrangements because commitments and guarantees represent notional amounts and may expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request.
 
•   Due to the uncertainty of the timing and amounts that will ultimately be paid, our liability for unrecognized tax benefits has been excluded. See Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our unrecognized tax benefits.
 
See Notes 15 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about ourshort-termborrowings, and commitments and guarantees.
 
As of December 2010, our unsecuredlong-termborrowings were $174.40 billion, with maturities extending to 2060, and consisted principally of senior borrowings. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our unsecuredlong-termborrowings.
 
As of December 2010, our future minimum rental payments net of minimum sublease rentals under noncancelable leases were $3.39 billion. These lease commitments, principally for office space, expire on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our leases.
 
Our occupancy expenses include costs associated with office space held in excess of our current requirements. This excess space, the cost of which is charged to earnings as incurred, is being held for potential growth or to replace currently occupied space that we may exit in the future. We regularly evaluate our current and future space capacity in relation to current and projected staffing levels. For the year ended December 2010, total occupancy expenses for space

held in excess of our current requirements were $130 million, which includes costs related to the transition to our new headquarters in New York City. In addition, in 2010, we incurred exit costs of $28 million, related to our office space (included in “Occupancy” and “Depreciation and amortization” in the consolidated statements of earnings). We may incur exit costs in the future to the extent we (i) reduce our space capacity or (ii) commit to, or occupy, new properties in the locations in which we operate and, consequently, dispose of existing space that had been held for potential growth. These exit costs may be material to our results of operations in a given period.
 
Overview and Structure of Risk Management
 
Overview
We believe that effective risk management is of primary importance to the success of the firm. Accordingly, we have comprehensive risk management processes through which we monitor, evaluate and manage the risks we assume in conducting our activities. These include market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal, regulatory and reputational risk exposures. Our risk management framework is built around three core components: governance, processes and people.
 
Governance.  Risk management governance starts with our Board, which plays an important role in reviewing and approving risk management policies and practices, both directly and through its Risk Committee, which consists of all of our independent directors. The Board also receives periodic updates on firmwide risks from our independent control and support functions. Next, at the most senior levels of the firm, our leaders are experienced risk managers, with a sophisticated and detailed understanding of the risks we take. Our senior managers lead and participate inrisk-orientedcommittees, as do the leaders of our independent control and supportfunctions — includingthose in internal audit, compliance, controllers, credit risk management, human capital management, legal, market risk management, operations, operational risk management, tax, technology and treasury.
 
The firm’s governance structure provides the protocol and responsibility for decision-making on risk management issues and ensures implementation of those decisions. We make extensive use ofrisk-relatedcommittees that meet regularly and serve as an important means to facilitate and foster ongoing discussions to identify, manage and mitigate risks.


74


Table of Contents

We maintain strong communication about risk and we have a culture of collaboration in decision-making among the revenue-producing units, independent control and support functions, committees and senior management. While we believe that the first line of defense in managing risk rests with the managers in our revenue-producing units, we dedicate extensive resources to independent control and support functions in order to ensure a strong oversight structure and an appropriate segregation of duties.
 
Processes.  We maintain various processes and procedures that are critical components of our risk management. First and foremost is our daily discipline of marking substantially all of the firm’s inventory to current market levels. Goldman Sachs carries its inventory at fair value, with changes in valuation reflected immediately in our risk management systems and in net revenues. We do so because we believe this discipline is one of the most effective tools for assessing and managing risk and that it provides transparent and realistic insight into our financial exposures.
 
We also apply a rigorous framework of limits to control risk across multiple transactions, products, businesses and markets. This includes setting credit and market risk limits at a variety of levels and monitoring these limits on a daily basis. Limits are typically set at levels that will be periodically exceeded, rather than at levels which reflect our maximum risk appetite. This fosters an ongoing dialogue on risk amongrevenue-producingunits, independent control and support functions, committees and senior management, as well as rapid escalation ofrisk-relatedmatters. See “Market Risk Management” and “Credit Risk Management” for further information on our risk limits.
 
Active management of our positions is another important process. Proactive mitigation of our market and credit exposures minimizes the risk that we will be required to take outsized actions during periods of stress.
 
We also focus on the rigor and effectiveness of the firm’s risk systems. The goal of our risk management technology is to get the right information to the right people at the right time, which requires systems that are comprehensive, reliable and timely. We devote significant time and resources to our risk management technology to ensure that it consistently provides us with complete, accurate and timely information.

People.  Even the best technology serves only as a tool for helping to make informed decisions in real time about the risks we are taking. Ultimately, effective risk management requires our people to make ongoing portfolio interpretations and adjustments. In both our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions, the experience of our professionals, and their understanding of the nuances and limitations of each risk measure, guide the firm in assessing exposures and maintaining them within prudent levels.
 
Structure
Ultimate oversight of risk is the responsibility of the firm’s Board. The Board oversees risk both directly and through its Risk Committee. Within the firm, a series of committees with specific risk management mandates have oversight or decision-making responsibilities for risk management activities. Committee membership generally consists of senior managers from both our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions. We have established procedures for these committees to ensure that appropriate information barriers are in place. Our primary risk committees, most of which also have additionalsub-committeesor working groups, are described below. In addition to these committees, we have otherrisk-orientedcommittees which provide oversight for different businesses, activities, products, regions and legal entities.
 
Membership of the firm’s risk committees is reviewed regularly and updated to reflect changes in the responsibilities of the committee members. Accordingly, the length of time that members serve on the respective committees varies as determined by the relevant committee charter or the committee chairs, and based on the responsibilities of the members within the firm.
 
In addition, independent control and support functions, which report to the chief financial officer, general counsels, chief administrative officer, or in the case of Internal Audit, to the Audit Committee of the Board, are responsible forday-to-dayoversight of risk, as discussed in greater detail in the following sections.


75


Table of Contents



 

The chart below presents an overview of our risk management governance structure, highlighting the oversight of our Board, our keyrisk-related

committees and the independence of our control and support functions.
 


 
 

 
Management Committee.  The Management Committee oversees the global activities of the firm, including all of the firm’s independent control and support functions. It provides this oversight directly and through authority delegated to committees it has established. This committee is comprised of the most senior leaders of the firm, and is chaired by the firm’s chief executive officer. The Management Committee has established various committees with delegated authority and appoints the chairpersons of these committees (the chairpersons then appoint the other members of the committees). All of these committees (and other committees established by such committees) report, directly or indirectly, to the Management Committee. Most members of the Management Committee are also members of other firmwide, divisional and regional committees. The following are the committees established by the Management Committee that are principally involved in firmwide risk management.

Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee.  The Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee assesses and makes determinations regarding business standards and practices, reputational risk management, client relationships and client service, and is chaired by the firm’s president and chief operating officer. This committee also has responsibility for overseeing the implementation of the recommendations of the Business Standards Committee. This committee has established the following two committees that report to it and is responsible for appointing the chairpersons of these committees and other committee members:
 
•  Firmwide New Activity Committee.  The Firmwide New Activity Committee is responsible for reviewing new activities and establishing a process to identify and review previously approved activities that are significant and that have changed in complexityand/orstructure or present different reputational and suitability concerns over time to consider whether these activities remain appropriate. This committee isco-chairedby the firm’s head of operations and the chief administrative officer of our Investment Management Division.


76


Table of Contents

•  Firmwide Suitability Committee.  The Firmwide Suitability Committee is responsible for setting standards and policies for product, transaction and client suitability and providing a forum for consistency across divisions, regions and products on suitability assessments. This committee also reviews suitability matters escalated from other firm committees. This committee isco-chairedby the firm’s international general counsel and the chief operating officer of our Investment Management Division.
 
Firmwide Risk Committee.  The Firmwide Risk Committee is responsible for the ongoing monitoring and control of the firm’s global financial risks. Through both direct and delegated authority, the Firmwide Risk Committee approves firmwide, product, divisional and business-level limits for both market and credit risks, approves sovereign credit risk limits and reviews results of stress tests and scenario analyses. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s chief financial officer and a senior managing director from the firm’s executive office. The Firmwide Risk Committee has established the Securities Division Risk Committee, the Credit Policy Committee and the Operational Risk Committee and the Management Committee established the Firmwide Finance Committee. All four of these committees report to the Firmwide Risk Committee, which is responsible for appointing the chairperson of the four committees, who then appoints the other committee members:
 
•   Securities Division Risk Committee.  The Securities Division Risk Committee sets market risk limits, subject to overall firmwide risk limits, for our Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and Equities Client Execution businesses based on a number of risk measures, including VaR, stress tests, scenario analyses, and inventory levels. This committee is chaired by the chief risk officer of our Securities Division.
 
•   Credit Policy Committee.  The Credit Policy Committee establishes and reviews broad credit policies and parameters that are implemented by our Credit Risk Management department (Credit Risk Management). This committee is chaired by the firm’s chief credit officer.
 
•   Operational Risk Committee.  The Operational Risk Committee provides oversight of the ongoing development and implementation of our operational risk policies, framework and methodologies, and monitors the effectiveness of operational risk management. This committee is chaired by the chief risk officer of GS Bank USA.

•  Finance Committee.  The Finance Committee has oversight of firmwide liquidity, the size and composition of our balance sheet and capital base, and our credit ratings. This committee regularly reviews our liquidity, balance sheet, funding position and capitalization, and makes adjustments in light of current events, risks and exposures, and regulatory requirements. This committee is also responsible for reviewing and approving balance sheet limits and the size of our GCE. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s chief financial officer and the firm’s global treasurer.
 
The following committees report jointly to the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee, which also appoint the chairpersons of these committees (who then appoint the members of the committees).
 
•   Firmwide Capital Committee.  The Firmwide Capital Committee provides approval and oversight ofdebt-relatedunderwriting transactions, including related commitments of the firm’s capital. This committee aims to ensure that business and reputational standards for underwritings and capital commitments are maintained on a global basis. This committee is chaired by the global head of the firm’s Financing Group and head of the firm’s independent control and support functions in Europe, Middle East and Africa.
 
•   Firmwide Commitments Committee.  The Firmwide Commitments Committee reviews the firm’s underwriting and distribution activities with respect to equity andequity-relatedproduct offerings, and sets and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure that legal, reputational, regulatory and business standards are maintained on a global basis. In addition to reviewing specific transactions, this committee periodically conducts general strategic reviews of sectors and products and establishes policies in connection with transaction practices. This committee is co-chaired by the head of our Latin America Group and the head of the firm’s independent control and support functions in Europe, Middle East and Africa.
 
Investment Management Division Risk Committee.  The Investment Management Division Risk Committee is responsible for the ongoing monitoring and control of global market, counterparty credit and liquidity risks associated with the activities of our investment management businesses. The head of Investment Management Division risk management is the chair of this committee and appoints the other members.
 


77


Table of Contents

 
Liquidity Risk
 

Liquidity is of critical importance to financial institutions. Most of the recent failures of financial institutions have occurred in large part due to insufficient liquidity. Accordingly, the firm has in place a comprehensive and conservative set of liquidity and funding policies to address both firm-specific and broader industry or market liquidity events. Our principal objective is to be able to fund the firm and to enable our core businesses to continue to generate revenues, even under adverse circumstances.
 
We manage liquidity risk according to the following principles:
 
Excess Liquidity.  We maintain substantial excess liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in a stressed environment.
 
Asset-LiabilityManagement.  We assess anticipated holding periods for our assets and their potential illiquidity in a stressed environment. We manage the maturities and diversity of our funding across markets, products and counterparties; and seek to maintain liabilities of appropriate tenor relative to our asset base.
 
Contingency Funding Plan.  We maintain a contingency funding plan to provide a framework for analyzing and responding to a liquidity crisis situation or periods of market stress. This framework sets forth the plan of action to fund normal business activity in emergency and stress situations. These principles are discussed in more detail below.
 
Excess Liquidity
Our most important liquidity policy is topre-fund our estimated potential cash needs during a liquidity crisis and hold this excess liquidity in the form of unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash instruments. We believe that this global core excess would be readily convertible to cash in a matter of days, through liquidation, by entering into repurchase agreements or from maturities of reverse repurchase agreements, and that this cash would allow us to meet immediate obligations without needing to sell other

assets or depend on additional funding fromcredit-sensitivemarkets.
 
As of December 2010 and December 2009, the fair value of the securities and certain overnight cash deposits included in our GCE totaled $174.78 billion and $170.69 billion, respectively. Based on the results of our internal liquidity risk model, discussed below, as well as our consideration of other factors including but not limited to a qualitative assessment of the condition of the financial markets and the firm, we believe our liquidity position as of December 2010 was appropriate.
 
Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2010, our GCE, which was previously reported at loan value, is now reported at fair value. The differences between the loan value and fair value were not material and prior periods are presented on a comparable basis.
 
The table below presents the fair value of the securities and certain overnight cash deposits that are included in our GCE.
 
           
 
  Average for the
  Year Ended December 
in millions 2010  2009   
 
U.S. dollar-denominated
 $130,072  $122,083   
Non-U.S. dollar-denominated
  37,942   45,987   
 
 
Total
 $168,014  $168,070   
 
 
 
TheU.S. dollar-denominatedexcess is composed of unencumbered U.S. government obligations, U.S. agency obligations and highly liquid U.S. agencymortgage-backedobligations, all of which are eligible as collateral in Federal Reserve open market operations and certain overnight U.S. dollar cash deposits. Thenon-U.S. dollar-denominatedexcess is composed of only unencumbered French, German, United Kingdom and Japanese government obligations and certain overnight cash deposits in highly liquid currencies. We strictly limit our excess liquidity to this narrowly defined list of securities and cash because they are highly liquid, even in a difficult funding environment. We do not include other potential sources of excess liquidity, such as lower-quality unencumbered securities or committed credit facilities, in our GCE.
 
 


78


Table of Contents

 

The table below presents the fair value of our GCE by asset class.
 
           
 
  Average for the
  Year Ended December 
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Overnight cash deposits
 $25,040  $21,341   
Federal funds sold
  75   374   
U.S. government obligations
  102,937   87,121   
U.S. federal agency obligations and highly liquid U.S. federal agencymortgage-backedobligations
  3,194   14,797   
French, German, United Kingdom and Japanese government obligations
  36,768   44,437   
 
 
Total
 $168,014  $168,070   
 
 
 
The GCE is held at Group Inc. and our majorbroker-dealerand bank subsidiaries, as presented in the table below.
 
           
 
  Average for the
  Year Ended December 
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Group Inc. 
 $53,757  $55,185   
Majorbroker-dealersubsidiaries
  69,223   71,438   
Major bank subsidiaries
  45,034   41,447   
 
 
Total
 $168,014  $168,070   
 
 
 
Our GCE reflects the following principles:
 
•   The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most critical to a company’s survival.
 
•   Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment.
 
•   During a liquidity crisis,credit-sensitivefunding, including unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change.
 
•   As a result of our policy topre-fundliquidity that we estimate may be needed in a crisis, we hold more unencumbered securities and have larger debt balances than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe that our liquidity is stronger with greater balances of highly liquid unencumbered securities, even though it increases our total assets and our funding costs.

We believe that our GCE provides us with a resilient source of funds that would be available in advance of potential cash and collateral outflows and gives us significant flexibility in managing through a difficult funding environment.
 
In order to determine the appropriate size of our GCE, we use an internal liquidity model, referred to as the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, which captures and quantifies the firm’s liquidity risks. We also consider other factors including but not limited to a qualitative assessment of the condition of the financial markets and the firm.
 
We distribute our GCE across subsidiaries, asset types, and clearing agents to provide us with sufficient operating liquidity to ensure timely settlement in all major markets, even in a difficult funding environment.
 
We maintain our GCE to enable us to meet current and potential liquidity requirements of our parent company, Group Inc., and our majorbroker-dealerand bank subsidiaries. The Modeled Liquidity Outflow incorporates a consolidated requirement as well as a standalone requirement for each of our majorbroker-dealerand bank subsidiaries. Liquidity held directly in each of these subsidiaries is intended for use only by that subsidiary to meet its liquidity requirements and is assumed not to be available to Group Inc. unless (i) legally provided for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions. We hold a portion of our GCE directly at Group Inc. to support consolidated requirements not accounted for in the major subsidiaries. In addition to the GCE held at our majorbroker-dealerand bank subsidiaries, we maintain operating cash balances in several of our other operating entities, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities, or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.
 
In addition to our GCE, we have a significant amount of other unencumbered cash and financial instruments, including other government obligations,high-grademoney market securities, corporate obligations, marginable equities, loans and cash deposits not included in our GCE. The fair value of these assets averaged $72.98 billion and $71.82 billion for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. We do not consider these assets liquid enough to be eligible for our GCE liquidity pool and therefore conservatively do not assume we will generate liquidity from these assets in ashort-termstress scenario.


79


Table of Contents



Modeled Liquidity Outflow.  Our Modeled Liquidity Outflow is based on a scenario that includes both amarket-widestress and a firm-specific stress, characterized by some or all of the following elements:
 
•   Global recession, default by amedium-sizedsovereign, low consumer and corporate confidence, and general financial instability.
 
•   Severely challenged market environment with material declines in equity markets and widening of credit spreads.
 
•   Damaging follow-on impacts to financial institutions leading to the failure of a large bank.
 
•   A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses, reputational damage, litigation, executive departure,and/or a ratings downgrade.
 
The following are the critical modeling parameters of the Modeled Liquidity Outflow:
 
•   Liquidity needs over a30-dayscenario.
 
•   A two-notchdowngrade of the firm’slong-termsenior unsecured credit ratings.
 
•   No support from government funding facilities.  Although we have access to various central bank funding programs, we do not assume reliance on them as a source of funding in a liquidity crisis.
 
•   A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g., actions though not contractually required, we may deem necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a crisis.
 
•   No diversification benefit across liquidity risks. We assume that liquidity risks are additive.
 
•   Maintenance of our normal business levels. We do not assume asset liquidation, other than the GCE.
 
The Modeled Liquidity Outflow is calculated and reported to senior management on a daily basis. We regularly refine our model to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and the firm’s business mix.
 
The potential contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows covered in our Modeled Liquidity Outflow include:
 
Unsecured Funding
•   Contractual:  All upcoming maturities of unsecuredlong-termdebt, commercial paper, promissory notes and other unsecured funding products. We assume that we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or rollover any maturing debt.
 
•   Contingent:  Repurchases of our outstandinglong-termdebt, commercial paper and hybrid financial instruments in the ordinary course of business as a market maker.

Deposits
•   Contractual:  All upcoming maturities of term deposits. We assume that we will be unable to raise new term deposits or rollover any maturing term deposits.
 
•   Contingent:  Withdrawals of bank deposits that have no contractual maturity. The withdrawal assumptions reflect, among other factors, the type of deposit, whether the deposit is insured or uninsured, and the firm’s relationship with the depositor.
 
Secured Funding
•   Contractual:  A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured funding trades due to either the inability to refinance or the ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying collateral and counterparty concentration.
 
•   Contingent:  A decline in value of financial assets pledged as collateral for financing transactions, which would necessitate additional collateral postings under those transactions.
 
OTC Derivatives
•   Contingent:  Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in the value of our OTC derivatives.
 
•   Contingent:  Other outflows of cash or collateral related to OTC derivatives, including the impact of trade terminations, collateral substitutions, collateral disputes, collateral calls or termination payments required by atwo-notchdowngrade in our credit ratings, and collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them.
 
Exchange-TradedDerivatives
•   Contingent:  Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in the value of our outstandingexchange-tradedderivatives.
 
•   Contingent:  An increase in initial margin and guaranty fund requirements by derivative clearing houses.
 
Customer Cash and Securities
•  Contingent:  Liquidity outflows associated with our prime brokerage business, including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a reduction in customer short positions, which serve as a funding source for long positions.


80


Table of Contents



 

Unfunded Commitments
•  Contingent:  Draws on our unfunded commitments. Draw assumptions reflect, among other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.
 
Other
•  Other upcoming large cash outflows, such as tax payments.
 
Asset-LiabilityManagement
Our liquidity risk management policies are designed to ensure we have a sufficient amount of financing, even when funding markets experience persistent stress. We seek to maintain along-datedand diversified funding profile, taking into consideration the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.
 
Our approach toasset-liabilitymanagement includes:
 
•   Conservatively managing the overall characteristics of our funding book, with a focus on maintaininglong-term,diversified sources of funding in excess of our current requirements. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Funding Sources” for additional details.
 
•   Actively managing and monitoring our asset base, with particular focus on the liquidity, holding period and our ability to fund assets on a secured basis. This enables us to determine the most appropriate funding products and tenors. Less liquid assets are more difficult to fund and therefore require funding that has longer tenors with a greater proportion of unsecured debt. For more detail on our balance sheet management process, please see “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Balance Sheet Management.”
 
•   Raising secured and unsecured financing that has a sufficiently longer term than the anticipated holding period of our assets. This reduces the risk that our liabilities will come due in advance of our ability to generate liquidity from the sale of our assets. Because we maintain a highly liquid balance sheet, the holding period of certain of our assets may be materially shorter than their contractual maturity dates.

Our goal is to have sufficient total capital (unsecuredlong-termborrowings plus total shareholders’ equity) so that we can avoid reliance on asset sales (other than our GCE). However, we recognize that orderly asset sales may be prudent or necessary in a severe or persistent liquidity crisis. The target amount of our total capital is based on an internal funding model which incorporates the followinglong-termfinancing requirements:
 
•   The portion of financial instruments owned, at fair value that we believe could not be funded on a secured basis in periods of market stress, assuming stressed fair values.
 
•   Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, property, leasehold improvements and equipment, and other illiquid assets.
 
•   Derivative and other margin and collateral requirements.
 
•   Anticipated draws on our unfunded loan commitments.
 
•   Regulatory requirements to hold capital or other forms of financing in excess of what we would otherwise hold in regulated subsidiaries.
 
Subsidiary Funding Policies.  The majority of our unsecured funding is raised by Group Inc. which lends the necessary funds to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their asset financing, liquidity and capital requirements. In addition, Group Inc. provides its regulated subsidiaries with the necessary capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The benefits of this approach to subsidiary funding are enhanced control and greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of our subsidiaries. Funding is also raised at the subsidiary level through a variety of products, including secured funding, unsecured borrowings and deposits.
 
Our intercompany funding policies assume that, unless legally provided for, a subsidiary’s funds or securities are not freely available to its parent company or other subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to Group Inc. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on its obligations. Accordingly, we assume that the capital provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to Group Inc. or other subsidiaries and any other financing provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available until the maturity of such financing.


81


Table of Contents

Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its regulated subsidiaries. For example, as of December 2010, Group Inc. had $30.80 billion of equity and subordinated indebtedness invested in GS&Co., its principal U.S. registeredbroker-dealer;$22.67 billion invested in GSI, a regulated U.K.broker-dealer;$2.72 billion invested in Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P., a U.S. registeredbroker-dealer;$3.43 billion invested in Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd., a regulated Japanesebroker-dealer;and $23.80 billion invested in GS Bank USA, a regulated New York State-chartered bank. Group Inc. also had $81.93 billion of unsubordinated loans and $12.62 billion of collateral provided to these entities as of December 2010 and significant amounts of capital invested in and loans to its other regulated subsidiaries.
 
Contingency Funding Plan
The Goldman Sachs contingency funding plan sets out the plan of action we would use to fund business activity in crisis situations and periods of market stress. The contingency funding plan outlines a list of potential risk factors, key reports and metrics that are reviewed on an ongoing basis to assist in assessing the severity of, and managing through, a liquidity crisisand/ormarket

dislocation. The contingency funding plan also describes in detail the firm’s potential responses if our assessments indicate that the firm has entered a liquidity crisis, which includepre-fundingfor what we estimate will be our potential cash and collateral needs as well as utilizing secondary sources of liquidity. Mitigants and action items to address specific risks which may arise are also described and assigned to individuals responsible for execution.
 
The contingency funding plan identifies key groups of individuals to foster effective coordination, control and distribution of information, all of which are critical in the management of a crisis or period of market stress. The contingency funding plan also details the responsibilities of these groups and individuals, which include making and disseminating key decisions, coordinating all contingency activities throughout the duration of the crisis or period of market stress, implementing liquidity maintenance activities and managing internal and external communication.
 
Credit Ratings
The table below presents our unsecured credit ratings (excluding debt guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP) and outlook as of December 2010.


                           
 
  Short-Term
  Long-Term
  Subordinated
  Trust
  Preferred
  Rating
   
  Debt  Debt  Debt  Preferred 1  Stock 2  Outlook   
 
DBRS, Inc. 
  R-1 (middle)  A (high)  A   A   BBB   Stable 5  
Fitch, Inc. 3
  F1+   A+   A   A-   A-   Negative 6  
Moody’s Investors Service 4
  P-1   A1   A2   A3   Baa2   Negative 7  
Standard & Poors Ratings Services
  A-1   A   A-   BBB-   BBB-   Negative 7  
Rating and Investment Information, Inc. 
  a-1+   AA-   A+   Not Applicable   Not Applicable   Negative 8  
 
 
 
1.   Trust preferred securities issued by Goldman Sachs Capital I.
 
2.   Includes Group Inc.’snon-cumulativepreferred stock and the Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities (APEX) issued by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III.
 
3.   GS Bank USA has been assigned a rating of AA- forlong-termbank deposits, F1+ forshort-termbank deposits and A+ forlong-termissuer.
 
4.   GS Bank USA has been assigned a rating of Aa3 forlong-termbank deposits,P-1 forshort-termbank deposits and Aa3 forlong-termissuer.
 
5.   Applies tolong-termandshort-termratings.
 
6.   Applies tolong-termissuer default ratings.
 
7.   Applies tolong-termratings.
 
8.   Applies to issuer rating.

82


Table of Contents

We rely on theshort-termandlong-termdebt capital markets to fund a significant portion of ourday-to-dayoperations and the cost and availability of debt financing is influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are also important when we are competing in certain markets, such as OTC derivatives, and when we seek to engage in longer-term transactions. See “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses,” and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-Kfor a discussion of the risks associated with a reduction in our credit ratings.
 
We believe our credit ratings are primarily based on the credit rating agencies’ assessment of:
 
•   our liquidity, market, credit and operational risk management practices;
 
•   the level and variability of our earnings;
 
•   our capital base;
 
•   our franchise, reputation and management;
 
•   our corporate governance; and
 
•   the external operating environment, including the assumed level of government support.
 
We allocate a portion of our GCE to ensure we would be able to make the additional collateral or termination payments that may be required in the event of atwo-notchreduction in ourlong-termcredit ratings, as well as collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them. The table below presents the additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called at the reporting date by counterparties in the event of aone-notchandtwo-notchdowngrade in our credit ratings.
 
           
 
  As of December 
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Additional collateral or termination payments for aone-notchdowngrade
 $1,353  $1,117   
Additional collateral or termination payments for atwo-notchdowngrade
  2,781   2,364   
 
 
 
The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s international framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring calls for imposition of a liquidity coverage ratio, designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumberedhigh-qualityliquid assets based on expected cash outflows under an acute liquidity stress scenario, and a net stable funding ratio, designed to promote more medium- andlong-termfunding of the assets and activities of banking entities over aone-yeartime horizon. The liquidity coverage ratio would be implemented subject to an observation period beginning in 2011, but would not be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2015, and the net

stable funding ratio would not be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2018. While the principles behind the new framework are broadly consistent with our current liquidity management framework, it is possible that the implementation of these standards could impact our liquidity and funding requirements and practices.
 
Cash Flows
As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex and bear little relation to our net earnings and net assets. Consequently, we believe that traditional cash flow analysis is less meaningful in evaluating our liquidity position than the excess liquidity andasset-liabilitymanagement policies described above. Cash flow analysis may, however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro trends and strategic initiatives in our businesses.
 
Year Ended December 2010.  Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $1.50 billion to $39.79 billion at the end of 2010. We generated $7.84 billion in net cash from financing activities primarily from net proceeds from issuances ofshort-termsecured financings. We used net cash of $6.34 billion for operating and investing activities, primarily to fund an increase in securities purchased under agreements to resell and an increase in cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes, partially offset by cash generated from a decrease in securities borrowed.
 
Year Ended December 2009.  Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $24.49 billion to $38.29 billion at the end of 2009. We generated $48.88 billion in net cash from operating activities. We used net cash of $24.39 billion for investing and financing activities, primarily for net repayments in unsecured and securedshort-termborrowings and the repurchases of Series H Preferred Stock and the related common stock warrant from the U.S. Treasury, partially offset by an increase in bank deposits and the issuance of common stock.


83


Table of Contents



Market Risk Management
 
 

Overview
Market risk is the risk of loss in the value of our inventory due to changes in market prices. We hold inventory primarily for market making for our clients and for our investing and lending activities. Our inventory therefore changes based on client demands and our investment opportunities. Our inventory is accounted for at fair value and therefore fluctuates on a daily basis. Categories of market risk include the following:
 
•   Interest rate risk: primarily results from exposures to changes in the level, slope and curvature of yield curves, the volatilities of interest rates, mortgage prepayment speeds and credit spreads.
 
•   Equity price risk: results from exposures to changes in prices and volatilities of individual equities, baskets of equities and equity indices.
 
•   Currency rate risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency rates.
 
•   Commodity price risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities, such as electricity, natural gas, crude oil, petroleum products, and precious and base metals.
 
Market Risk Management Process
We manage our market risk by diversifying exposures, controlling position sizes and establishing economic hedges in related securities or derivatives. This includes:
 
•   accurate and timely exposure information incorporating multiple risk metrics;
 
•   a dynamic limit setting framework; and
 
•   constant communication among revenue-producing units, risk managers and senior management.
 
Market Risk Management, which is independent of the revenue-producing units and reports to the firm’s chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing market risk at the firm. We monitor and control risks through strong firmwide oversight and independent control and support functions across the firm’s global businesses.

Managers in revenue-producing units are accountable for managing risk within prescribed limits. These managers havein-depthknowledge of their positions, of markets and the instruments available to hedge their exposures.
 
Managers in revenue-producing units and Market Risk Management discuss market information, positions and estimated risk and loss scenarios on an ongoing basis.
 
Risk Measures
Market Risk Management produces risk measures and monitors them against market risk limits set by our firm’s risk committees. These measures reflect an extensive range of scenarios and the results are aggregated at trading desk, business and firmwide levels.
 
We use a variety of risk measures to estimate the size of potential losses for both moderate and more extreme market moves over bothshort-termandlong-termtime horizons. Risk measures used for shorter-term periods include VaR and sensitivity metrics. For longer-term horizons, our primary risk measures are stress tests. Our risk reports detail key risks, drivers and changes for each desk and business, and are distributed daily to senior management of both our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions.
 
Systems
We have made a significant investment in technology to monitor market risk including:
 
•   an independent calculation of VaR and stress measures;
 
•   risk measures calculated at individual position levels;
 
•   attribution of risk measures to individual risk factors of each position;
 
•   the ability to report many different views of the risk measures (e.g., by desk, business, product type or legal entity); and
 
•   the ability to produce ad hoc analyses in a timely manner.


84


Table of Contents

Value-at-Risk
VaR is the potential loss in value of inventory positions due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. We typically employ aone-day time horizon with a 95% confidence level. Thus, we would expect to see reductions in the fair value of inventory positions at least as large as the reported VaR once per month. The VaR model captures risks including interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. As such, VaR facilitates comparison across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firmwide level.
 
Inherent limitations to VaR include:
 
•   VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme.
 
•   VaR does not take account of the relative liquidity of different risk positions.
 
•   Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.
 
The historical data used in our VaR calculation is weighted to give greater importance to more recent observations and reflect current asset volatilities. This improves the accuracy of our estimates of potential loss. As a result, even if our inventory positions were unchanged, our VaR would increase with increasing market volatility and vice versa.
 
Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market conditions.
 
We evaluate the accuracy of our VaR model through daily backtesting (i.e., comparing daily trading net revenues to the VaR measure calculated as of the prior business day) at the firmwide level and for each of our businesses and major regulated subsidiaries.
 
VaR does not include:
 
•   positions that are best measured and monitored using sensitivity measures; and
 
•   the impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives as well as changes in our own credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected.

Stress Testing
We use stress testing to examine risks of specific portfolios as well as the potential impact of significant risk exposures across the firm. We use a variety of scenarios to calculate the potential loss from a wide range of market moves on the firm’s portfolios. These scenarios include the default of single corporate or sovereign entities, the impact of a move in a single risk factor across all positions (e.g., equity prices or credit spreads) or a combination of two or more risk factors.
 
Unlike VaR measures, which have an implied probability because they are calculated at a specified confidence level, there is generally no implied probability that our stress test scenarios will occur. Instead, stress tests are used to model both moderate and more extreme moves in underlying market factors. When estimating potential loss, we generally assume that our positions cannot be reduced or hedged (although experience demonstrates that we are generally able to do so).
 
Stress test scenarios are conducted on a regular basis as part of the firm’s routine risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in response to market events or concerns. Stress testing is an important part of the firm’s risk management process because it allows us to highlight potential loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, and assess and mitigate our risk positions.
 
Limits
We use risk limits at various levels in the firm (including firmwide, product and business) to govern risk appetite by controlling the size of our exposures to market risk. Limits are reviewed frequently and amended on a permanent or temporary basis to reflect changing market conditions, business conditions or tolerance for risk.
 
The Firmwide Risk Committee sets market risk limits at firmwide and product levels and our Securities Division Risk Committee setssub-limitsformarket-makingand investing activities at a business level. The purpose of the firmwide limits is to assist senior management in controlling the firm’s overall risk profile.Sub-limitsset the desired maximum amount of exposure that may be managed by any particular business on aday-to-daybasis without additional levels of senior management approval, effectively leavingday-to-daytrading decisions to individual desk managers and traders. Accordingly,sub-limitsare a management tool designed to ensure appropriate escalation rather than to establish maximum risk tolerance.Sub-limitsalso distribute risk among various businesses in a manner that is consistent with their level of activity and client demand, taking into account the relative performance of each area.


85


Table of Contents

Our market risk limits are monitored daily by Market Risk Management, which is responsible for identifying and escalating, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded. The business-level limits that are set by the Securities Division Risk Committee are subject to the same scrutiny and limit escalation policy as the firmwide limits.
 
When a risk limit has been exceeded (e.g., due to changes in market conditions, such as increased volatilities or changes in correlations), it is reported to the appropriate risk committee and a discussion takes place with the relevant desk managers, after which either the risk position is reduced or the risk limit is temporarily or permanently increased.
 
Metrics
We analyze VaR at the firmwide level and a variety of more detailed levels, including by risk category, business, and region. The tables below present average daily VaR and year-end VaR by risk category.
 
Average Daily VaR
 
               
 
  Year Ended
in millions
 December
  December
  November
   
Risk Categories 2010  2009  2008   
 
Interest rates
 $93  $176  $142   
Equity prices
  68   66   72   
Currency rates
  32   36   30   
Commodity prices
  33   36   44   
Diversification effect 1
  (92)  (96)  (108)  
 
 
Total
 $134  $218  $180   
 
 
 
1.  Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.
 
Our average daily VaR decreased to $134 million in 2010 from $218 million in 2009, principally due to a decrease in the interest rates category which was primarily due to reduced exposures, lower levels of volatility and tighter spreads.
 
Our average daily VaR increased to $218 million in 2009 from $180 million in 2008, principally due to an increase in the interest rates category and a reduction in the diversification benefit across risk categories, partially offset by a decrease in the commodity prices category. The increase in the interest rates category was primarily due to wider spreads. The decrease in the commodity prices category was primarily due to lower energy prices.

Year-End VaR and High and Low VaR
 
                     
 
          Year Ended 
in millions
 As of December    December 2010 
Risk Categories 2010  2009    High  Low   
 
Interest rates
 $78  $122    $123  $76   
Equity prices
  51   99     186   39   
Currency rates
  27   21     62   14   
Commodity prices
  25   33     62   18   
Diversification effect 1
  (70)  (122)            
           
           
Total
 $111  $153    $223  $105   
 
 
 
1.  Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.
 
Our daily VaR decreased to $111 million as of December 2010 from $153 million as of December 2009, principally due to a decrease in the equity prices and interest rates categories, partially offset by a decrease in the diversification benefit across risk categories. The decreases in the equity prices and interest rates categories were primarily due to reduced exposures and lower levels of volatility.
 
During the year ended December 2010, the firmwide VaR risk limit was exceeded on one occasion in order to facilitate a client transaction and was resolved by a reduction in the risk position on the following day. Separately, during the year ended December 2010, the firmwide VaR risk limit was reduced on one occasion reflecting lower risk utilization.
 
During the year ended December 2009, the firmwide VaR risk limit was exceeded on two successive days. It was resolved by a reduction in the risk position without a permanent or temporary VaR limit increase. Separately, during the year ended December 2009, the firmwide VaR risk limit was raised on one occasion and reduced on two occasions as a result of changes in the risk utilization and the market environment.


86


Table of Contents



The chart below reflects the VaR over the last four quarters.
 
 
 
 

The chart below presents the frequency distribution of our daily trading net revenues for substantially all

inventory positions included in VaR for the year ended December 2010.
 


 
 
 

As noted above, daily trading net revenues are compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the prior business day. Trading losses incurred on a single day exceeded our 95%one-day VaR on two

occasions during 2010. Trading losses incurred on a single day did not exceed our 95%one-day VaR during 2009.
 
 


87


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Measures

As noted above, certain portfolios and individual positions are not included in VaR because VaR is not the most appropriate risk measure. The market risk of these positions is determined by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues of a 10% decline in asset value. The market risk related to our investment

in the ordinary shares of ICBC excludes interests held by investment funds managed by Goldman Sachs.
 
The table below presents market risk for positions that are not included in VaR. These measures do not reflect diversification benefits across asset categories and therefore have not been aggregated.
 


             
 
Asset Categories 10% Sensitivity Measure 10% Sensitivity
 
    Amount as of December 
in millions   2010  2009   
 
ICBC
 ICBC ordinary share price $286  $298   
Equity (excluding ICBC) 1
 Underlying asset value  2,529   2,307   
Debt 2
 Underlying asset value  1,655   1,579   
 
 
 
1.   Relates to private and restricted public equity securities, including interests in firm-sponsored funds that invest in corporate equities and real estate and interests in firm-sponsored hedge funds.
 
2.   Relates to corporate bank debt, loans backed by commercial and residential real estate, and other corporate debt, including acquired portfolios of distressed loans and interests in our firm-sponsored funds that invest in corporate mezzanine and senior debt instruments.
 
 

As noted above, VaR excludes the impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives as well as changes in our own credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected. The estimated sensitivity of our net revenues to a one basis point increase in credit spreads (counterparty and our own) on derivatives was a $5 million gain as of December 2010. In addition, the estimated sensitivity of our net revenues to a one basis point increase in our own credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected was an $8 million gain (including hedges) as of December 2010.
 
In addition to the positions included in VaR and the sensitivity measures described above, as of December 2010, we held $3.67 billion of securities accounted for asavailable-for-sale,primarily consisting of $1.69 billion of corporate debt securities, the majority of which will mature after five years, with an average yield of 6%, $670 million of mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities, which will mature after ten years with an average yield of 11%, and $637 million of U.S. government and federal agency obligations, the majority of which will mature after ten years with an average yield of 4%. As of December 2009, we held $3.86 billion of securities accounted for as

available-for-sale,primarily consisting of $1.64 billion of corporate debt securities, the majority of which will mature after five years, with an average yield of 6%, $950 million of U.S. government and federal agency obligations, the majority of which will mature after ten years with an average yield of 4%, and $638 million of mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities, the majority of which will mature after ten years with an average yield of 15%.
 
In addition, as of December 2010, we held money market instruments, commitments and loans under the William Street credit extension program. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor further information about our William Street credit extension program.
 
Additionally, we make investments accounted for under the equity method and we also make direct investments in real estate, both of which are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Direct investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information on “Other assets.”
 
 


88


Table of Contents

 
Credit Risk Management
 

Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty (e.g., an OTC derivatives counterparty or a borrower) or an issuer of securities or other instruments we hold. Our exposure to credit risk comes mostly from client transactions in OTC derivatives and loans and lending commitments. Credit risk also comes from cash placed with banks, securities financing transactions (i.e., resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending activities) and receivables from brokers, dealers, clearing organizations, customers and counterparties.
 
Credit Risk Management, which is independent of therevenue-producingunits and reports to the firm’s chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing credit risk at the firm. The Credit Policy Committee and the Firmwide Risk Committee establish and review credit policies and parameters. In addition, we hold other positions that give rise to credit risk (e.g., bonds held in our inventory and secondary bank loans). These credit risks are captured as a component of market risk measures, which are monitored and managed by Market Risk Management, consistent with other inventory positions.
 
Policies authorized by the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Credit Policy Committee prescribe the level of formal approval required for the firm to assume credit exposure to a counterparty across all product areas, taking into account any enforceable netting provisions, collateral or other credit risk mitigants.
 
Credit Risk Management Process
Effective management of credit risk requires accurate and timely information, a high level of communication and knowledge of customers, countries, industries and products. Our process for managing credit risk includes:
 
•   approving transactions and setting and communicating credit exposure limits;
 
•   monitoring compliance with established credit exposure limits;
 
•   assessing the likelihood that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations;
 
•   measuring the firm’s current and potential credit exposure and losses resulting from counterparty default;
 
•   reporting of credit exposures to senior management, the Board and regulators;

•   use of credit risk mitigants, including collateral and hedging; and
 
•   communication and collaboration with other independent control and support functions such as operations, legal and compliance.
 
As part of the risk assessment process, Credit Risk Management performs credit reviews which include initial and ongoing analyses of our counterparties. A credit review is an independent judgment about the capacity and willingness of a counterparty to meet its financial obligations. For substantially all of our credit exposures, the core of our process is an annual counterparty review. A counterparty review is a written analysis of a counterparty’s business profile and financial strength resulting in an internal credit rating which represents the probability of default on financial obligations to the firm. The determination of internal credit ratings incorporates assumptions with respect to the counterparty’s future business performance, the nature and outlook for the counterparty’s industry, and the economic environment. Senior personnel within Credit Risk Management, with expertise in specific industries, inspect and approve credit reviews and internal credit ratings.
 
Our global credit risk management systems capture credit exposure to individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to counterparties and their subsidiaries (economic groups). These systems also provide management with comprehensive information on our aggregate credit risk by product, internal credit rating, industry, country and region.
 
Risk Measures and Limits
We measure our credit risk based on the potential loss in an event ofnon-paymentby a counterparty. For derivatives and securities financing transactions, the primary measure is potential exposure, which is our estimate of the future exposure that could arise over the life of a transaction based on market movements within a specified confidence level. Potential exposure takes into account netting and collateral arrangements. For loans and lending commitments, the primary measure is a function of the notional amount of the position. We also monitor credit risk in terms of current exposure, which is the amount presently owed to the firm after taking into account applicable netting and collateral.


89


Table of Contents

We use credit limits at various levels (counterparty, economic group, industry, country) to control the size of our credit exposures. Limits for counterparties and economic groups are reviewed regularly and revised to reflect changing appetites for a given counterparty or group of counterparties. Limits for industries and countries are based on the firm’s risk tolerance and are designed to allow for regular monitoring, review, escalation and management of credit risk concentrations.
 
Stress Tests/Scenario Analysis
We use regular stress tests to calculate the credit exposures, including potential concentrations that would result from applying shocks to counterparty credit ratings or credit risk factors (e.g., currency rates, interest rates, equity prices). These shocks include a wide range of moderate and more extreme market movements. Some of our stress tests include shocks to multiple risk factors, consistent with the occurrence of a severe market or economic event. Unlike potential exposure, which is calculated within a specified confidence level, with a stress test there is generally no assumed probability of these events occurring.
 
We run stress tests on a regular basis as part of our routine risk management processes and conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in response to market developments. Stress tests are regularly conducted jointly with the firm’s market and liquidity risk functions.
 
Risk Mitigants
To reduce our credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, we may enter into netting agreements with counterparties that permit us to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. We may also reduce credit risk with counterparties by entering into agreements that enable us to obtain collateral from them on an upfront or contingent basis and/orto terminate transactions if the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified level.

For loans and lending commitments, we typically employ a variety of potential risk mitigants, depending on the credit quality of the borrower and other characteristics of the transaction. Risk mitigants include: collateral provisions, guarantees, covenants, structural seniority of the bank loan claims and, for certain lending commitments, provisions in the legal documentation that allow the firm to adjust loan amounts, pricing, structure and other terms as market conditions change. The type and structure of risk mitigants employed can significantly influence the degree of credit risk involved in a loan.
 
When we do not have sufficient visibility into a counterparty’s financial strength or when we believe a counterparty requires support from its parent company, we may obtainthird-partyguarantees of the counterparty’s obligations. We may also mitigate our credit risk using credit derivatives or participation agreements.
 
Credit Exposures
The firm’s credit exposures are described further below.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents include both interest-bearing andnon-interestbearing deposits. To mitigate the risk of credit loss, we place substantially all of our deposits with highly rated banks and central banks.
 
OTC Derivatives.  Derivatives are reported on anet-by-counterpartybasis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement.
 
Derivatives are accounted for at fair value net of cash collateral received or posted under credit support agreements. As credit risk is an essential component of fair value, the firm includes a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) in the fair value of derivatives to reflect counterparty credit risk, as described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.CVA is a function of the present value of expected exposure, the probability of counterparty default and the assumed recovery upon default.


90


Table of Contents

The tables below present the distribution of our exposure to OTC derivatives by tenor, based on expected duration formortgage-relatedcredit derivatives and generally on remaining contractual

maturity for other derivatives, both before and after the effect of collateral and netting agreements. The categories shown reflect our internally determined public rating agency equivalents.
 


                               
 
in millions As of December 2010
        5 Years
           Exposure
   
  0-12
  1-5
  or
           Net of
   
Credit Rating Equivalent Months  Years  Greater  Total  Netting1  Exposure  Collateral   
 
AAA/Aaa
 $504  $728  $2,597  $3,829  $(491) $3,338  $3,088   
AA/Aa2
  5,234   8,875   15,579   29,688   (18,167)  11,521   6,935   
A/A2
  13,556   38,522   49,568   101,646   (74,650)  26,996   16,839   
BBB/Baa2
  3,818   18,062   19,625   41,505   (27,832)  13,673   8,182   
BB/Ba2 or lower
  3,583   5,382   3,650   12,615   (4,553)  8,062   5,439   
Unrated
  709   1,081   332   2,122   (20)  2,102   1,539   
 
 
Total
 $27,404  $72,650  $91,351  $191,405  $(125,713) $65,692  $42,022   
 
 
 
                               
 
in millions As of December 2009
        5 Years
           Exposure
   
  0-12
  1-5
  or
           Net of
   
Credit Rating Equivalent Months  Years  Greater  Total  Netting1  Exposure  Collateral   
 
AAA/Aaa
 $2,020  $3,157  $5,917  $11,094  $(5,446) $5,648  $5,109   
AA/Aa2
  5,285   10,745   14,686   30,716   (18,295)  12,421   8,735   
A/A2
  22,707   47,891   58,332   128,930   (104,804)  24,126   20,111   
BBB/Baa2
  4,402   8,300   10,231   22,933   (10,441)  12,492   6,202   
BB/Ba2 or lower
  4,444   9,438   2,979   16,861   (4,804)  12,057   7,381   
Unrated
  484   977   327   1,788   (110)  1,678   1,161   
 
 
Total
 $39,342  $80,508  $92,472  $212,322  $(143,900) $68,422  $48,699   
 
 
 
1.  Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements, and the netting of cash collateral received under credit support agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same tenor category are netted within such tenor category.

91


Table of Contents

 

Lending Activities.  We manage the firm’s traditional credit origination activities, including funded loans, lending commitments and the William Street credit extension program, using the credit risk process, measures and limits described above. Other lending positions, including secondary trading positions, arerisk-managedas a component of market risk.
 
Resale Agreements and Securities Borrowed.  The firm bears credit risk related to resale agreements and securities borrowed only to the extent that cash advanced to the counterparty exceeds the value of the collateral received. Therefore, the firm’s credit exposure on these transactions is significantly lower than the amounts recorded on the consolidated statement of financial condition (which represent fair value or contractual value before consideration of collateral received). The firm also has credit exposure on repurchase agreements and securities loaned, which are liabilities on our consolidated statement of financial condition, to the extent that the value of collateral pledged to the counterparty for these transactions exceeds the amount of cash received.
 
Other Credit Exposures.  The firm is exposed to credit risk from its receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and customers and counterparties. Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are primarily comprised of initial margin placed with clearing organizations and receivables related to sales of securities which have traded, but not yet settled. These receivables have minimal credit risk due to the low probability of clearing organization default and theshort-termnature of receivables related to securities settlements. Receivables from customers and counterparties are generally comprised of collateralized receivables related to customer securities transactions and have minimal credit risk due to both the value of the collateral received and theshort-termnature of these receivables.

Credit Exposures
The tables below present the firm’s credit exposures related to cash, OTC derivatives, loans and lending commitments associated with traditional credit origination activities, and securities financing transactions, broken down by industry, region and internal credit rating.
 
During the year ended December 2010, total credit exposures increased by $10.51 billion reflecting an increase in loans and lending commitments. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in lending activity and a modest increase in average commitment size. During the year ended December 2010, incidence of counterparty default and the associated credit losses have declined compared with the year ended December 2009. The credit quality of the overall portfolio as of December 2010 is relatively unchanged although OTC derivative exposure tonon-investment-gradecounterparties declined approximately 25% from December 2009.
 


92


Table of Contents

                                           
Credit Exposure by Industry
 
        Loans and
  Securities
   
        Lending
  Financing
   
  Cash  OTC Derivatives  Commitments 1  Transactions 2  Total
  As of December  As of December  As of December  As of December  As of December
in millions 2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009   
 
Asset Managers & Funds
 $  $  $8,760  $8,994  $1,317  $508  $4,999  $5,074  $15,076  $14,576   
Banks, Brokers & Other Financial Institutions
  11,020   9,516   23,255   18,484   3,485   1,984   5,592   3,923   43,352   33,907   
Consumer Products,Non-Durables,and Retail
        1,082   1,083   8,141   7,440         9,223   8,523   
Government & Central Banks
  28,766   28,696   11,705   14,373   1,370   349   2,401   1,724   44,242   45,142   
Healthcare & Education
        2,161   1,851   5,754   5,053   199   181   8,114   7,085   
Insurance
  1      2,462   4,182   3,054   3,473   521   434   6,038   8,089   
Natural Resources & Utilities
        5,259   6,885   11,021   8,780   5   5   16,285   15,670   
Real Estate
        528   590   1,523   1,028   3      2,054   1,618   
Technology, Media, Telecommunications & Services
  1      1,694   1,108   7,690   7,145   13   11   9,398   8,264   
Transportation
        962   1,187   3,822   3,266   2   1   4,786   4,454   
Other
     79   7,824   9,685   6,007   4,837   59   23   13,890   14,624   
 
 
Total
 $39,788  $38,291  $65,692  $68,422  $53,184  $43,863  $13,794  $11,376  $172,458  $161,952   
 
 
                                           
                                           
Credit Exposure by Region
 
        Loans and
  Securities
   
        Lending
  Financing
   
  Cash  OTC Derivatives  Commitments 1  Transactions 2  Total
  As of December  As of December  As of December  As of December  As of December
in millions 2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009   
 
Americas
 $34,528  $32,120  $34,468  $31,798  $38,151  $32,357  $7,634  $6,119  $114,781  $102,394   
EMEA 3
  810   846   23,396   28,983   14,451   10,723   4,953   4,517   43,610   45,069   
Asia
  4,450   5,325   7,828   7,641   582   783   1,207   740   14,067   14,489   
 
 
Total
 $39,788  $38,291  $65,692  $68,422  $53,184  $43,863  $13,794  $11,376  $172,458  $161,952   
 
 
                                           
                                           
Credit Exposure by Credit Quality
 
        Loans and
  Securities
   
        Lending
  Financing
   
  Cash  OTC Derivatives  Commitments 1  Transactions 2  Total
  As of December  As of December  As of December  As of December  As of December
in millions 2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009  2010  2009   
 
Credit Rating
                                          
Equivalent
                                          
                                           
AAA/Aaa
 $27,851  $25,734  $3,338  $5,648  $1,783  $1,859  $877  $591  $33,849  $33,832   
AA/Aa2
  4,547   5,794   11,521   12,421   5,273   4,023   2,510   3,049   23,851   25,287   
A/A2
  5,603   6,343   26,996   24,126   15,766   12,889   8,771   6,821   57,136   50,179   
BBB/Baa2
  1,007   130   13,673   12,492   17,544   16,768   1,466   782   33,690   30,172   
BB/Ba2 or lower
  764   211   8,062   12,057   12,774   8,248   130   123   21,730   20,639   
Unrated
  16   79   2,102   1,678   44   76   40   10   2,202   1,843   
 
 
Total
 $39,788  $38,291  $65,692  $68,422  $53,184  $43,863  $13,794  $11,376  $172,458  $161,952   
 
 
 
1.   Includes approximately $4 billion and $5 billion of loans and approximately $49 billion and $39 billion of lending commitments as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. Excludes approximately $14 billion of loans as of both December 2010 and December 2009, and lending commitments with a total notional value of approximately $3 billion and $6 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, that are risk managed as part of market risk using VaR and sensitivity measures.
 
2.   Represents credit exposure, net of securities collateral received on resale agreements and securities borrowed and net of cash received on repurchase agreements and securities loaned. These amounts are significantly lower than the amounts recorded on the consolidated statements of financial condition, which represent fair value or contractual value before consideration of collateral received.
 
3.   EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).

93


Table of Contents

 
Operational Risk
 

Overview
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Our exposure to operational risk arises from routine processing errors as well as extraordinary incidents, such as major systems failures. Potential types of loss events related to internal and external operational risk include:
 
•   clients, products and business practices;
 
•   execution, delivery and process management;
 
•   business disruption and system failures;
 
•   employment practices and workplace safety;
 
•   damage to physical assets;
 
•   internal fraud; and
 
•   external fraud.
 
The firm maintains a comprehensive control framework designed to provide a well-controlled environment to minimize operational risks. The Firmwide Operational Risk Committee provides oversight of the ongoing development and implementation of our operational risk policies and framework. Our Operational Risk Management department (Operational Risk Management) is a risk management function independent of ourrevenue-producingunits and is responsible for developing and implementing policies, methodologies and a formalized framework for operational risk management with the goal of minimizing our exposure to operational risk.
 
Operational Risk Management
Managing operational risk requires timely and accurate information as well as a strong control culture. We seek to manage our operational risk through:
 
•   the training, supervision and development of our people;
 
•   the active participation of senior management in identifying and mitigating key operational risks across the firm;
 
•   independent control and support functions that monitor operational risk on a daily basis and have instituted extensive policies and procedures and implemented controls designed to prevent the occurrence of operational risk events;
 
•   proactive communication between ourrevenue-producingunits and our independent control and support functions; and
 
•   a network of systems throughout the firm to facilitate the collection of data used to analyze and assess our operational risk exposure.

We combine top-down andbottom-upapproaches to manage and measure operational risk. From atop-downperspective, the firm’s senior management assesses firmwide and business level operational risk profiles. From abottom-upperspective,revenue-producingunits and independent control and support functions are responsible for risk management on aday-to-daybasis, including identifying, mitigating, and escalating operational risks to senior management.
 
Our operational risk framework is in part designed to comply with the operational risk measurement rules under Basel 2 and has evolved based on the changing needs of our businesses and regulatory guidance. Our framework includes the following practices:
 
•   Risk identification and reporting;
 
•   Risk measurement; and
 
•   Risk monitoring.
 
Internal Audit performs a review of our operational risk framework, including our key controls, processes and applications, on an annual basis to ensure the effectiveness of our framework.
 
Risk Identification and Reporting
The core of our operational risk management framework is risk identification and reporting. We have a comprehensive data collection process, including firmwide policies and procedures, for operational risk events.
 
We have established policies that require managers in our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions to escalate operational risk events. When operational risk events are identified, our policies require that the events be documented and analyzed to determine whether changes are required in the firm’s systemsand/orprocesses to further mitigate the risk of future events.
 
In addition, our firmwide systems capture internal operational risk event data, key metrics such as transaction volumes, and statistical information such as performance trends. We use aninternally-developedoperational risk management application to aggregate and organize this information. Managers from both revenue-producing units and independent control and support functions analyze the information to evaluate operational risk exposures and identify businesses, activities or products with heightened levels of operational risk. We also provide operational risk reports to senior management, risk committees and the Board periodically.


94


Table of Contents



 

Risk Measurement
We measure the firm’s operational risk exposure over a twelve-month time horizon using scenario analyses, together with qualitative assessments of the potential frequency and extent of potential operational risk losses, for each of the firm’s businesses. Operational risk measurement incorporates qualitative and quantitative assessments of factors including:
 
•   internal and external operational risk event data;
 
•   assessments of the firm’s internal controls;
 
•   evaluations of the complexity of the firm’s business activities;
 
•   the degree of and potential for automation in the firm’s processes;
 
•   new product information;
 
•   the legal and regulatory environment;
 
•   changes in the markets for the firm’s products and services, including the diversity and sophistication of the firm’s customers and counterparties; and
 
•   the liquidity of the capital markets and the reliability of the infrastructure that supports the capital markets.
 
The results from these scenario analyses are used to monitor changes in operational risk and to determine business lines that may have heightened exposure to operational risk. These analyses ultimately are used to determine the appropriate level of operational risk capital to hold.
 
Risk Monitoring
We evaluate changes in the operational risk profile of the firm and its businesses, including changes in business mix or jurisdictions in which the firm operates, by monitoring these factors at a firmwide, entity and business level. The firm has both detective and preventive internal controls, which are designed to reduce the frequency and severity of operational risk losses and the probability of operational risk events. We monitor the results of assessments and independent internal audits of these internal controls.
 
Recent Accounting Developments
 
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-Kfor information about Recent Accounting Developments.

Certain Risk Factors That May Affect
Our Businesses
 
We face a variety of risks that are substantial and inherent in our businesses, including market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, regulatory and reputational risks. For a discussion of how management seeks to manage some of these risks, see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management.” A summary of the more important factors that could affect our businesses follows. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of thisForm 10-K.
 
•   Our businesses have been and may continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally.
 
•   Our businesses have been and may be adversely affected by declining asset values. This is particularly true for those businesses in which we have net “long” positions, receive fees based on the value of assets managed, or receive or post collateral.
 
•   Our businesses have been and may be adversely affected by disruptions in the credit markets, including reduced access to credit and higher costs of obtaining credit.
 
•   Ourmarket-makingactivities have been and may be affected by changes in the levels of market volatility.
 
•   Our investment banking, client execution and investment management businesses have been adversely affected and may continue to be adversely affected by market uncertainty or lack of confidence among investors and CEOs due to general declines in economic activity and other unfavorable economic, geopolitical or market conditions.
 
•   Our investment management business may be affected by the poor investment performance of our investment products.
 
•   We may incur losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.
 
•   Our liquidity, profitability and businesses may be adversely affected by an inability to access the debt capital markets or to sell assets or by a reduction in our credit ratings or by an increase in our credit spreads.
 
•   Conflicts of interest are increasing and a failure to appropriately identify and address conflicts of interest could adversely affect our businesses.


95


Table of Contents



 

•   Group Inc. is a holding company and is dependent for liquidity on payments from its subsidiaries, many of which are subject to restrictions.
 
•   Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets or whose securities or obligations we hold.
 
•   Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in ourmarket-making,underwriting, investing and lending activities.
 
•   The financial services industry is highly competitive.
 
•   We face enhanced risks as new business initiatives lead us to transact with a broader array of clients and counterparties and expose us to new asset classes and new markets.
 
•   Derivative transactions and delayed settlements may expose us to unexpected risk and potential losses.
 
•   Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.
 
•   Our businesses and those of our clients are subject to extensive and pervasive regulation around the world.
 
•   We may be adversely affected by increased governmental and regulatory scrutiny or negative publicity.
 
•   A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause losses.

•   Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause us significant reputational harm, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects.
 
•   The growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new trading technology may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.
 
•   Our commodities activities, particularly our power generation interests and our physical commodities activities, subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental, reputational and other risks that may expose us to significant liabilities and costs.
 
•   In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.
 
•   We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic, terrorist attacks or natural disasters.
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are set forth under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview and Structure of Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7 of thisForm 10-K.
 


96


Table of Contents

 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
INDEX
     
 
  Page No.  
 
 98  
 99  
Consolidated Financial Statements
    
 100  
 101  
 102  
 103  
 104  
 105  
    
 106  
 106  
 107  
 111  
 112  
 119  
 126  
 138  
 142  
 145  
 148  
 152  
 153  
 156  
 156  
 157  
 161  
 162  
 168  
 171  
 175  
 176  
 177  
 178  
 179  
 182  
 185  
 189  
 190  
 191  
 202  
 202  
 203  
 204  
 205  
 
 

97


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
 

Management of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the firm), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The firm’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the firm’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the firm’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As of the end of the firm’s 2010 fiscal year, management conducted an assessment of the firm’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 was effective.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the firm; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the firm’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
 
The firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on page 99, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.
 


98


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.:
 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008 and for theone-monthperiod ended December 26, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 98. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material

weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
New York, New York
February 28, 2011
 
 


99


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  December
  December
  November
   
in millions, except per share amounts 2010  2009  2008   
 
Revenues
              
               
Investment banking
 $4,810  $4,984  $5,447   
Investment management
  4,669   4,233   4,855   
Commissions and fees
  3,569   3,840   4,998   
Market making
  13,678   22,088   12,694   
Other principal transactions
  6,932   2,621   (10,048)  
 
 
Totalnon-interestrevenues
  33,658   37,766   17,946   
               
Interest income
  12,309   13,907   35,633   
Interest expense
  6,806   6,500   31,357   
 
 
Net interest income
  5,503   7,407   4,276   
 
 
Net revenues, including net interest income
  39,161   45,173   22,222   
 
 
               
Operating expenses
              
               
Compensation and benefits
  15,376   16,193   10,934   
               
U.K. bank payroll tax
  465         
               
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees
  2,281   2,298   2,998   
Market development
  530   342   485   
Communications and technology
  758   709   759   
Depreciation and amortization
  1,889   1,734   1,262   
Occupancy
  1,086   950   960   
Professional fees
  927   678   779   
Other expenses
  2,957   2,440   1,709   
 
 
Totalnon-compensationexpenses
  10,428   9,151   8,952   
 
 
Total operating expenses
  26,269   25,344   19,886   
 
 
               
Pre-taxearnings
  12,892   19,829   2,336   
Provision for taxes
  4,538   6,444   14   
 
 
Net earnings
  8,354   13,385   2,322   
Preferred stock dividends
  641   1,193   281   
 
 
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders
 $7,713  $12,192  $2,041   
 
 
               
Earnings per common share
              
Basic
 $14.15  $23.74  $4.67   
Diluted
  13.18   22.13   4.47   
               
Average common shares outstanding
              
Basic
  542.0   512.3   437.0   
Diluted
  585.3   550.9   456.2   
 
 
 
See page 105 for consolidated financial statements for the one month ended December 2008.
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

100


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions, except share and per share amounts 2010  2009   
 
Assets
          
Cash and cash equivalents
 $39,788  $38,291   
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes (includes $36,182 and $18,853 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  53,731   36,663   
Collateralized agreements:
          
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold (includes $188,355 and $144,279 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  188,355   144,279   
Securities borrowed (includes $48,822 and $66,329 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  166,306   189,939   
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
  10,437   12,597   
Receivables from customers and counterparties (includes $7,202 and $1,925 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  67,703   55,303   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $51,010 and $31,485 pledged as collateral as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  356,953   342,402   
Other assets
  28,059   29,468   
 
 
Total assets
 $911,332  $848,942   
 
 
           
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
          
Deposits (includes $1,975 and $1,947 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
 $38,569  $39,418   
Collateralized financings:
          
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value
  162,345   128,360   
Securities loaned (includes $1,514 and $6,194 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  11,212   15,207   
Other secured financings (includes $31,794 and $15,228 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  38,377   24,134   
Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
  3,234   5,242   
Payables to customers and counterparties
  187,270   180,392   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  140,717   129,019   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings, including the current portion of unsecuredlong-termborrowings (includes $22,116 and $18,403 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  47,842   37,516   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings (includes $18,171 and $21,392 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  174,399   185,085   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses (includes $2,972 and $2,054 at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively)
  30,011   33,855   
 
 
Total liabilities
  833,976   778,228   
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
          
           
Shareholders’ equity
          
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; aggregate liquidation preference of $8,100 as of both December 2010 and December 2009
  6,957   6,957   
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 4,000,000,000 shares authorized, 770,949,268 and 753,412,247 shares issued as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, and 507,530,772 and 515,113,890 shares outstanding as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively
  8   8   
Restricted stock units and employee stock options
  7,706   6,245   
Nonvoting common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding
        
Additionalpaid-incapital
  42,103   39,770   
Retained earnings
  57,163   50,252   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  (286)  (362)  
Stock held in treasury, at cost, par value $0.01 per share; 263,418,498 and 238,298,357 shares as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively
  (36,295)  (32,156)  
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
  77,356   70,714   
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 $911,332  $848,942   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

101


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  December
  December
  November
   
in millions 2010  2009 1  2008   
 
Preferred stock
              
Balance, beginning of year
 $6,957  $16,483  $3,100   
Issued
        13,367   
Accretion
     48   4   
Repurchased
     (9,574)     
 
 
Balance, end of year
  6,957   6,957   16,471   
Common stock
              
Balance, beginning of year
  8   7   6   
Issued
     1   1   
 
 
Balance, end of year
  8   8   7   
Restricted stock units and employee stock options
              
Balance, beginning of year
  6,245   9,463   9,302   
Issuance and amortization of restricted stock units and employee stock options
  4,137   2,064   2,254   
Delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units
  (2,521)  (5,206)  (1,995)  
Forfeiture of restricted stock units and employee stock options
  (149)  (73)  (274)  
Exercise of employee stock options
  (6)  (3)  (3)  
 
 
Balance, end of year
  7,706   6,245   9,284   
Additionalpaid-incapital
              
Balance, beginning of year
  39,770   31,070   22,027   
Issuance of common stock
     5,750   5,750   
Issuance of common stock warrants
        1,633   
Repurchase of common stock warrants
     (1,100)     
Delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units and proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options
  3,067   5,708   2,331   
Cancellation of restricted stock units in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements
  (972)  (863)  (1,314)  
Preferred and common stock issuance costs
        (1)  
Excess net tax benefit/(provision) related toshare-basedcompensation
  239   (793)  645   
Cash settlement ofshare-basedcompensation
  (1)  (2)     
 
 
Balance, end of year
  42,103   39,770   31,071   
Retained earnings
              
Balance, beginning of year
  50,252   38,579   38,642   
Cumulative effect from adoption of amended principles related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
        (201)  
 
 
Balance, beginning of year, after cumulative effect of adjustment
  50,252   38,579   38,441   
Net earnings
  8,354   13,385   2,322   
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and restricted stock units
  (802)  (588)  (642)  
Dividends declared on preferred stock
  (641)  (1,076)  (204)  
Preferred stock accretion
     (48)  (4)  
 
 
Balance, end of year
  57,163   50,252   39,913   
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
              
Balance, beginning of year
  (362)  (372)  (118)  
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
  (38)  (70)  (98)  
Pension and postretirement liability adjustments, net of tax
  88   (17)  69   
Net unrealized gains/(losses) onavailable-for-salesecurities, net of tax
  26   97   (55)  
 
 
Balance, end of year
  (286)  (362)  (202)  
Stock held in treasury, at cost
              
Balance, beginning of year
  (32,156)  (32,176)  (30,159)  
Repurchased
  (4,185)  (22  (2,037)  
Reissued
  46   22   21   
 
 
Balance, end of year
  (36,295)  (32,156)  (32,175)  
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
 $77,356  $70,714  $64,369   
 
 
1.   In connection with becoming a bank holding company, the firm was required to change its fiscal year-end from November to December. The beginning of the year ended December 2009 is December 27, 2008.
 
2.   Relates primarily to repurchases of common stock by abroker-dealersubsidiary to facilitate customer transactions in the ordinary course of business and shares withheld to satisfy withholding tax requirements.
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

102


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  December
  December
  November
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Cash flows from operating activities
              
Net earnings
 $8,354  $13,385  $2,322   
Non-cashitems included in net earnings
              
Depreciation and amortization
  1,904   1,943   1,625   
Deferred income taxes
  1,339   (431)  (1,763)  
Share-basedcompensation
  4,035   2,009   1,611   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
              
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
  (17,094)  76,531   12,995   
Net receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
  201   6,265   (6,587)  
Net payables to customers and counterparties
  (5,437)  (47,414)  (50)  
Securities borrowed, net of securities loaned
  19,638   7,033   85,054   
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net of securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
  (10,092)  (146,807)  (130,999)  
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  (9,231)  186,295   97,723   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  11,602   (57,010)  (39,051)  
Other, net
  (11,376)  7,076   (20,986)  
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities
  (6,157)  48,875   1,894   
Cash flows from investing activities
              
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment
  (1,227)  (1,556)  (2,027)  
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and equipment
  72   82   121   
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
  (804)  (221)  (2,613)  
Proceeds from sales of investments
  1,371   303   624   
Purchase ofavailable-for-salesecurities
  (1,885)  (2,722)  (3,851)  
Proceeds from sales ofavailable-for-salesecurities
  2,288   2,553   3,409   
 
 
Net cash used for investing activities
  (185)  (1,561)  (4,337)  
Cash flows from financing activities
              
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings, net
  1,196   (9,790)  (19,295)  
Other secured financings(short-term),net
  12,689   (10,451)  (8,727)  
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings(long-term)
  5,500   4,767   12,509   
Repayment of other secured financings(long-term),including the current portion
  (4,849)  (6,667)  (20,653)  
Proceeds from issuance of unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  20,231   25,363   37,758   
Repayment of unsecuredlong-termborrowings, including the current portion
  (22,607)  (29,018)  (25,579)  
Preferred stock repurchased
     (9,574)     
Repurchase of common stock warrants
     (1,100)     
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net
  1,222   2,168   781   
Deposits, net
  (849)  7,288   12,273   
Common stock repurchased
  (4,183)  (2)  (2,034)  
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock, preferred stock and restricted stock units
  (1,443)  (2,205)  (850)  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including stock option exercises
  581   6,260   6,105   
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
        13,366   
Proceeds from issuance of common stock warrants
        1,633   
Excess tax benefit related toshare-basedcompensation
  352   135   614   
Cash settlement ofshare-basedcompensation
  (1)  (2)     
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities
  7,839   (22,828)  7,901   
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  1,497   24,486   5,458   
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
  38,291   13,805   10,282   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
 $39,788  $38,291  $15,740   
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
 
 
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest, were $6.74 billion, $7.32 billion and $32.37 billion for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
 
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $4.48 billion, $4.78 billion and $3.47 billion for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
 
Non-cashactivities:
 
 
The firm assumed $90 million, $16 million and $790 million of debt in connection with business acquisitions for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively. In addition, in the first quarter of 2010, the firm recorded an increase of approximately $3 billion in both assets (primarily financial instruments owned, at fair value) and liabilities (primarily unsecuredshort-termborrowings and other liabilities) upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU)No. 2009-17,“Consolidations (Topic 810) — Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities.”
 
 
See page 105 for consolidated financial statements for the one month ended December 2008.
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

103


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  December
  December
  November
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Net earnings
 $8,354  $13,385  $2,322   
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
  (38)  (70)  (98)  
Pension and postretirement liability adjustments, net of tax
  88   (17)  69   
Net unrealized gains/(losses) onavailable-for-salesecurities, net of tax
  26   97   (55)  
 
 
Comprehensive income
 $8,430  $13,395  $2,238   
 
 
 
See page 105 for consolidated financial statements for the one month ended December 2008.
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

104


Table of Contents

 
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
ONE MONTH ENDED DECEMBER 2008
 
 

Consolidated Statement of Earnings
One Month Ended December 2008
       
 
in millions, except per share amounts    
 
Revenues
      
Investment banking
 $138   
Investment management
  328   
Commissions and fees
  250   
Market making
  338   
Other principal transactions
  (1,556)  
 
 
Totalnon-interestrevenues
  (502)  
       
Interest income
  1,687   
Interest expense
  1,002   
 
 
Net interest income
  685   
 
 
Net revenues, including net interest income
  183   
 
 
Operating expenses
      
Compensation and benefits
  744   
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees
  165   
Market development
  16   
Communications and technology
  62   
Depreciation and amortization
  111   
Occupancy
  82   
Professional fees
  58   
Other expenses
  203   
 
 
Totalnon-compensationexpenses
  697   
 
 
Total operating expenses
  1,441   
 
 
Pre-tax loss
  (1,258)  
Benefit for taxes
  (478)  
 
 
Net loss
  (780)  
Preferred stock dividends
  248   
 
 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
 $(1,028)  
 
 
Loss per common share
      
Basic
 $(2.15)  
Diluted
  (2.15)  
Dividends declared per common share
 $0.47 1  
Average common shares outstanding
      
Basic
  485.5   
Diluted
  485.5   
 
1.  Rounded to the nearest penny. Exact dividend amount was $0.4666666 per common share and was reflective of a four-month period (December 2008 through March 2009), due to the change in the firm’s fiscal year-end.
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss
One Month Ended December 2008
       
 
in millions    
 
Net loss
 $  (780)  
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
  (32)  
Pension and postretirement liability adjustments, net of tax
  (175)  
Net unrealized gains onavailable-for-salesecurities, net of tax
  37   
 
 
Comprehensive loss
 $(950)  
 
 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
One Month Ended December 2008
       
 
in millions    
 
Cash flows from operating activities
      
Net loss
 $(780)  
Non-cashitems included in net loss
      
Depreciation and amortization
  143   
Share-basedcompensation
  180   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
      
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
  (5,835)  
Net receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
  3,693   
Net payables to customers and counterparties
  (7,635)  
Securities borrowed, net of securities loaned
  (18,030)  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net of securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
  190,027   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  (192,883)  
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  10,059   
Other, net
  7,156   
 
 
Net cash used for operating activities
  (13,905)  
Cash flows from investing activities
      
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment
  (61)  
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and equipment
  4   
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
  (59)  
Proceeds from sales of investments
  141   
Purchase ofavailable-for-salesecurities
  (95)  
Proceeds from sales ofavailable-for-salesecurities
  26   
 
 
Net cash used for investing activities
  (44)  
Cash flows from financing activities
      
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings, net
  2,816   
Other secured financings(short-term),net
  (1,068)  
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings(long-term)
  437   
Repayment of other secured financings(long-term),including the current portion
  (349)  
Proceeds from issuance of unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  9,310   
Repayment of unsecuredlong-termborrowings, including the current portion
  (3,686)  
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net
  66   
Deposits, net
  4,487   
Common stock repurchased
  (1)  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including stock option exercises
  2   
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  12,014   
 
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
  (1,935)  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
  15,740   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
 $13,805   
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
 
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest, were $459 million for the one month ended December 2008.
 
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $171 million for the one month ended December 2008.
 


 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

105


Table of Contents

 
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 

Note 1.  Description of Business
 
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments andhigh-net-worthindividuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2010, consistent with management’s view of the firm’s activities, the firm reorganized its three previous business segments into four new business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management. Prior periods are presented on a comparable basis.
 
Investment Banking
The firm provides a broad range of investment banking services to a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. Services include advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, risk management, restructurings andspin-offs,and debt and equity underwriting of public offerings and private placements, as well as derivative transactions directly related to these activities.
 
Institutional Client Services
The firm facilitates client transactions and makes markets in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products, primarily with institutional clients such as corporates, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. The firm also makes markets and clears client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide and provides financing, securities lending and prime brokerage services to institutional clients.
 
Investing & Lending
The firm invests in and originates loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. The firm makes investments, directly and indirectly through funds that the firm manages, in debt securities, loans, public and private equity securities, real estate, consolidated investment entities and power generation facilities.

Investment Management
The firm provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. The firm also offers wealth advisory services, including portfolio management and financial counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services tohigh-net-worthindividuals and families.
 
Note 2.  Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
In connection with becoming a bank holding company, the firm was required to change its fiscal year-end from November to December. This change in the firm’s fiscal year-end resulted in aone-monthtransition period that began on November 29, 2008 and ended on December 26, 2008. In April 2009, the Board approved a change in the firm’s fiscal year-end from the last Friday of December to December 31. Fiscal 2009 began on December 27, 2008 and ended on December 31, 2009.
 
All references to 2010, 2009 and 2008, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to the firm’s fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the context requires, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a fiscal year ending on December 31 of that year. All references to December 2008, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to the firm’s fiscal one month ended, or the date, as the context requires, December 26, 2008. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.


106


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Note 3.  Significant Accounting Policies
 
 

The firm’s significant accounting policies include when and how to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and when to consolidate an entity. See Notes 5 through 8 for policies on fair value measurements, Note 13 for policies on goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and below and Note 11 for policies on consolidation accounting. All other significant accounting policies are either discussed below or included in the following footnotes:
 
   
Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value Note 4
Fair Value Measurements
 Note 5
Cash Instruments
 Note 6
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
 Note 7
Fair Value Option
 Note 8
Collateralized Agreements and Financings
 Note 9
Securitization Activities
 Note 10
Variable Interest Entities
 Note 11
Other Assets
 Note 12
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
 Note 13
Deposits
 Note 14
Short-TermBorrowings
 Note 15
Long-TermBorrowings
 Note 16
Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses
 Note 17
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
 Note 18
Shareholders’ Equity
 Note 19
Regulation and Capital Adequacy
 Note 20
Earnings Per Common Share
 Note 21
Transactions with Affiliated Funds
 Note 22
Interest Income and Interest Expense
 Note 23
Employee Benefit Plans
 Note 24
Employee Incentive Plans
 Note 25
Income Taxes
 Note 26
Business Segments
 Note 27
Credit Concentrations
 Note 28
Parent Company
 Note 29
Legal Proceedings
 Note 30

Consolidation
The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity.
 
Voting Interest Entities.  Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If the firm has a majority voting interest in a voting interest entity, the entity is consolidated.
 
Variable Interest Entities (VIE).  A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 11 for further information about VIEs.
 
Equity-MethodInvestments.  When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for either (i) under the equity method of accounting or (ii) at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock orin-substancecommon stock.
 
In general, the firm accounts for investments acquired subsequent to November 24, 2006, when the fair value option became available, at fair value. In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to the firm’s principal business activities, when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or operations of the investee or whencost-benefitconsiderations are less significant. See Note 12 for further information aboutequity-methodinvestments.


107


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Investment Funds.  The firm has formed numerous investment funds withthird-partyinvestors. These funds are typically organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies for which the firm acts as general partner or manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated becausethird-partyinvestors typically have rights to terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner or manager. Investments in these funds are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” See Notes 6, 18 and 22 for further information about investments in funds.
 
Use of Estimates
Preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value measurements, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the provision for losses that may arise from litigation, regulatory proceedings and tax audits. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best available information but actual results could be materially different.
 
Revenue Recognition
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value.  Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are recorded at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to account for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value gains or losses are generally included in “Market making” for positions in Institutional Client Services and “Other principal transactions” for positions in Investing & Lending. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.
 
Investment Banking.  Fees from financial advisory assignments and underwriting revenues are recognized in earnings when the services related to the underlying transaction are completed under the

terms of the assignment. Expenses associated with such transactions are deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the assignment is otherwise concluded. Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are recorded asnon-compensationexpenses, net of client reimbursements. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses.
 
Investment Management.  The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services. Management fees are calculated as a percentage of net asset value, invested capital or commitments, and are recognized over the period that the related service is provided. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess return above a specified benchmark or other performance target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment performance over a12-monthperiod or over the life of a fund. Fees that are based on performance over a12-monthperiod are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. For fees that are based on investment performance over the life of the fund, future investment underperformance may require fees previously distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund. Incentive fees are recognized only when all material contingencies have been resolved. Management and incentive fee revenues are included in “Investment management” revenues.
 
Commissions and Fees.  The firm earns “Commissions and fees” from executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commissions and fees are recognized on the day the trade is executed.
 
Transfers of Assets
Transfers of assets are accounted for as sales when the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred. For transfers of assets accounted for as sales, any related gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement with transferred assets are measured at fair value. For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 9 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 10 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as sales.


108


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties
Receivables from customers and counterparties generally consist of collateralized receivables, primarily customer margin loans, related to client transactions. Certain of the firm’s receivables from customers and counterparties are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value generally included in “Market making” revenues. See Note 8 for further information about the fair values of these receivables. Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts, which generally approximates fair value. Interest on receivables from customers and counterparties is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income.”
 
Insurance Activities
Certain of the firm’s insurance and reinsurance contracts are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value included in “Market making” revenues. See Note 8 for further information about the fair values of these insurance and reinsurance contracts.
 
Revenues from variable annuity and life insurance and reinsurance contracts not accounted for at fair value generally consist of fees assessed on contract holder account balances for mortality charges, policy administration fees and surrender charges. These revenues are recognized in earnings over the period that services are provided and are included in “Market making” revenues. Interest credited to variable annuity and life insurance and reinsurance contract account balances and changes in reserves are recognized in “Other expenses.”

Premiums earned for underwriting property catastrophe reinsurance are recognized in earnings over the coverage period, net of premiums ceded for the cost of reinsurance, and are included in “Market making” revenues. Expenses for liabilities related to property catastrophe reinsurance claims, including estimates of losses that have been incurred but not reported, are included in “Other expenses.”
 
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated innon-U.S. currenciesare translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of anon-U.S. operation,when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of business. As of December 2010 and December 2009, “Cash and cash equivalents” included $5.75 billion and $4.45 billion, respectively, of cash and due from banks and $34.04 billion and $33.84 billion, respectively, of interest-bearing deposits with banks.
 


109


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



 
Recent Accounting Developments

Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities (Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 860 and 810).  In June 2009, the FASB issued amended accounting principles that changed the accounting for securitizations and VIEs. These principles were codified as ASUNo. 2009-16,“Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) — Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets” and ASUNo. 2009-17,“Consolidations (Topic 810) — Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities” in December 2009.
 
ASUNo. 2009-16eliminates the concept of a qualifyingspecial-purposeentity (QSPE), changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and requires additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions and continuing involvement with transferred financial assets. ASUNo. 2009-17changes the accounting and requires additional disclosures for VIEs. Under ASUNo. 2009-17,the determination of whether to consolidate a VIE is based on the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance together with either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE, as well as the VIE’s purpose and design. ASUNo. 2009-17also requires entities previously classified as QSPEs to be evaluated for consolidation and disclosure as VIEs.
 
ASU Nos.2009-16 and2009-17 were effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. In February 2010, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2010-10,“Consolidations (Topic 810) — Amendments For Certain Investment Funds,” which defers the requirements of ASUNo. 2009-17for certain interests in investment funds and certain similar entities.

The firm adopted these amendments as of January 1, 2010 and reassessed whether it was the primary beneficiary of any VIEs in which it had variable interests (including VIEs that were formerly QSPEs) as of that date. Adoption resulted in an increase to the firm’s total assets of approximately $3 billion as of March 31, 2010, principally in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” In addition, “Other assets” increased by $545 million as of March 31, 2010, with a corresponding decrease in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value,” as a result of the consolidation of an entity which holds intangible assets. See Note 13 for further information about intangible assets.
 
Upon adoption, the firm elected the fair value option for all eligible assets and liabilities of newly consolidated VIEs, except for (i) those VIEs where the financial assets and financial liabilities are accounted for either at fair value or in a manner that approximates fair value under other U.S. GAAP, and (ii) those VIEs where the election would have caused volatility in earnings as a result of using different measurement attributes for financial instruments and nonfinancial assets. Adoption did not have a material impact on the firm’s results of operations or cash flows.
 
Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASC 820).  In January 2010, the     FASB issued ASU No.2010-06,“Fair Value     Measurements and Disclosures(Topic 820) — ImprovingDisclosures about Fair Value Measurements.” ASUNo. 2010-06provides amended disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements. Certain of these disclosure requirements were effective for the firm beginning in the first quarter of 2010, while others are effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning fair value measurements, adoption did not and will not affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
 


110


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



 

Financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. See Note 8 for further information about the fair value option. The table below presents the firm’s financial instruments owned, at fair value, including those

pledged as collateral, and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value. Financial instruments owned, at fair value included $3.67 billion and $3.86 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, of securities accounted for asavailable-for-sale,substantially all of which are held in the firm’s insurance subsidiaries.
 


 
                   
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009
     Financial
     Financial
   
     Instruments
     Instruments
   
  Financial
  Sold, But
  Financial
  Sold, But
   
  Instruments
  Not Yet
  Instruments
  Not Yet
   
in millions Owned  Purchased  Owned  Purchased   
 
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $11,262 2 $  $9,111 2 $   
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  84,928   23,264   78,336   20,982   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  40,675   29,009   38,858   23,843   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities:
                  
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
  6,200   5   6,203   29   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
  9,404   6   6,704   74   
Loan portfolios
  1,438 3     1,370 3     
Bank loans and bridge loans
  18,039   1,487 4  19,345   1,541 4  
Corporate debt securities
  24,719   7,219   26,368   6,229   
State and municipal obligations
  2,792      2,759   36   
Other debt obligations
  3,232      2,914      
Equities and convertible debentures
  67,833   24,988   71,474   20,253   
Commodities
  13,138   9   3,707   23   
Derivatives 1
  73,293   54,730   75,253   56,009   
 
 
Total
 $356,953  $140,717  $342,402  $129,019   
 
 
 
1.   Net of cash collateral received or posted under credit support agreements and reported on anet-by-counterpartybasis when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement.
 
2.   Includes $4.06 billion and $4.31 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, of money market instruments held by William Street Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.) to support the William Street credit extension program. See Note 18 for further information about the William Street credit extension program.
 
3.   Consists of acquired portfolios of distressed loans, primarily backed by commercial and residential real estate.
 
4.   Includes the fair value of unfunded commitments to extend credit. The fair value of partially funded commitments is primarily included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.”
 
 

111


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Gains and Losses from Market Making and
Other Principal Transactions
The table below presents, by major product type, the firm’s “Market making” and “Other principal transactions” revenues. These gains/(losses) are primarily related to the firm’s financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, including both derivative and nonderivative financial instruments. These gains/(losses) exclude related interest income and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
 
The gains/(losses) in the table are not representative of the manner in which the firm manages its business activities because many of the firm’s market making, client facilitation, and investing and lending strategies utilize financial instruments across various product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types.
 
For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives are sensitive to changes in interest rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s cash instruments and derivatives has exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically hedged with foreign currency contracts.
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  One Month Ended        
  December  December        
in millions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Interest rates
 $(2,042) $6,540  $2,230   
Credit
  8,679   6,691   (1,558)  
Currencies
  3,219   (817)  (2,341)  
Equities
  6,862   6,128   (518)  
Commodities
  1,567   4,591   759   
Other
  2,325   1,576   210   
 
 
Total
 $20,610  $24,709  $(1,218)  
 
 

Note 5.  Fair Value Measurements
 
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs.
 
The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. If listed prices or quotations are not available, fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less active markets, or internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs,market-basedor independently sourced parameters, including but not limited to interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates, commodities prices and credit curves.
 
U.S. GAAP has a three-level fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to its fair value measurement.
 
The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
 
Level 1.  Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets to which the firm had access at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2.  Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either directly or indirectly.
 
Level 3.  One or more inputs to valuation techniques are significant and unobservable.
 
See Notes 6 and 7 for further information about fair value measurements of cash instruments and derivatives, respectively.
 
The fair value of certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities may include valuation adjustments for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, transfer restrictions, largeand/orconcentrated positions, illiquidity and bid/offer inputs. See Notes 6 and 7 for further information about valuation adjustments.


112


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Level 3 financial assets are summarized below.


 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Total level 3 assets
 $45,377  $46,475   
Total assets
 $911,332  $848,942   
Total financial assets at fair value
 $637,514  $573,788   
Total level 3 assets as a percentage of Total assets
  5.0%   5.5%   
Total level 3 assets as a percentage of Total financial assets at fair value
  7.1%   8.1%   
 
 
 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities by Level

The tables below present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, and other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Notes 6 and 7 for further information on the assets

and liabilities included in cash instruments and derivatives, respectively, and their valuation methodologies and inputs. See Note 8 for the valuation methodologies and inputs for other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
 


 
                       
 
  Financial Assets at Fair Value as of December 2010
           Netting and
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Collateral  Total   
 
Total cash instruments
 $117,800  $133,653  $32,207  $  $283,660   
Total derivatives
  93   172,513   12,772   (112,085) 3  73,293   
 
 
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  117,893   306,166   44,979   (112,085)  356,953   
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
  19,794 1  16,388 2        36,182   
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
     188,255   100      188,355   
Securities borrowed
     48,822         48,822   
Receivables from customers and counterparties
     6,904   298      7,202   
 
 
Total
 $137,687  $566,535  $45,377  $(112,085) $637,514   
 
 
 
                       
 
  Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2010
           Netting and
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Collateral  Total   
 
Total cash instruments
 $75,668  $9,873  $446  $  $85,987   
Total derivatives
  45   66,963   5,210   (17,488) 3  54,730   
 
 
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  75,713   76,836   5,656   (17,488)  140,717   
Deposits
     1,975         1,975   
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
     160,285   2,060      162,345   
Securities loaned
     1,514         1,514   
Other secured financings
     23,445   8,349      31,794   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
     18,640   3,476      22,116   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
     16,067   2,104      18,171   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
     563   2,409      2,972   
 
 
Total
 $75,713  $299,325  $24,054 4 $(17,488) $381,604   
 
 
 
1.   Principally consists of U.S. Department of the Treasury (U.S. Treasury) securities and money market instruments as well as insurance separate account assets measured at fair value.
 
2.   Principally consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The underlying securities have been segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements.
 
3.   Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.
 
4.   Level 3 liabilities were 6.3% of total financial liabilities at fair value.
 

113


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                       
 
  Financial Assets at Fair Value as of December 2009
           Netting and
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Collateral  Total   
 
Total cash instruments
 $112,565  $119,705  $34,879  $  $267,149   
Total derivatives
  161   190,816   11,596   (127,3203  75,253   
 
 
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  112,726   310,521   46,475   (127,320)  342,402   
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
  14,381 1  4,472 2        18,853   
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
     144,279         144,279   
Securities borrowed
     66,329         66,329   
Receivables from customers and counterparties
     1,925         1,925   
 
 
Total
 $127,107  $527,526  $46,475  $(127,320) $573,788   
 
 
 
                       
 
  Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2009
           Netting and
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Collateral  Total   
 
Total cash instruments
 $63,383  $9,055  $572  $  $73,010   
Total derivatives
  126   66,943   6,400   (17,4603  56,009   
 
 
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  63,509   75,998   6,972   (17,460)  129,019   
Deposits
     1,947         1,947   
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
     127,966   394      128,360   
Securities loaned
     6,194         6,194   
Other secured financings
  118   8,354   6,756      15,228   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
     16,093   2,310      18,403   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
     18,315   3,077      21,392   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
     141   1,913      2,054   
 
 
Total
 $63,627  $255,008  $21,422 4 $(17,460) $322,597   
 
 
 
1.   Principally consists of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments as well as insurance separate account assets measured at fair value.
 
2.   Principally consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The underlying securities have been segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements.
 
3.   Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.
 
4.   Level 3 liabilities were 6.6% of total financial liabilities at fair value.

114


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Level 3 Unrealized Gains/(Losses)

Cash Instruments.  Level 3 cash instruments are frequently economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 cash instrumentsand/orlevel 1, level 2 and level 3 derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are reported in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 cash instrumentsand/orlevel 1, level 2 and level 3 derivatives.
 
Derivatives.  Gains and losses on level 3 derivatives should be considered in the context of the following:
 
•   A derivative with level 1and/orlevel 2 inputs is classified in level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3 input.
 
•   If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and level 2 inputs) is classified as level 3.

•  Gains or losses that have been reported in level 3 resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 derivativesand/orlevel 1, level 2 and level 3 cash instruments.
 
The table below presents the unrealized gains/(losses) on level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value still held at the period-end. See Notes 6 and 7 for further information about level 3 cash instruments and derivatives, respectively. See Note 8 for further information about other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value under the fair value option.
 


 
                   
 
  Level 3 Unrealized Gains/(Losses)
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Cash instruments — assets
 $1,657  $(4,781) $(11,485) $(3,116)  
Cash instruments — liabilities
  17   474   (871)  (78)  
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on level 3 cash instruments
  1,674   (4,307)  (12,356)  (3,194)  
Derivatives — net
  5,184   (1,018)  5,577   (210)  
Receivables from customers and counterparties
  (58)           
Other secured financings
  (25)  (812)  838   (1)  
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
  (35)  (81)  737   (70)  
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  (41)  (291)  657   (127)  
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
  (54)  53         
 
 
Total
 $6,645  $(6,456) $(4,547) $(3,602)  
 
 

115


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Gains and losses in the table above include:
 
Year Ended December 2010
 
•   A net unrealized gain on cash instruments of $1.67 billion primarily consisting of unrealized gains on private equity investments, bank loans and bridge loans and corporate debt securities, where prices were generally corroborated through sales and partial sales of similar assets in these asset classes during the period.
 
•   A net unrealized gain on derivatives of $5.18 billion primarily attributable to lower interest rates, which are level 2 inputs, underlying certain credit derivatives. These unrealized gains were substantially offset by unrealized losses on currency, interest rate and credit derivatives categorized in level 2, which economically hedge level 3 derivatives.
 
Year Ended December 2009
 
•   A net unrealized loss on cash instruments of $4.31 billion, primarily consisting of unrealized losses on private equity investments and real estate fund investments, and loans and securities backed by commercial real estate, reflecting weakness in the markets for these less liquid asset classes.
 
•   A net unrealized loss on derivatives of $1.02 billion, primarily attributable to tighter credit spreads on the underlying instruments and increases in underlying equity index prices. These losses were partially offset by increases in commodities prices. All of these inputs are level 2 observable inputs.
 
Year Ended November 2008
 
•   A net unrealized loss on cash instruments of $12.36 billion, primarily consisting of unrealized losses on loans and securities backed by commercial real estate, certain bank loans and bridge loans, private equity investments and real estate fund investments.
 
•   A net unrealized gain on derivatives of $5.58 billion, primarily attributable to changes in observable credit spreads (which are level 2 inputs) on the underlying instruments.

One Month Ended December 2008
 
•   A net unrealized loss on cash instruments of $3.19 billion, primarily consisting of unrealized losses on certain bank loans and bridge loans, private equity investments and real estate fund investments, and loans and securities backed by commercial real estate. Losses during December 2008 reflected the weakness in the global credit and equity markets.
 
•   A net unrealized loss on derivatives of $210 million, primarily attributable to changes in observable prices on the underlying instruments (which are level 2 inputs).
 
Level 3 Rollforward
If a financial asset or financial liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3. Transfers between levels are recognized at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. Accordingly, the tables do not include gains or losses that were reported in level 3 in prior periods for financial instruments that were transferred out of level 3 prior to the end of the period.
 
See Notes 6 and 7 for further information about cash instruments and derivatives included in level 3, respectively. See Note 8 for other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value under the fair value option.


116


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



 

The tables below present changes in fair value for all financial assets and financial liabilities categorized as

level 3 as of the end of the period.
 


 
                           
 
  Level 3 Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2010
        Net unrealized
            
        gains/(losses)
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  gains/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  (losses)  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Total cash instruments — assets
 $34,879  $1,467 1 $1,657 1 $(2,922) $(2,874) $32,207   
Total derivatives — net
  5,196   (144) 2  5,184 2, 3  (2,595)  (79)  7,562   
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
     3      97      100   
Receivables from customers and counterparties
     22   (58)     334   298   
 
 
 
1.   The aggregate amounts include approximately $1.86 billion and $1.26 billion reported in“Non-interestrevenues” (“Market making” and “Other principal transactions”) and “Interest income,” respectively, in the consolidated statement of earnings for the year ended December 2010.
 
2.   Substantially all is reported in“Non-interestrevenues” (“Market making” and “Other principal transactions”) in the consolidated statement of earnings.
 
3.   Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.
 
                           
 
  Level 3 Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2010
        Net unrealized
            
        (gains)/losses
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  (gains)/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  losses  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Total cash instruments — liabilities
 $572  $5  $(17) $(97) $(17) $446   
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value
  394         1,666      2,060   
Other secured financings
  6,756   (1)  25   1,605   (36)  8,349   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
  2,310   91   35   (300)  1,340   3,476   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  3,077   23   41   216   (1,253)  2,104   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
  1,913   10   54   (155)  587   2,409   
 
 
 
 

Significant transfers in and out of level 3 during the year ended December 2010, which were principally due to the consolidation of certain VIEs upon adoption of ASUNo. 2009-17as of January 1, 2010, included:
 
•  Unsecuredshort-termborrowings: net transfer into level 3 of $1.34 billion, principally due to the consolidation of certain VIEs.

•   Unsecuredlong-termborrowings: net transfer out of level 3 of $1.25 billion, principally due to the consolidation of certain VIEs which caused the firm’s borrowings from these VIEs to become intercompany borrowings which were eliminated in consolidation. Substantially all of these borrowings were level 3.
 
•   Other liabilities and accrued expenses: net transfer into level 3 of $587 million, principally due to an increase in subordinated liabilities issued by certain consolidated VIEs.
 


 

117


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                           
 
  Level 3 Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2009
        Net unrealized
            
        gains/(losses)
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  gains/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  (losses)  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Total cash instruments — assets
 $49,652  $1,736 1 $(4,7811 $(8,627) $(3,101) $34,879   
Total derivatives — net
  3,315   759 2  (1,0182, 3  2,333   (193)  5,196   
 
 
 
1.   The aggregate amounts include approximately $(4.69) billion and $1.64 billion reported in“Non-interestrevenues” (“Market making” and “Other principal transactions”) and “Interest income,” respectively, in the consolidated statements of earnings for the year ended December 2009.
 
2.   Substantially all is reported in“Non-interestrevenues” (“Market making” and “Other principal transactions”) in the consolidated statement of earnings.
 
3.   Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.
 
                           
 
  Level 3 Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2009
        Net unrealized
            
        (gains)/losses
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  (gains)/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  losses  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Total cash instruments — liabilities
 $1,727  $(38) $(474) $(463) $(180) $572   
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value
           394      394   
Other secured financings
  4,039   (19)  812   (804)  2,728   6,756   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
  4,712   126   81   1,419   (4,028)  2,310   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  1,689   92   291   (726)  1,731   3,077   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
     22   (53)  991   953   1,913   
 
 
 

Significant transfers in and out of level 3 during the year ended December 2009 included:
 
•  Other secured financings, Unsecuredshort-termborrowings and Unsecuredlong-termborrowings: net transfer in of $2.73 billion, transfer out of $4.03 billion and transfer in of $1.73 billion, respectively, principally due to transfers from level 3 unsecuredshort-termborrowings to level 3 other secured financings and level 3 unsecuredlong-termborrowings related to changes in the terms of certain of these borrowings.

•  Other liabilities and accrued expenses: net transfer into level 3 of $953 million, principally due to transfers of certain insurance contracts from level 2 due to reduced transparency of mortality curve valuation inputs as a result of less observable trading activity.
 
 


118


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 6.  Cash Instruments
 

Cash instruments include U.S. government and federal agency obligations,non-U.S. governmentobligations, bank loans and bridge loans, corporate debt securities, equities and convertible debentures, and othernon-derivativefinancial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased. See below for the types of cash instruments included in each level of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine their fair values. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies and the fair value hierarchy.
 
Level 1 Cash Instruments
Level 1 cash instruments include U.S. government obligations and mostnon-U.S. governmentobligations, actively traded listed equities and certain money market instruments. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets.
 
The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.
 
The fair value of a level 1 instrument is calculated as quantity held multiplied by quoted market price. U.S. GAAP prohibits valuation adjustments being applied to level 1 instruments even in situations where the firm holds a large position and a sale could impact the quoted price.

Level 2 Cash Instruments
Level 2 cash instruments include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits, most government agency obligations, most corporate debt securities, commodities, certainmortgage-backedloans and securities, certain bank loans and bridge loans, less liquid publicly listed equities, certain state and municipal obligations and certain money market instruments and lending commitments.
 
Valuations of level 2 cash instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.
 
Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 cash instruments (i) if the cash instrument is subject to transfer restrictions,and/or(ii) for other premiums and discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.
 
Level 3 Cash Instruments
Level 3 cash instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 cash instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales of level 3 assets.
 
The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used to determine the fair values of each class of level 3 cash instrument.


119


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



    
 Level 3 Cash Instrument  Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
 
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate

•  Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties

 •  May include tranches of varying levels of subordination
  
Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.

Significant inputs for these valuations include:

 •  Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral

 •  Current levels and changes in market indices such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds)

 •  Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets

 •  Current performance of the underlying collateral

 •  Capitalization rates and multiples
 
 
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate

•  Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate

 •  May include tranches of varying levels of subordination
  
Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on relative value analyses, discounted cash flow techniques or a combination thereof.

Significant inputs are determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles, including relevant indices such as the ABX (an index that tracks the performance of subprime residential mortgage bonds). Significant inputs include:

 •  Home price projections, residential property liquidation timelines and related costs

 •  Underlying loan prepayment, default and cumulative loss expectations

 •  Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral

 •  Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets
 
 
Loan portfolios

•  Acquired portfolios of distressed loans

 •  Primarily backed by commercial and residential real estate collateral
  
Valuations are based on discounted cash flow techniques.

Significant inputs are determined based on relative value analyses which incorporate comparisons to recent auction data for other similar loan portfolios. Significant inputs include:

 •  Amount and timing of expected future cash flows

 •  Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets
 
 
Bank loans and bridge loans

Corporate debt securities

State and municipal obligations

Other debt obligations
  
Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.

Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying credit risk and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:

 •  Amount and timing of expected future cash flows

 •  Current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX, LCDX and MCDX (indices that track the performance of corporate credit, loans and municipal obligations, respectively)

 •  Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets

 •  Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where we use credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
 
 
Equities and convertible debentures

•  Private equity investments
  Recent third-party investments or pending transactions are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate and available:

 •  Transactions in similar instruments

 •  Discounted cash flow techniques

 •  Third-party appraisals

 •  Industry multiples and public comparables

Evidence includes recent or pending reorganizations (e.g., merger proposals, tender offers, debt restructurings) and significant changes in financial metrics, such as:

 •  Current financial performance as compared to projected performance

 •  Capitalization rates and multiples

 •  Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets
 
 

120


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Cash Instruments by Level

The tables below present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, cash instrument assets and liabilities, at fair value. Cash instrument assets and liabilities are

included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively.
 


 
                   
 
  Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of December 2010 
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total   
 
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $4,344  $6,918  $  $11,262   
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  36,184   48,744      84,928   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  35,504   5,171      40,675   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities 1:
                  
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
     3,381   2,819   6,200   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
     7,031   2,373   9,404   
Loan portfolios
     153   1,285   1,438   
Bank loans and bridge loans
     8,134   9,905   18,039   
Corporate debt securities 2
  108   21,874   2,737   24,719   
State and municipal obligations
     2,038   754   2,792   
Other debt obligations
     1,958   1,274   3,232   
Equities and convertible debentures
  41,660 3  15,113 4  11,060 5  67,833   
Commodities
     13,138      13,138   
 
 
Total
 $117,800  $133,653  $32,207  $283,660   
 
 
 
                   
 
  Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2010 
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total   
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
 $23,191  $73  $  $23,264   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  28,168   841      29,009   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities:
                  
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
     5      5   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
     6      6   
Bank loans and bridge loans
     1,107   380   1,487   
Corporate debt securities 6
  26   7,133   60   7,219   
Equities and convertible debentures 7
  24,283   699   6   24,988   
Commodities
     9      9   
 
 
Total
 $75,668  $9,873  $446  $85,987   
 
 
 
1.   Includes $212 million and $565 million of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.
 
2.   Includes $368 million and $1.07 billion of CDOs and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.
 
3.   Consists of publicly listed equity securities. Includes the firm’s $7.59 billion investment in the ordinary shares of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, which was transferred from level 2 upon expiration of transfer restrictions in April 2010.
 
4.   Substantially all consists of restricted and less liquid publicly listed securities.
 
5.   Includes $10.03 billion of private equity investments, $874 million of real estate investments and $156 million of convertible debentures.
 
6.   Includes $35 million of CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate obligations in level 3.
 
7.   Substantially all consists of publicly listed equity securities.

121


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                   
 
  Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of December 2009
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total   
 
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $5,026  $4,085  $  $9,111   
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  36,391   41,945      78,336   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  33,881   4,977      38,858   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities 1:
                  
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
     1,583   4,620   6,203   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
     4,824   1,880   6,704   
Loan portfolios
     6   1,364   1,370   
Bank loans and bridge loans
     9,785   9,560   19,345   
Corporate debt securities 2
  164   23,969   2,235   26,368   
State and municipal obligations
     1,645   1,114   2,759   
Other debt obligations
     679   2,235   2,914   
Equities and convertible debentures
  37,103 3  22,500 4  11,871 5  71,474   
Commodities
     3,707      3,707   
 
 
Total
 $112,565  $119,705  $34,879  $267,149   
 
 
 
                   
 
  Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2009
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total   
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
 $20,940  $42  $  $20,982   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  23,306   537      23,843   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities:
                  
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
     29      29   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
     74      74   
Bank loans and bridge loans
     1,128   413   1,541   
Corporate debt securities 6
  65   6,018   146   6,229   
State and municipal obligations
     36      36   
Equities and convertible debentures 3
  19,072   1,168   13   20,253   
Commodities
     23      23   
 
 
Total
 $63,383  $9,055  $572  $73,010   
 
 
 
1.   Includes $291 million and $311 million of CDOs and CLOs backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.
 
2.   Includes $338 million and $741 million of CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.
 
3.   Substantially all consists of publicly listed equity securities.
 
4.   Substantially all consists of less liquid publicly listed securities.
 
5.   Includes $10.56 billion of private equity investments, $1.23 billion of real estate investments and $79 million of convertible debentures.
 
6.   Includes $45 million of CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate obligations in level 3.

122


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Level 3 Rollforward

If a cash instrument was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3. Transfers between levels are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. Accordingly, the tables do not include gains or losses that were reported in level 3

in prior periods for cash instruments that were transferred out of level 3 prior to the end of the period.
 
The tables below present changes in fair value for all cash instrument assets and liabilities categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period.
 


 
                           
 
  Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2010 
        Net unrealized
            
        gains/(losses)
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  gains/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  (losses)  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities:
                          
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
 $4,620  $157  $193  $(1,307) $(844) $2,819   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
  1,880   167   49   226   51   2,373   
Loan portfolios
  1,364   93   (97)  (91)  16   1,285   
Bank loans and bridge loans
  9,560   687   482   (735)  (89)  9,905   
Corporate debt securities
  2,235   239   348   488   (573)  2,737   
State and municipal obligations
  1,114   1   (25)  (393)  57   754   
Other debt obligations
  2,235   4   159   (263)  (861)  1,274   
Equities and convertible debentures
  11,871   119   548   (847)  (631)  11,060   
 
 
Total
 $34,879  $1,467  $1,657  $(2,922) $(2,874) $32,207   
 
 
                           
                           
 
  Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2010 
        Net unrealized
            
        (gains)/losses
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  (gains)/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  losses  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Total
 $572  $5  $(17) $(97) $(17) $446   
 
 

123


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Significant transfers in and out of level 3 during the year ended December 2010 included:
 
•   Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate: net transfer out of level 3 of $844 million, principally due to transfers to level 2 of certain loans due to improved transparency of market prices as a result of partial sales.
 
•   Corporate debt securities: net transfer out of level 3 of $573 million, principally due to a reduction in financial instruments as a result of the consolidation of a VIE which holds intangible assets.

•   Other debt obligations: net transfer out of level 3 of $861 million, principally due to a reduction in financial instruments as a result of the consolidation of a VIE. The VIE holds real estate assets which are included in “Other assets.”
 
•   Equities and convertible debentures: net transfer out of level 3 of $631 million, principally due to transfers to level 2 of certain private equity investments due to improved transparency of market prices as a result of partial sales and initial public offerings.
 


 
                           
 
  Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2009 
        Net unrealized
            
        gains/(losses)
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  gains/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  (losses)  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities:
                          
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
 $9,170  $166  $(1,148) $(3,097) $(471) $4,620   
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
  1,927   101   58   (158)  (48)  1,880   
Loan portfolios
  4,266   167   (327)  (1,195)  (1,547)  1,364   
Bank loans and bridge loans
  11,169   747   (145)  (2,128)  (83)  9,560   
Corporate debt securities
  2,734   366   (68)  (624)  (173)  2,235   
State and municipal obligations
  1,356   (5)  13   (662)  412   1,114   
Other debt obligations
  3,903   173   (203)  (1,425)  (213)  2,235   
Equities and convertible debentures
  15,127   21   (2,961)  662   (978)  11,871   
 
 
Total
 $49,652  $1,736  $(4,781) $(8,627) $(3,101) $34,879   
 
 
                           
                           
 
  Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Year Ended December 2009 
        Net unrealized
            
        (gains)/losses
  Net
  Net
      
     Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
      
  Balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  Balance,
   
  beginning
  (gains)/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  losses  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Total
 $1,727  $(38) $(474) $(463) $(180) $572   
 
 
 
 

Significant transfers in and out of level 3 during the year ended December 2009 included:
 
•  Loan portfolios: net transfer out of level 3 of $1.55 billion, principally due to the deconsolidation of certain loan portfolios for which the firm did not bear economic exposure.

•  Equities and convertible debentures: net transfer out of level 3 of $978 million, principally due to transfers to level 2 of certain private equity investments due to improved transparency of market prices which are used to value these financial instruments.
 
 


124


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Investments in Funds That Calculate
Net Asset Value Per Share

Cash instruments at fair value include investments in funds that are valued based on the net asset value per share (NAV) of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV as its measure of fair value for fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the underlying investments at fair value.
 
The firm’s investments in funds that calculate NAV primarily consist of investments in firm-sponsored funds where the firm co-invests withthird-partyinvestors. The private equity, private debt and real

estate funds are primarily closed-end funds in which the firm’s investments are not eligible for redemption. Distributions will be received from these funds as the underlying assets are liquidated and it is estimated that substantially all of the underlying assets of existing funds will be liquidated over the next 10 years. The firm’s investments in hedge funds are generally redeemable on a quarterly basis with 91 days notice, subject to a maximum redemption level of 25% of the firm’s initial investments at any quarter-end.
 
The table below presents the fair value of the firm’s investments in, and unfunded commitments to, funds that calculate NAV.
 


 
                   
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009
  Fair Value of
  Unfunded
  Fair Value of
  Unfunded
   
in millions Investments  Commitments  Investments  Commitments   
 
Private equity funds 1
 $7,911  $4,816  $8,229  $5,722   
Private debt funds 2
  4,267   3,721   3,628   4,048   
Hedge funds 3
  3,169      3,133      
Real estate and other funds 4
  1,246   1,884   939   2,398   
 
 
Total
 $16,593  $10,421  $15,929  $12,168   
 
 
 
1.   These funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide in a variety of situations, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and growth investments.
 
2.   These funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing privatehigh-yieldcapital for mid- to large-sized leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers.
 
3.   These funds are primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamentalbottom-upinvestment approach across various asset classes and strategies including long/short equity, credit, convertibles, risk arbitrage/special situations and capital structure arbitrage.
 
4.   These funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and direct property.

125


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 7.  Derivatives and Hedging Activities
 
Derivative Activities

Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to asover-the-counter(OTC) derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange(exchange-traded).
 
Market-Making.  As a market maker, the firm enters into derivative transactions with clients and other market participants to provide liquidity and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of risk. In this capacity, the firm typically acts as principal and is consequently required to commit capital to provide execution. As a market maker, it is essential to maintain an inventory of financial instruments sufficient to meet expected client and market demands.
 
Risk Management.  The firm also enters into derivatives to actively manage risk exposures that arise frommarket-makingand investing and lending activities in derivative and cash instruments. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These derivatives are used to manage foreign currency exposure on the net investment in certainnon-U.S. operationsand to manage interest rate exposure in certain fixed-rate unsecuredlong-termandshort-termborrowings, and certificates of deposit.
 
The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:
 
•  Futures and Forwards.  Contracts that commit counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments, commodities or currencies in the future.

•   Swaps.  Contracts that require counterparties to exchange cash flows such as currency or interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates, financial instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.
 
•   Options.  Contracts in which the option purchaser has the right but not the obligation to purchase from or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price.
 
Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under credit support agreements. Derivatives are reported on anet-by-counterpartybasis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Derivative assets and liabilities are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively.
 
Substantially all gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP, are included in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions.”
 
 


126


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
The table below presents the fair value ofexchange-tradedand OTC derivatives on anet-by-counterpartybasis.
 
                   
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009 
  Derivative
  Derivative
  Derivative
  Derivative
   
in millions Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities   
 
Exchange-traded
 $7,601  $2,794  $6,831  $2,548   
Over-the-counter
  65,692   51,936   68,422   53,461   
 
 
Total
 $73,293  $54,730  $75,253  $56,009   
 
 
 

The table below presents the fair value, and the number, of derivative contracts by major product type on a gross basis. Gross fair values in the table below exclude the effects of both netting under enforceable

netting agreements and netting of cash collateral received or posted under credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.
 


 
                           
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009 
        Number
        Number
   
  Derivative
  Derivative
  of
  Derivative
  Derivative
  of
   
in millions, except number of contracts Assets  Liabilities  Contracts  Assets  Liabilities  Contracts   
 
Derivatives not accounted for as hedges
                          
Interest rates
 $463,145  $422,514   272,279  $458,614  $407,125   270,707   
Credit
  127,153   104,407   367,779   164,669   134,810   443,450   
Currencies
  87,959   70,273   222,706   77,223   62,413   171,760   
Commodities
  36,689   41,666   70,890   47,234   48,163   73,010   
Equities
  65,815   51,948   289,059   67,559   53,207   237,625   
 
 
Subtotal
 $780,761  $690,808   1,222,713  $815,299  $705,718   1,196,552   
                           
Derivatives accounted for as hedges
                          
Interest rates
 $23,396  $33   997  $19,563  $1   806   
Currencies
  6   162   72   8   47   58   
 
 
Subtotal
 $23,402  $195   1,069  $19,571  $48   864   
 
 
Gross fair value of derivatives
 $804,163  $691,003   1,223,782  $834,870  $705,766   1,197,416   
 
 
Counterparty netting 1
  (620,553)  (620,553)      (635,014)  (635,014)      
Cash collateral netting 2
  (110,317)  (15,720)      (124,603)  (14,743)      
 
 
Fair value included in financial instruments owned
 $73,293          $75,253           
 
 
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased
     $54,730          $56,009       
 
 
 
1.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.
 
2.   Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under credit support agreements.

127


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Valuation Techniques for Derivatives
See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies and the fair value hierarchy.
 
Level 1 Derivatives
Exchange-tradedderivatives fall within level 1 if they are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market price.
 
Level 2 Derivatives
Level 2 derivatives includeexchange-tradedderivatives that are not actively traded and OTC derivatives for which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by market evidence.
 
Level 2 exchange-traded derivatives are valued using models that calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives. Inputs to the valuations of level 2 OTC derivatives can be verified tomarket-clearingtransactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.
 
Where models are used, the selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant management judgment because outputs of models can be calibrated tomarket-clearinglevels.
 
Price transparency of OTC derivatives can generally be characterized by product type.
 
Interest Rate.  In general, the prices and other inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even forlong-datedcontracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high

trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve(e.g., 10-yearswap rate vs.2-year swap rate), are more complex and are therefore less transparent, but the prices and other inputs are generally observable.
 
Credit.  Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans,asset-backedsecurities and emerging market debt instruments tend to be less transparent than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.
 
Currency.  Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be observable for contracts with shorter tenors.
 
Commodity.  Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil and natural gas), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with majorand/orbenchmark commodity indices.
 
 


128


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Equity.  Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency.Exchange-tradedand OTC equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.
 
Liquidity is essential to observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs.
 
Level 3 Derivatives
Level 3 OTC derivatives are valued using models which utilize observable level 1and/orlevel 2 inputs, as well as unobservable level 3 inputs.
 
•   For the majority of the firm’s interest rate and currency derivatives classified within level 3, the significant unobservable inputs are correlations of certain currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation of Japanese yen foreign exchange rates to U.S. dollar interest rates).
 
•   For credit derivatives classified within level 3, significant level 3 inputs includelong-datedcredit

  and funding spreads as well as certain correlation inputs required to value credit and mortgage derivatives (e.g., the likelihood of default of the underlying reference obligations relative to one another).
 
•   For level 3 equity derivatives, significant level 3 inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options that are verylong-datedand/or have strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices. In addition, the valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of level 3 inputs for the correlation of the price performance for two or more individual stocks.
 
•   For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant level 3 inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices and prices for certain products for which the product quality is not aligned with benchmark indices.
 
Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 OTC derivative, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses are recorded in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when corroborated by evidence such as similar market transactions,third-partypricing servicesand/orbroker or dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a materially different estimate of fair value.
 
 


129


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Valuation Adjustments
Valuation adjustments are integral to determining the fair value of derivatives and are used to adjust the mid-market valuations, produced by derivative pricing models, to the appropriate exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of liquidity on large or illiquid positions and credit valuation adjustments (CVA) which account for the credit risk inherent in derivative portfolios. Market-based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation adjustments tomarket-clearinglevels.
 
In addition, for derivatives that include significant unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit

price adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present in the transaction.
 
Fair Value of Derivatives by Level
The tables below present the fair value of derivatives on a gross basis by level and major product type. Gross fair values in the tables below exclude the effects of both netting under enforceable netting agreements and netting of cash received or posted under credit support agreements both in and across levels of the fair value hierarchy, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.
 


 
                       
 
  Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of December 2010 
           Cross-Level
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $49  $486,037  $455  $  $486,541   
Credit
     115,519   11,634      127,153   
Currencies
     86,158   1,807      87,965   
Commodities
     34,511   2,178      36,689   
Equities
  44   64,267   1,504      65,815   
 
 
Gross fair value of derivative assets
 $93  $786,492  $17,578     $804,163   
Counterparty netting 1
     (613,979)  (4,806)  (1,7683  (620,553)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $93  $172,513  $12,772  $(1,768) $183,610   
Cash collateral netting 2
                  (110,317)  
 
 
Fair value included in financial instruments owned
                 $73,293   
 
 
 
                       
 
  Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2010 
           Cross-Level
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $18  $422,267  $262  $  $422,547   
Credit
     99,813   4,594      104,407   
Currencies
     69,726   709      70,435   
Commodities
     39,709   1,957      41,666   
Equities
  27   49,427   2,494      51,948   
 
 
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities
 $45  $680,942  $10,016     $691,003   
Counterparty netting 1
     (613,979)  (4,806)  (1,7683  (620,553)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $45  $66,963  $5,210  $(1,768) $70,450   
Cash collateral netting 2
                  (15,720)  
 
 
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased
                 $54,730   
 
 
 
1.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.
 
2.   Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under credit support agreements.
 
3.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.
 

130


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                       
 
  Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of December 2009   
           Cross-Level
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $  $477,767  $410  $  $478,177   
Credit
     151,503   13,166      164,669   
Currencies
     76,693   538      77,231   
Commodities
     45,229   2,005      47,234   
Equities
  161   65,687   1,711      67,559   
 
 
Gross fair value of derivative assets
 $161  $816,879  $17,830     $834,870   
Counterparty netting 1
     (626,063)  (6,234)  (2,7173  (635,014)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $161  $190,816  $11,596  $(2,717) $199,856   
Cash collateral netting 2
                  (124,603)  
 
 
Fair value included in financial instruments owned
                 $75,253   
 
 
 
                       
 
  Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2009   
           Cross-Level
      
in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $  $406,639  $487  $  $407,126   
Credit
     128,026   6,784      134,810   
Currencies
     62,132   328      62,460   
Commodities
     46,062   2,101      48,163   
Equities
  126   50,147   2,934      53,207   
 
 
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities
 $126  $693,006  $12,634     $705,766   
Counterparty netting 1
     (626,063)  (6,234)  (2,7173  (635,014)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $126  $66,943  $6,400  $(2,717) $70,752   
Cash collateral netting 2
                  (14,743)  
 
 
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased
                 $56,009   
 
 
 
1.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.
 
2.   Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under credit support agreements.
 
3.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

131


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Level 3 Rollforward

If a derivative was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3. Transfers between levels are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. Accordingly, the table does not include gains or losses that were reported in level 3

in prior periods for derivatives that were transferred out of level 3 prior to the end of the period.
 
The table below presents changes in fair value for all derivatives categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period.
 


 
                           
 
  Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value 
        Net unrealized
            
  Asset/
     gains/(losses)
  Net
  Net
  Asset/
   
  (liability)
  Net
  relating to
  purchases,
  transfers
  (liability)
   
  balance,
  realized
  instruments
  issuances
  inand/or
  balance,
   
  beginning
  gains/
  still held at year
  and
  (out) of
  end of
   
in millions of year  (losses)  end  settlements  level 3  year   
 
Year Ended December 2010
                          
Interest rates − net
 $(71) $(79) $156  $(118) $306  $194   
Credit − net
  6,366   8   4,393 1  (2,663)  (1,064)  7,040   
Currencies − net
  215   (83)  317   110   539   1,098   
Commodities − net
  (90)  48   312   33   (83)  220   
Equities − net
  (1,224)  (38)  6   43   223   (990)  
 
 
Total derivatives − net
 $5,196  $(144) $5,184  $(2,595) $(79) $7,562   
 
 
                           
Year Ended December 2009
                          
 
 
Total derivatives − net
 $3,315  $759  $(1,018) $2,333  $(193) $5,196   
 
 
1.  Primarily attributable to lower interest rates, which are level 2 inputs, underlying certain credit derivatives. These unrealized gains were substantially offset by unrealized losses on currency, interest rate and credit derivatives categorized in level 2, which economically hedge level 3 derivatives.
 
 

Significant transfers in and out of level 3 during the year ended December 2010 included:
 
•   Interest rates — net and Currencies — net: net transfer into level 3 of $306 million and $539 million, respectively, principally due to reduced transparency of the correlation inputs used to value these financial instruments.
 
•   Credit — net: net transfer out of level 3 of $1.06 billion, principally due to improved transparency of correlation inputs used to value certain mortgage derivatives.
 
There were no significant transfers in and out of level 3 during the year ended December 2009.
 
Impact of Credit Spreads on Derivatives
On an ongoing basis, the firm realizes gains or losses relating to changes in credit risk on derivatives through changes in credit mitigants or the sale or unwind of the contracts.
 
The net gain/(loss) attributable to the impact of changes in credit exposure and credit spreads on derivatives

were $68 million, $572 million, $(137) million, and $(188) million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009, November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively.
 
Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives
The table below presents derivatives, primarily equity and interest rate products, that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings. These derivatives are recorded at fair value and included in “Unsecuredshort-termborrowings” and “Unsecuredlong-termborrowings.” See Note 8 for further information.
 
           
 
  As of December 
in millions, except number of contracts 2010  2009   
 
Fair value of assets
 $383  $478   
Fair value of liabilities
  267   382   
 
 
Net
 $116  $96   
 
 
Number of contracts
  338   297   
 
 
 
 


132


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
OTC Derivatives

The following tables present the fair values of OTC derivative assets and liabilities by tenor and by product type. In the following tables, tenor is based

on expected duration formortgage-relatedcredit derivatives and generally on remaining contractual maturity for other derivatives.
 


 
                   
 
in millions OTC Derivatives as of December 2010   
 
Assets
 0 - 12
  1 - 5
  5 Years or
      
Product Type Months  Years  Greater  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $7,137  $34,384  $60,750  $102,271   
Credit
  2,777   16,145   13,525   32,447   
Currencies
  9,968   10,696   14,868   35,532   
Commodities
  5,664   5,996   248   11,908   
Equities
  4,795   10,942   7,037   22,774   
Netting across product types 1
  (2,937)  (5,513)  (5,077)  (13,527)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $27,404  $72,650  $91,351  $191,405   
Cross maturity netting 2
              (15,396)  
Cash collateral netting 3
              (110,317)  
 
 
Total
             $65,692   
 
 
 
                   
Liabilities
 0 - 12
  1 - 5
  5 Years or
      
Product Type Months  Years  Greater  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $4,470  $14,072  $19,760  $38,302   
Credit
  1,024   4,862   3,816   9,702   
Currencies
  8,036   5,219   4,986   18,241   
Commodities
  7,279   7,838   2,528   17,645   
Equities
  3,962   4,977   3,750   12,689   
Netting across product types 1
  (2,937)  (5,513)  (5,077)  (13,527)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $21,834  $31,455  $29,763  $83,052   
Cross maturity netting 2
              (15,396)  
Cash collateral netting 3
              (15,720)  
 
 
Total
             $51,936   
 
 
 
1.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.
 
2.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.
 
3.   Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under credit support agreements.
 

133


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                   
 
in millions OTC Derivatives as of December 2009   
 
Assets
 0 - 12
  1 - 5
  5 Years or
      
Product Type Months  Years  Greater  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $14,266  $37,146  $58,404  $109,816   
Credit
  5,743   20,465   17,419   43,627   
Currencies
  9,870   12,789   12,650   35,309   
Commodities
  6,201   7,546   555   14,302   
Equities
  6,742   8,818   7,115   22,675   
Netting across product types 1
  (3,480)  (6,256)  (3,671)  (13,407)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $39,342  $80,508  $92,472  $212,322   
Cross maturity netting 2
              (19,297)  
Cash collateral netting 3
              (124,603)  
 
 
Total
             $68,422   
 
 
 
                   
Liabilities
 0 - 12
  1 - 5
  5 Years or
      
Product Type Months  Years  Greater  Total   
 
Interest rates
 $7,042  $12,831  $19,014  $38,887   
Credit
  2,487   7,168   4,113   13,768   
Currencies
  12,202   4,003   4,208   20,413   
Commodities
  6,922   7,161   1,996   16,079   
Equities
  4,213   3,746   3,802   11,761   
Netting across product types 1
  (3,480)  (6,256)  (3,671)  (13,407)  
 
 
Subtotal
 $29,386  $28,653  $29,462  $87,501   
Cross maturity netting 2
              (19,297)  
Cash collateral netting 3
              (14,743)  
 
 
Total
             $53,461   
 
 
 
1.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.
 
2.   Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.
 
3.   Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under credit support agreements.

134


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Derivatives with Credit-Related
Contingent Features
Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The table below presents the aggregate fair value of net derivative liabilities under such agreements (excluding application of collateral posted to reduce these liabilities), the related aggregate fair value of the assets posted as collateral, and the additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called at the reporting date by counterparties in the event of aone-notchandtwo-notchdowngrade in the firm’s credit ratings.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements
 $23,843  $20,848   
Collateral posted
  16,640   14,475   
Additional collateral or termination payments for aone-notchdowngrade
  1,353   1,117   
Additional collateral or termination payments for atwo-notchdowngrade
  2,781   2,364   
 
 
 
Credit Derivatives
The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives in locations around the world to facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk associated with market-making and investing and lending activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on the firm’s net risk position.
 
Credit derivatives are individually negotiated contracts and can have various settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference entity.

Credit Default Swaps.  Single-name credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in the event the issuer (reference entity) of the reference obligations suffers a credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no payments to the buyer of protection. However, if a credit event occurs, the seller of protection is required to make a payment, which is calculated in accordance with the terms of the contract, to the buyer of protection.
 
Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches.  Credit derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or abroad-basedindex. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is typically apro-rataportion of the transaction’s total notional amount based on the underlying defaulted reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk of a basket or index is separated into various portions (tranches) each having different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches, any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.
 
Total Return Swaps.  A total return swap transfers the risks relating to economic performance of a reference obligation from the protection buyer to the protection seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives from the protection seller a floating-rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair value of the reference obligation, and in return the protection seller receives the cash flows associated with the reference obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the reference obligation.


135


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Credit Options.  In a credit option, the option writer assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option purchaser buys the right but not the obligation to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it from, the option writer. The payments on credit options depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of the reference obligation.
 
The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underlyings. Substantially all of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative, and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference obligations in the event of default.
 
As of December 2010, written and purchased credit derivatives had total gross notional amounts of $2.05 trillion and $2.19 trillion, respectively, for total

net notional purchased protection of $140.63 billion. As of December 2009, written and purchased credit derivatives had total gross notional amounts of $2.54 trillion and $2.71 trillion, respectively, for total net notional purchased protection of $164.13 billion.
 
The table below presents certain information about credit derivatives. In the table below:
 
•   Fair values exclude the effects of both netting under enforceable netting agreements and netting of cash received or posted under credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure;
 
•   Tenor is based on expected duration formortgage-relatedcredit derivatives and on remaining contractual maturity for other credit derivatives; and
 
•   The credit spread on the underlying, together with the tenor of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.
 


 
                                       
 
     Maximum Payout/Notional
   
  Maximum Payout/Notional Amount
  Amount of Purchased
  Fair Value of
  of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor  Credit Derivatives  Written Credit Derivatives
              Offsetting
  Other
            
        5 Years
     Purchased
  Purchased
        Net
   
  0 – 12
  1 – 5
  or
     Credit
  Credit
        Asset/
   
$ in millions Months  Years  Greater  Total  Derivatives 1  Derivatives 2  Asset  Liability  (Liability)   
 
As of December 2010
Credit spread on
underlying (basis points)
0-250
 $235,798  $1,094,308  $288,851  $1,618,957  $1,511,113  $232,506  $32,071  $14,780  $17,291   
251-500
  14,412   144,448   52,072   210,932   183,613   36,713   7,368   7,739   (371)  
501-1,000
  6,384   89,212   33,553   129,149   110,019   18,686   2,571   11,256   (8,685)  
Greater than 1,000
  11,721   63,982   12,022   87,725   70,945   23,795   483   33,670   (33,187)  
 
 
Total
 $268,315  $1,391,950  $386,498  $2,046,763  $1,875,690  $311,700  $42,493  $67,445  $(24,952)  
 
 
 
As of December 2009
Credit spread on
underlying (basis points)
0-250
 $283,353  $1,342,649  $414,809  $2,040,811  $1,884,864  $299,329  $39,740  $13,441  $26,299   
251-500
  15,151   142,732   39,337   197,220   182,583   27,194   5,008   6,816   (1,808)  
501-1,000
  10,364   101,621   34,194   146,179   141,317   5,673   2,841   12,448   (9,607)  
Greater than 1,000
  20,262   107,768   31,208   159,238   117,914   48,699   1,524   60,279   (58,755)  
 
 
Total
 $329,130  $1,694,770  $519,548  $2,543,448  $2,326,678  $380,895  $49,113  $92,984  $(43,871)  
 
 
1.   Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives to the extent they economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underlyings.
 
2.   Comprised of purchased protection in excess of the amount of written protection on identical underlyings and purchased protection on other underlyings on which the firm has not written protection.

136


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
 

Hedge Accounting
The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) certain interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecuredlong-termandshort-termborrowings and certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit and (ii) certain foreign currency forward contracts and foreigncurrency-denominateddebt used to manage foreign currency exposures on the firm’s net investment in certainnon-U.S. operations.
 
To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and test the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the derivative hedge continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.
 
Interest Rate Hedges
The firm designates certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the relevant benchmark interest rate (e.g., London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)), effectively converting a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations.
 
The firm applies the“long-haulmethod” in assessing the effectiveness of its fair value hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk).
 
During the three months ended March 2010, the firm changed its method of prospectively and retrospectively assessing the effectiveness of all of its fair value hedging relationships from adollar-offsetmethod, which is anon-statisticalmethod, to regression analysis, which is a statistical method.
 
An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

Thedollar-offsetmethod compared the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument to the change in the fair value of the hedged item, excluding the effect of the passage of time. The prospectivedollar-offsetassessment used scenario analyses to test hedge effectiveness through simulations of numerous parallel and slope shifts of the relevant yield curve. Parallel shifts changed the interest rate of all maturities by identical amounts. Slope shifts changed the curvature of the yield curve. For both the prospective assessment, in response to each of the simulated yield curve shifts, and the retrospective assessment, a hedging relationship was considered effective if the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item changed inversely within a range of 80% to 125%.
 
For qualifying fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in “Interest expense.” The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value and is subsequently amortized into interest expense over its remaining life. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Interest expense.” See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
 
For the years ended December 2010 and December 2009 and one month ended December 2008, the gain/(loss) recognized on interest rate derivatives accounted for as hedges was $1.62 billion, $(10.07) billion and $3.59 billion, respectively, and the related gain/(loss) recognized on the hedged borrowings and bank deposits was $(3.45) billion, $9.95 billion and $(3.53) billion, respectively. The hedge ineffectiveness recognized on these derivatives for the year ended December 2010 was a loss of $1.84 billion. This loss consisted primarily of the amortization of prepaid credit spreads, and was not material for the year ended December 2009 and one month ended December 2008. The gain/(loss) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness was not material for the year ended December 2010 and one month ended December 2008 and was a loss of $1.23 billion for the year ended December 2009.


137


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Net Investment Hedges
The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investment in certainnon-U.S. operationsthrough the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreigncurrency-denominateddebt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreigncurrency-denominateddebt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates.
 
For qualifying net investment hedges, the gains or losses on the hedging instruments, to the extent effective, are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
 
The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net investment hedging. The gains/(losses) below are included in “Currency translation adjustment, net of tax” in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss).
 
               
 
     One Month
   
  Year Ended December  Ended   
in millions 2010  2009  December 2008   
 
Currency hedges
 $(261) $(495) $(212)  
Foreign currency-
denominated debt
  (498)  106   (186)  
 
 
 
The gain/(loss) related to ineffectiveness and the gain/(loss) reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income was not material for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009 and one month ended December 2008.
 
As of December 2010 and December 2009, the firm had designated $3.88 billion and $3.38 billion, respectively, of foreigncurrency-denominateddebt, included in “Unsecuredlong-termborrowings” and “Unsecuredshort-termborrowings,” as hedges of net investments innon-U.S. subsidiaries.

Note 8.  Fair Value Option
 
Other Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities at Fair Value
In addition to all cash and derivative instruments included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” the firm has elected to account for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value under the fair value option.
 
The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:
 
•   reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;
 
•   mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial instruments owned accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and
 
•   address simplification andcost-benefitconsiderations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).
 
Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery ofnon-financialassets (e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.


138


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:
 
•   resale and repurchase agreements;
 
•   securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution;
 
•   certain other secured financings, primarily transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales, debt raised through the firm’s William Street credit extension program and certain other nonrecourse financings;
 
•   certain unsecuredshort-termborrowings, consisting of all promissory notes and commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments;
 
•   certain unsecuredlong-termborrowings, including prepaid commodity transactions and certain hybrid financial instruments;
 
•   certain receivables from customers and counterparties, including certain margin loans, transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases and prepaid variable share forwards;
 
•   certain insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities and certain guarantees;
 
•   certain deposits issued by the firm’s bank subsidiaries, as well as securities held by Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA);
 
•   certain subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs; and
 
•   in general, investments acquired after November 24, 2006, when the fair value option became available, where the firm has significant influence over the investee and would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting.
 
These financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value are generally valued based on discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are generally classified as level 2 because the inputs are observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality.
 
Significant inputs for each category of other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value are as follows:

Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned.  The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates and collateral funding spreads. See Note 9 for further information.
 
Other Secured Financings.  The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (which is determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market yields and recovery assumptions), the frequency of additional collateral calls and the credit spreads of the firm. See Note 9 for further information.
 
UnsecuredShort-termandLong-termBorrowings.  The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecuredshort-termandlong-termborrowings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm, as well as commodity prices in the case of prepaid commodity transactions and, for certain hybrid financial instruments, equity prices, inflation rates and index levels. See Notes 15 and 16 for further information.
 
Receivables from Customers and Counterparties.  The significant inputs to the valuation of certain receivables from customers and counterparties are commodity prices, interest rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows.
 
Insurance and Reinsurance Contracts.  Insurance and reinsurance contracts at fair value are included in “Receivables from customers and counterparties” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” These contracts are valued using market transactions and other market evidence where possible, includingmarket-basedinputs to models, calibration tomarket-clearingtransactions or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Significant level 2 inputs typically include interest rates and inflation risk. Significant level 3 inputs typically include mortality or funding benefit assumptions. When unobservable inputs to a valuation model are significant to the fair value measurement of an instrument, the instrument is classified in level 3.


139


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Deposits.  The significant inputs to the valuation of deposits are interest rates.
 
Gains and Losses on Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value
The “Fair Value Option” columns in the table below present the gains and losses recognized as a result of the firm electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets and financial liabilities. These gains and losses are included in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions” revenues.
 
The amounts in the table exclude contractual interest, which is included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” for all instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense. The table also excludes gains and losses related to financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.
 
Included in the “Other” columns in the table below are:
 
•  Gains and losses on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments included

  in unsecuredshort-termborrowings and unsecuredlong-termborrowings. These gains and losses would have been recognized under other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to account for the entire hybrid instrument at fair value.
 
•   Gains and losses on secured financings related to transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales. These gains and losses are offset by gains and losses on the related instruments included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Receivables from customers and counterparties.”
 
•   Gains and losses on receivables from customers and counterparties related to transfers of assets accounted for as receivables rather than purchases. These gains and losses are offset by gains and losses on the related financial instruments included in “Other secured financings.”
 
•   Gains and losses on subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs. These gains and losses are offset by gains and losses on the financial assets held by the consolidated VIEs.
 


 
                                   
 
  Gains/(Losses) on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value
  Year Ended  One Month Ended 
  December
  December
  November
  December
  2010  2009  2008  2008
   
  Fair
     Fair
     Fair
     Fair
      
  Value
     Value
     Value
     Value
      
in millions Option  Other  Option  Other  Option  Other  Option  Other   
 
Receivables from
customers and
counterparties 1
 $(106) $558  $255  $  $(68) $  $(41) $   
Other secured financings
  (35)  (996)  (822)  48   894   1,290   (2)     
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
  33   (1,488)  (182)  (3,150)  266   6,370   (9)  92   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  152   (1,321)  (884)  (4,150)  915   2,420   (104)  (623)  
Other liabilities and
accrued expenses 2
  (88)  138   (214)     131      7      
Other 3
  (10)     79      (83)     (60)     
 
 
Total
 $(54) $(3,109) $(1,768) $(7,252) $2,055  $10,080  $(209) $(531)  
 
 
 
1.   Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on certain transfers accounted for as receivables rather than purchases and certain reinsurance contracts.
 
2.   Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on certain insurance and reinsurance contracts.
 
3.   Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on resale and repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and loaned and deposits.

140


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Excluding the gains and losses on the instruments accounted for under the fair value option described above, “Market making” and “Other principal transactions” in the consolidated statements of earnings primarily represents gains and losses on “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

Loans and Lending Commitments
The table below presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal amount for loans andlong-termreceivables for which the fair value option was elected.
 


 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Aggregate contractual principal amount of performing loans and
long-termreceivables in excess of the related fair value
 $3,090  $5,660   
Aggregate contractual principal amount of loans on nonaccrual status
and/or more than 90 days past due in excess of the related fair value
  26,653   36,298   
 
 
Total 1
 $29,743  $41,958   
 
 
Aggregate fair value of loans on nonaccrual status
and/or more than 90 days past due
 $3,994  $4,278   
 
 
 
1.  The aggregate contractual principal exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below contractual principal amounts.
 
 

As of December 2010 and December 2009, the fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was a liability of $1.26 billion and $879 million, respectively, and the related total contractual amount of these lending commitments was $51.20 billion and $44.05 billion, respectively.
 
Long-termDebt Instruments
The aggregate contractual principal amount oflong-termdebt instruments (principal andnon-principalprotected) for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $701 million and $752 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $349 million and $672 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to unsecuredlong-termborrowings and the remainder related tolong-termother secured financings.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and
Lending Commitments
The net gains/(losses) attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected were $1.85 billion, $1.65 billion, $(4.61) billion and $(2.06) billion for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively. Changes in the fair value of floating-rate loans and lending commitments are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads. For fixed-rate loans and lending commitments the firm allocates changes in fair value between interest rate-related changes and credit spread-related changes based on changes in interest rates.
 
Impact of Credit Spreads on Borrowings
The table below presents the net gains/(losses) attributable to the impact of changes in the firm’s own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected. The firm calculates the fair value of borrowings by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit spreads.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended 
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Net gains/(losses) including hedges
 $198  $(1,103) $1,127  $(113)  
Net gains/(losses) excluding hedges
  199   (1,116)  1,196   (114)  
 
 

141


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 9.  Collateralized Agreements and Financings
 

Collateralized agreements are securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements or reverse repurchase agreements) and securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), securities loaned and other secured financings. The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities.
 
Collateralized agreements and financings are presented on anet-by-counterpartybasis when a legal right of setoff exists. Interest on collateralized agreements and collateralized financings is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” respectively. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
 
The table below presents the carrying value of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 1
 $188,355  $144,279   
Securities borrowed 2
  166,306   189,939   
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 1
  162,345   128,360   
Securities loaned 2
  11,212   15,207   
 
 
 
1.   Resale and repurchase agreements are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine fair value.
 
2.   As of December 2010 and December 2009, $48.82 billion and $66.33 billion of securities borrowed and $1.51 billion and $6.19 billion of securities loaned were at fair value, respectively.
 
Resale and Repurchase Agreements
A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.
 
The financial instruments purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements typically include U.S. government and federal agency, andinvestment-gradesovereign obligations.
 
The firm receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements, makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements, monitors the market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements, the firm typically requires delivery of collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
Even though repurchase and resale agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold at the maturity of the agreement. However, “repos to maturity” are accounted for as sales. A repo to maturity is a transaction in which the firm transfers a security that has very little, if any, default risk under an agreement to repurchase the security where the maturity date of the repurchase agreement matches the maturity date of the underlying security. Therefore, the firm effectively no longer has a repurchase obligation and has relinquished control over the underlying security and, accordingly, accounts for the transaction as a sale. The firm had no such transactions outstanding as of December 2010 or December 2009.


142


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions
In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash. When the firm returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.
 
In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to a counterparty typically in exchange for cash or securities, or a letter of credit. When the counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.
 
The firm receives securities borrowed, makes delivery of securities loaned, monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires delivery of collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.
 
Securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution, are recorded at fair value under the fair value option.
 
Securities borrowed and loaned within Securities Services are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. As these arrangements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
 
As of December 2010 and December 2009, the firm had $12.86 billion and $3.95 billion, respectively, of securities received under resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions that were segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements. These securities are included in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

Other Secured Financings
In addition to repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings consist of:
 
•   debt raised through the firm’s William Street credit extension program;
 
•   liabilities of consolidated VIEs;
 
•   transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (primarily collateralized central bank financings, pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and
 
•   other structured financing arrangements.
 
Other secured financings include arrangements that are nonrecourse. As of December 2010 and December 2009, nonrecourse other secured financings were $8.42 billion and $10.63 billion, respectively.
 
The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to the following other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminatesnon-economicvolatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes:
 
•   debt raised through the firm’s William Street credit extension program;
 
•   transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales; and
 
•   certain other nonrecourse financings.
 
See Note 8 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value. Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value.
 


143


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

The table below presents information about other secured financings. In the table below:
 
•  short-termsecured financings include financings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and financings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder;

•   long-termsecured financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates; and
 
•   long-termsecured financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
 


 
                           
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009 
  U.S.
  Non-U.S.
     U.S.
  Non-U.S.
      
in millions Dollar  Dollar  Total  Dollar  Dollar  Total   
 
Other secured financings(short-term):
                          
At fair value
 $16,404  $3,684  $20,088  $6,152  $1,077  $7,229   
At amortized cost
  99   4,342   4,441   321   5,381   5,702   
Interest rates 1
  2.96%   0.71%       3.44%   1.57%       
Other secured financings(long-term):
                          
At fair value
  9,594   2,112   11,706   5,899   2,100   7,999   
At amortized cost
  1,565   577   2,142   1,383   1,821   3,204   
Interest rates 1
  2.14%   1.94%       1.83%   2.30%       
                           
 
 
Total 2
 $27,662  $10,715  $38,377  $13,755  $10,379  $24,134   
 
 
Amount of other secured financings collateralized by:
                          
Financial instruments 3
 $27,014  $8,760  $35,774  $11,984  $6,270  $18,254   
Other assets 4
  648   1,955   2,603   1,771   4,109   5,880   
 
 
 
1.   The weighted average interest rates exclude secured financings at fair value and include the effect of hedging activities. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.
 
2.   Includes $8.32 billion and $9.51 billion related to transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” of $8.53 billion and $9.78 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
3.   Includes $25.63 billion and $15.89 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments owned and $10.14 billion and $2.36 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
4.   Primarily real estate and cash.
 
 

The table below presents other secured financings by maturity.
 
       
 
  As of
   
in millions December 2010   
 
Other secured financings(short-term)
 $24,529   
Other secured financings(long-term):
      
2012
  7,270   
2013
  1,724   
2014
  2,181   
2015
  610   
2016-thereafter
  2,063   
 
 
Total other secured financings(long-term)
  13,848   
 
 
Total other secured financings
 $38,377   
 
 

The aggregate contractual principal amount of other secured financings(long-term)for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $352 million and $80 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
Collateral Received and Pledged
The firm receives financial instruments (e.g., U.S. government and federal agency, other sovereign and corporate obligations, as well as equities and convertible debentures) as collateral, primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin loans.


144


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge these financial instruments when entering into repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and other secured financings, collateralizing derivative transactions and meeting firm or customer settlement requirements.
 
The table below presents financial instruments at fair value received as collateral that were available to be delivered or repledged and were delivered or repledged by the firm.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged
 $618,423  $561,766   
Collateral that was delivered or repledged
  447,882   392,892   
 
 
 
The firm also pledges certain financial instruments owned, at fair value in connection with repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and other secured financings, and other assets (primarily real estate and cash) in connection with other secured financings to counterparties who may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them. The table below presents information about assets pledged by the firm.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Financial instruments owned, at fair value pledged to counterparties that:
          
Had the right to deliver or repledge
 $51,010  $31,485   
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge
  112,750   109,114   
Other assets pledged to counterparties that:
          
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge
  4,482   7,934   
 
 

Note 10.  Securitization Activities
 
The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages, corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts, corporate entities, and limited liability companies) and acts as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s residential mortgage securitizations are substantially all in connection with government agency securitizations.
 
Beneficial interests issued by securitization entities are debt or equity securities that give the investors rights to receive all or portions of specified cash inflows to a securitization vehicle and include senior and subordinated shares of principal, interestand/or other cash inflows. The proceeds from the sale of beneficial interests are used to pay the transferor for the financial assets sold to the securitization vehicle or to purchase securities which serve as collateral.
 
The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Prior to securitization, the firm accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.
 
For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Notes 9 and 23 for further information about collateralized financings and interest expense, respectively.
 
The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement with transferred assets, including beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in the form of senior or subordinated securities, and servicing rights that the firm retains at the time of securitization. The firm may also purchase senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with secondarymarket-makingactivities.


145


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Beneficial interests and other interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with securitization vehicles are accounted for at fair value and are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and are generally classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.
 
The table below presents the amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing involvement.
 
           
 
  Year Ended December 
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Residential mortgages
 $47,803  $45,846   
Commercial mortgages
  1,451      
Other financial assets
  12   691   
 
 
Total
 $49,266  $46,537   
 
 
           
 
 
Cash flows on retained interests
 $517  $507   
 
 
 
During the year ended November 2008, the firm securitized $14.46 billion of financial assets, including $6.67 billion of residential mortgages, $773 million of commercial mortgages, and $7.01 billion of other financial assets, primarily in connection with CLOs. During the year ended November 2008, cash flows received on retained interests were $505 million.

During the one month ended December 2008, the firm securitized $604 million of financial assets in which the firm had continuing involvement, including $557 million of residential mortgages and $47 million of other financial assets. During the one month ended December 2008, cash flows received on retained interests were $26 million.
 
The table below presents the firm’s continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets, as well as the total outstanding principal amount of transferred assets in which the firm has continuing involvement. In this table:
 
•   the outstanding principal amount is presented for the purpose of providing information about the size of the securitization entities in which the firm has continuing involvement and is not representative of the firm’s risk of loss;
 
•   for retained or purchased interests, the firm’s risk of loss is limited to the fair value of these interests; and
 
•   purchased interests represent senior and subordinated interests, purchased in connection with secondarymarket-makingactivities, in securitization entities in which the firm also holds retained interests.


 
                           
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009 
  Outstanding
  Fair Value of
  Fair Value of
  Outstanding
  Fair Value of
  Fair Value of
   
  Principal
  Retained
  Purchased
  Principal
  Retained
  Purchased
   
in millions Amount  Interests  Interests  Amount  Interests  Interests   
 
Residentialmortgage-backed
 $73,670  $6,054  $5  $59,410  $3,956  $17   
Commercialmortgage-backed
  5,040   849   82   11,643   56   96   
CDOs, CLOs and other
  12,872   62   229   17,768   93   54   
 
 
Total 1
 $91,582  $6,965  $316  $88,821  $4,105  $167   
 
 
 
1.  Includes $7.64 billion of outstanding principal amount and $16 million of fair value of retained interests as of December 2010 related to securitization entities in which the firm’s only continuing involvement is retained servicing which is not a variable interest.
 
 

146


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had other continuing involvement in the form of derivative transactions and guarantees with certain nonconsolidated VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and guarantees was a net liability of $98 million and $87 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. The notional amounts of these derivatives and guarantees are included in

maximum exposure to loss in the nonconsolidated VIE tables in Note 11.
 
The table below presents the weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests and the sensitivity of this fair value to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions.
 


 
                   
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009
  Type of Retained Interests  Type of Retained Interests
$ in millions Mortgage-Backed  Other 1  Mortgage-Backed  Other 1   
 
Fair value of retained interests
 $6,903  $62  $4,012  $93   
Weighted average life (years)
  7.4   4.2   4.4   4.4   
Constant prepayment rate 2
  11.6%   N.M.   23.5%   N.M.   
Impact of 10% adverse change 2
 $(62)  N.M.  $(44)  N.M.   
Impact of 20% adverse change 2
  (128)  N.M.   (92)  N.M.   
Discount rate 3
  5.3%   N.M.   8.4%   N.M.   
Impact of 10% adverse change
 $(175)  N.M.  $(76)  N.M.   
Impact of 20% adverse change
  (341)  N.M.   (147)  N.M.   
 
 
 
1.   Due to the nature and current fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of December 2010 and December 2009. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $62 million and $93 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
2.   Constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which constant prepayment rate is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.
 
3.   The majority ofmortgage-backedretained interests are U.S. governmentagency-issuedcollateralized mortgage obligations, for which there is no anticipated credit loss. For the remainder of retained interests, the expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate.
 
 

The preceding table does not give effect to the offsetting benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these retained interests. Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually

linear. In addition, the impact of a change in a particular assumption in the preceding table is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.
 
 


147


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 11.  Variable Interest Entities
 

VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are either collateralized by or indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs includes securitization of financial assets, as described in Note 10, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs, as described below. See Note 10 for additional information about securitization activities, including the definition of beneficial interests. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation policies, including the definition of a VIE.
 
The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the following business activities:
 
Mortgage-BackedVIEs and Corporate CDO and CLO VIEs.  The firm sells residential and commercial mortgage loans and securities tomortgage-backedVIEs and corporate bonds and loans to corporate CDO and CLO VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial interests issued bymortgage-backedand corporate CDO and CLO VIEs in connection withmarket-makingactivities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk from derivatives with these VIEs.
 
Certainmortgage-backedand corporate CDO and CLO VIEs, usually referred to as synthetic CDOs orcredit-linkednote VIEs, synthetically create the exposure for the beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit derivatives, rather than purchasing the underlying assets. These credit derivatives may reference a single asset, an index, or a portfolio/basket of assets or indices. See Note 7 for further information on credit derivatives. These VIEs use the funds from the sale of beneficial interests and the premiums received from credit derivative counterparties to purchase securities which serve to collateralize the beneficial interest holdersand/or the credit derivative counterparty. These VIEs may enter into other derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm may be a counterparty to derivatives with these VIEs and generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk.

Real Estate,Credit-Relatedand Other Investing VIEs.  The firm purchases equity and debt securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans and equity securities.
 
OtherAsset-BackedVIEs.  The firm structures VIEs that issue notes to clients and purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by otherasset-backedVIEs in connection withmarket-makingactivities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain otherasset-backedVIEs, primarily total return swaps on the collateral assets held by these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the note holders and receives the return on the collateral assets owned by the VIE. The firm generally can be removed as the total return swap counterparty. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk from derivatives with these VIEs. The firm typically does not sell assets to the otherasset-backedVIEs it structures.
 
Power-Related VIEs.  The firm purchases debt and equity securities issued by and may provide guarantees to VIEs that hold power-related assets. The firm typically does not sell assets to or enter into derivatives with these VIEs.
 
Investment Funds.  The firm purchases equity securities issued by and may provide guarantees to certain of the investment funds it manages. The firm typically does not sell assets to or enter into derivatives with these VIEs.
 
Principal-Protected Note VIEs.  The firm structures VIEs that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-protected note holders and receives the return on the assets owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate the risk it has from the derivatives it enters into with these VIEs. The firm also obtains funding through these VIEs. These VIEs were consolidated by the firm upon adoption of changes to U.S. GAAP on January 1, 2010. See “Recent Accounting Developments” in Note 3 for further information.


148


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Municipal Bond Securitizations.  The firm sells municipal securities to VIEs that issueshort-termqualifyingtax-exemptsecurities. The firm consolidates these VIEs because it owns the residual interests, which allows the firm to make decisions that significantly impact the economic performance of these VIEs.
 
VIE Consolidation Analysis
A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or equity securities) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending commitments) in a VIE that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected losses or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual returns.
 
The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and subordinated debt in residential and commercialmortgage-backedand otherasset-backedsecuritization entities, CDOs and CLOs; loans and lending commitments; limited and general partnership interests; preferred and common equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equityand/orcredit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs are not variable interests because they create rather than absorb risk.
 
The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:
 
•   which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;
 
•   which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;
 
•   the VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;
 
•   the VIE’s capital structure;
 
•   the terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and
 
•   related party relationships.
 
The firm reassesses its initial evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

Nonconsolidated VIEs
The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees, including derivative guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.
 
The tables below present information about nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests. Nonconsolidated VIEs are aggregated based on principal business activity. The nature of the firm’s variable interests can take different forms, as described in the rows under maximum exposure to loss. In the tables below:
 
•   The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with these variable interests.
 
•   For retained and purchased interests and loans and investments, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests.
 
•   For commitments and guarantees, and derivatives, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount, which does not represent anticipated losses and also has not been reduced by unrealized losses already recorded. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for commitments and guarantees, and derivatives provided to VIEs.
 
For December 2010, the table includes nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests (and to which the firm sold assets and has continuing involvement as of December 2010) that were formerly considered to be QSPEs prior to the changes in U.S. GAAP on January 1, 2010. See “Recent Accounting Developments” in Note 3 for further information.
 
The carrying values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs are included in the consolidated statement of financial condition as follows:
 
•   Substantially all assets and liabilities held by the firm related tomortgage-backed,corporate CDO and CLO and otherasset-backedVIEs and investment funds are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively.
 
•   Assets and liabilities held by the firm related to real estate,credit-relatedand other investing VIEs are primarily included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Payables to customers and counterparties” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively.


149


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

•  Assets and liabilities held by the firm related to power-related VIEs are primarily included in “Other

 assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively.


 
                               
 
  Nonconsolidated VIEs
  As of December 2010
     Corporate
  Real estate, credit-
  Other
            
  Mortgage-
  CDOs and
  related and
  asset-
  Power-
  Investment
      
in millions backed  CLOs  other investing  backed  related  funds  Total   
 
Assets in VIE
 $88,755 2 $21,644  $12,568  $5,513  $552  $2,330  $131,362   
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
                              
Assets $8,076  $909  $1,063  $266  $239  $5  $10,558   
Liabilities     114   1   19   14      148   
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
                              
Retained interests $6,887  $50  $  $12  $  $  $6,949   
Purchased interests  839   353      247         1,439   
Commitments and guarantees 1     1   125      69      195   
Derivatives 1  3,128   7,593      1,105         11,826   
Loans and investments  104      1,063      239   5   1,411   
 
 
Total
 $10,958 2 $7,997  $1,188  $1,364  $308  $5  $21,820   
 
 
 
                               
 
  Nonconsolidated VIEs
  As of December 2009
     Corporate
  Real estate, credit-
  Other
     Principal-
      
  Mortgage
  CDOs and
  related and
  asset-
  Power-
  protected
      
in millions CDOs  CLOs  other investing  backed  related  notes 3  Total   
 
Assets in VIE
 $9,114  $32,490  $22,618  $497  $592  $2,209  $67,520   
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
                              
Assets
 $182  $834  $2,386  $16  $224  $12  $3,654   
Liabilities
  10   400   204   12   3   1,357   1,986   
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
                              
Retained and purchased interests
 $135  $259  $  $  $  $  $394   
Commitments and guarantees 1
     3   397      37      437   
Derivatives 1
  4,111   7,577      497      2,512   14,697   
Loans and investments
        2,425      224      2,649   
 
 
Total
 $4,246  $7,839  $2,822  $497  $261  $2,512  $18,177   
 
 
 
1.   The aggregate amounts include $4.52 billion and $4.66 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to guarantees and derivative transactions with VIEs to which the firm transferred assets.
 
2.   Assets in VIE and maximum exposure to loss include $6.14 billion and $3.25 billion, respectively, related to CDOs backed by mortgage obligations as of December 2010.
 
3.   Assets in VIE, carrying value of liabilities and maximum exposure to loss exclude $3.97 billion associated with guarantees related to the firm’s performance under borrowings from these VIEs, which are recorded as liabilities. Substantially all of the $1.36 billion of liabilities relate to additional borrowings from these VIEs.

150


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Consolidated VIEs

The tables below present the carrying amount and classification of assets and liabilities in consolidated VIEs, excluding the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with the firm’s variable interests. Consolidated VIEs are aggregated based on principal business activity and their assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany eliminations. The majority of the assets in principal-protected notes VIEs are intercompany and are eliminated in consolidation.
 
Substantially all the assets in consolidated VIEs can only be used to settle obligations of the VIE.
 
For December 2010, the table below excludes VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than the

settlement of its obligations. For December 2009, prior to the changes in U.S. GAAP, the table below excludes VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest unless the activities of the VIE are primarily related to securitization,asset-backedfinancings or single-lessee leasing arrangements. The increase in total assets of consolidated VIEs from December 2009 to December 2010 is primarily related to (i) VIEs that are required to be disclosed in accordance with ASUNo. 2009-17but that were not required to be disclosed under previous U.S. GAAP, and (ii) VIEs that were consolidated by the firm upon adoption of changes in U.S. GAAP. See “Recent Accounting Developments” in Note 3 for further information. The liabilities of real estate,credit-relatedand other investing VIEs and CDOs,mortgage-backedand otherasset-backedVIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the firm.
 


 
                       
 
  Consolidated VIEs
  As of December 2010
        CDOs,
         
  Real estate,
     mortgage-
         
  credit-related
  Municipal
  backed and
  Principal-
      
  and other
  bond
  other asset-
  protected
      
in millions investing  securitizations  backed  notes  Total   
 
Assets
                      
Cash and cash equivalents
 $248  $  $39  $52  $339   
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
  205            205   
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
  4            4   
Receivables from customers and counterparties
  1      27      28   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  2,531   547   550   648   4,276   
Other assets
  3,369      499      3,868   
 
 
Total
 $6,358  $547  $1,115  $700  $8,720   
 
 
Liabilities
                      
Other secured financings
 $2,434  $630  $417  $3,224  $6,705   
Payables to customers and counterparties
        12      12   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
        55      55   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings, including the current portion of unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  302         2,359   2,661   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  6            6   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
  2,004      32      2,036   
 
 
Total
 $4,746  $630  $516  $5,583  $11,475   
 
 

151


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                           
 
  Consolidated VIEs
  As of December 2009
        CDOs,
            
  Real estate,
     mortgage-
            
  credit-related
  Municipal
  backed and
  Principal-
  Foreign
      
  and other
  bond
  other asset-
  protected
  exchange and
      
in millions investing  securitizations  backed  notes  commodities  Total   
 
Assets
                          
Cash and cash equivalents
 $13  $  $  $  $13  $26   
Receivables from customers and counterparties
  1               1   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  721   679   639   214   134   2,387   
Other assets
  207            80   287   
 
 
Total
 $942  $679  $639  $214  $227  $2,701   
 
 
Liabilities
                          
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value
 $  $  $432  $  $  $432   
Other secured financings
  620   782   151         1,553   
Payables to customers and counterparties
  1               1   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
              169   169   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings, including the current portion of unsecuredlong-termborrowings
           214      214   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
  59            10   69   
 
 
Total
 $680  $782  $583  $214  $179  $2,438   
 
 
 
Note 12.  Other Assets
 

Other assets are generally less liquid,non-financialassets. The table below presents other assets by type.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment 1
 $11,106  $11,380   
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets 2
  5,522   4,920   
Income tax-related assets 3
  6,239   7,937   
Equity-methodinvestments 4
  1,445   1,484   
Miscellaneous receivables and other
  3,747   3,747   
 
 
Total
 $28,059  $29,468   
 
 
 
1.   Net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $7.87 billion and $7.28 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
2.   See Note 13 for further information about goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
 
3.   See Note 26 for further information about income taxes.
 
4.   Excludes investments of $3.77 billion and $2.95 billion accounted for at fair value under the fair value option as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, which are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” See Note 8 for further information.

Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included $6.44 billion and $5.90 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to property, leasehold improvements and equipment that the firm uses in connection with its operations. The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs, consolidated by the firm.
 
Substantially all property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset.
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized on astraight-linebasis over the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
 
Certain costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software.


152


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Property, leasehold improvements and equipment are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. The firm’s policy for impairment testing of property, leasehold improvements and equipment is the same as is used for identifiable intangible assets with finite lives. See Note 13 for further information.
 
Note 13.  Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
 
The tables below present, by operating segment, the carrying values of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, which are included in “Other assets.”
 
           
 
  Goodwill
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Investment Banking:
          
Underwriting
 $125  $125   
Institutional Client Services:
          
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution
  159   159   
Equities Client Execution
  2,361   2,361   
Securities Services
  117   117   
Investing & Lending
  172   218   
Investment Management
  561   563   
 
 
Total
 $3,495  $3,543   
 
 
 
           
 
  Identifiable Intangible
  Assets
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Institutional Client Services:
          
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution
 $608  $21   
Equities Client Execution
  718   1,120   
Investing & Lending
  579   99   
Investment Management
  122   137   
 
 
Total
 $2,027  $1,377   
 
 

Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets at acquisition date.
 
The reorganization of the firm’s segments in 2010 resulted in the reallocation of assets, including goodwill, and liabilities across reporting units. See Note 27 for further information on segments.
 
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist.
 
The goodwill impairment test consists of two steps.
 
•   The first step compares the fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value (including goodwill and identified intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its estimated net book value, goodwill is not impaired.
 
•   If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated net book value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. An impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its fair value.
 
Goodwill was tested for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 and no impairment was identified.
 
To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, both relative value and residual income valuation techniques are used because the firm believes market participants would use these techniques to value the firm’s reporting units.
 
Relative value techniques apply average observableprice-to-earningsmultiples of comparable competitors to certain reporting units’ net earnings. For other reporting units, fair value is estimated usingprice-to-bookmultiples based on residual income techniques, which compare excess reporting unit returns on equity to the firm’s cost of equity capital over along-termstable growth period. The net book value of each reporting unit reflects the estimated amount of shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit.
 
 


153


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Identifiable Intangible Assets

The table below presents the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of

identifiable intangible assets and their weighted average remaining lives.


               
 
    As of December 
       Weighted-Average
     
$ in millions   2010  Remaining Lives 2009   
 
Customer lists
 Gross carrying amount $1,104    $1,117   
  Accumulated amortization  (529)    (472)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $575  10 $645   
               
Broadcast royalties 1
 Gross carrying amount $560    $   
  Accumulated amortization  (61)       
 
 
  Net carrying amount $499  8 $   
               
Commodities-related intangibles 2
 Gross carrying amount $667    $40   
  Accumulated amortization  (52)    (10)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $615  18 $30   
               
Insurance-related intangibles 3
 Gross carrying amount $292    $292   
  Accumulated amortization  (146)    (142)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $146  6 $150   
               
Exchange-tradedfund (ETF) lead market
 Gross carrying amount $138    $138   
maker rights
 Accumulated amortization  (53)    (48)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $85  17 $90   
               
NYSE DMM rights
 Gross carrying amount $714    $714   
  Accumulated amortization  (638)    (294)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $76  11 $420   
               
Other
 Gross carrying amount $101    $130   
  Accumulated amortization  (70)    (88)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $31  4 $42   
               
Total
 Gross carrying amount $3,576    $2,431   
  Accumulated amortization  (1,549)    (1,054)  
 
 
  Net carrying amount $2,027  12 $1,377   
 
 
 
1.   Represents television broadcast royalties held by a VIE consolidated upon adoption of ASUNo. 2009-17.
 
2.   Primarily includes commodity-related customer contracts and relationships, permits and access rights acquired during the first quarter of 2010.
 
3.   Represents value of business acquired related to the firm’s insurance businesses.

154


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets are considered to have finite lives and are amortized over their estimated lives or, in the case of insurance contracts, in proportion to estimated gross profits or premium revenues. Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets is included in “Depreciation and amortization.”
 
The table below presents amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets for the periods presented, and the estimated future amortization expense through 2015 for identifiable intangible assets as of December 2010.
 
       
 
in millions     
 
Amortization expense:
      
One month ended December 2008
 $39   
2008
  240   
2009
  96   
2010 1
  520   
Estimated future amortization expense:
      
2011
  258   
2012
  246   
2013
  231   
2014
  202   
2015
  169   
 
 
 
1.  Includes an impairment loss of $305 million on the firm’s NYSE DMM rights.
 
Identifiable intangible assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be recoverable.

If a recoverability test is necessary, the carrying value of an asset or asset group is compared to the total of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be received over the remaining useful life and from the disposition of the asset or asset group.
 
•   If the total of the undiscounted cash flows exceeds the carrying value, the asset or asset group is not impaired.
 
•   If the total of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value, the asset or asset group is not fully recoverable and an impairment loss is recognized as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset or asset group and its estimated fair value.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2010, as a result of continuing weak operating results in the firm’s NYSE DMM business, the firm tested its NYSE DMM rights for impairment in accordance with ASC 360. Because the carrying value of the firm’s NYSE DMM rights exceeded the projected undiscounted cash flows over the estimated remaining useful life of the firm’s NYSE DMM rights, the firm determined that the rights were impaired. The firm recorded an impairment loss of $305 million, which was included in “Depreciation and amortization” in the firm’s Institutional Client Services segment in the fourth quarter of 2010. This impairment loss represented the excess of the carrying value of the firm’s NYSE DMM rights over their estimated fair value. The firm estimated this fair value, which is a level 3 measurement, using a relative value analysis which incorporated a comparison to another DMM portfolio that was transacted between third parties.
 
 


155


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 14.  Deposits
 

The tables below present deposits held in U.S. andnon-U.S. officesand the maturities of time deposits. Substantially all U.S. deposits were held at GS Bank USA and were interest-bearing and substantially all

non-U.S. depositswere held at Goldman Sachs Bank (Europe) PLC (GS Bank Europe) and wereinterest-bearing.
 


 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
U.S. offices
 $32,353  $32,797   
Non-U.S. offices
  6,216   6,621   
 
 
Total
 $38,569  $39,418   
 
 
 
               
 
  As of December 2010
in millions U.S.  Non-U.S.  Total   
 
2011
 $1,791  $984  $2,775   
2012
  1,018      1,018   
2013
  1,982      1,982   
2014
  497      497   
2015
  795      795   
2016 − thereafter
  1,437      1,437   
 
 
Total
 $7,520 1 $984 2 $8,504   
 
 
 
1.   Includes $106 million greater than $100,000, of which $13 million matures within three months, $4 million matures within three to six months, $32 million matures within six to twelve months, and $57 million matures after twelve months.
 
2.   Substantially all were greater than $100,000.
 
Note 15.  Short-TermBorrowings
 
Short-termborrowings were comprised of the following:
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Other secured financings(short-term)
 $24,529  $12,931   
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings
  47,842   37,516   
 
 
Total
 $72,371  $50,447   
 
 
 
 

See Note 9 for further information about other secured financings.
 
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings include the portion of unsecuredlong-termborrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecuredlong-termborrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

The firm accounts for promissory notes, commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about unsecuredshort-termborrowings that are accounted for at fair value.Short-termborrowings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, and such amounts approximate fair value due to theshort-termnature of the obligations.


156


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



The table below presents unsecuredshort-termborrowings.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Current portion of unsecuredlong-termborrowings 1, 2
 $25,396  $17,928   
Hybrid financial instruments
  13,223   10,741   
Promissory notes
  3,265   2,119   
Commercial paper
  1,306   1,660   
Othershort-termborrowings
  4,652   5,068   
 
 
Total
 $47,842  $37,516   
 
 
           
Weighted average interest rate 3
  1.77%   1.31%   
 
 
 
1.   Includes $10.43 billion and $1.73 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, issued by Group Inc. and guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP).
 
2.   Includes $24.46 billion and $17.05 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, issued by Group Inc.
 
3.   The weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.
 
Note 16.  Long-TermBorrowings
 
Long-termborrowings were comprised of the following:
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Other secured financings(long-term)
 $13,848  $11,203   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  174,399   185,085   
 
 
Total
 $188,247  $196,288   
 
 
 
 

See Note 9 for further information about other secured financings. The table below presents unsecured

long-termborrowings extending through 2060 and consisting principally of senior borrowings.
 


 
                           
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009
  U.S.
  Non-U.S.
     U.S.
  Non-U.S.
      
in millions Dollar  Dollar  Total  Dollar  Dollar  Total   
 
Fixed-rate obligations 1
                          
Group Inc. 
 $81,192  $35,353  $116,545  $77,487  $37,208  $114,695   
Subsidiaries
  1,622   532   2,154   1,630   1,088   2,718   
Floating-rate obligations 2
                          
Group Inc. 
  23,700   27,374   51,074   27,132   33,258   60,390   
Subsidiaries
  3,616   1,010   4,626   5,132   2,150   7,282   
 
 
Total 3
 $110,130  $64,269  $174,399  $111,381  $73,704  $185,085   
 
 
 
1.   Interest rates onU.S. dollar-denominateddebt ranged from 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.52%) and 0.25% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.35%) as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. Interest rates onnon-U.S. dollar-denominateddebt ranged from 0.85% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.65%) and 0.80% to 13.00% (with a weighted average rate of 4.49%) as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
2.   Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the federal funds target rate.Equity-linkedand indexed instruments are included in floating-rate obligations.
 
3.   Includes $8.58 billion and $19.03 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, issued by Group Inc. and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP.

157


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

The table below presents unsecuredlong-termborrowings by maturity date. In the table below:
 
•   unsecuredlong-termborrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecuredlong-termborrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder are included as unsecuredshort-termborrowings;
 
•   unsecuredlong-termborrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates; and

•  unsecuredlong-termborrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
 
The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecuredlong-termborrowings (principal andnon-principalprotected) for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $349 million and $672 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 


 
               
 
  As of December 2010
in millions Group Inc.  Subsidiaries  Total   
 
2012
 $26,130  $192  $26,322   
2013
  23,546   54   23,600   
2014
  17,878   30   17,908   
2015
  16,609   544   17,153   
2016 − thereafter
  83,456   5,960   89,416   
 
 
Total 1
 $167,619  $6,780  $174,399   
 
 
 
1.  Amount includes an increase of $8.86 billion to the carrying amount of certain unsecuredlong-termborrowings related to hedge accounting. The amounts related to the carrying value of unsecuredlong-termborrowings associated with the effect of hedge accounting by year of maturity are as follows: $532 million in 2012, $750 million in 2013, $839 million in 2014, $382 million in 2015, $6.36 billion in 2016 and thereafter.
 
 

The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to effectively convert a substantial portion of its fixed-rate unsecuredlong-termborrowings which are not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate obligations. Accordingly, excluding the cumulative impact of changes in the firm’s credit spreads, the carrying value of unsecuredlong-termborrowings approximated fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009. For unsecuredlong-termborrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option, the

cumulative impact due to changes in the firm’s own credit spreads would be a reduction in the carrying value of total unsecuredlong-termborrowings of less than 1% as of both December 2010 and December 2009. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.
 
The table below presents unsecuredlong-termborrowings, after giving effect to hedging activities that converted a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations to floating-rate obligations.
 


 
                           
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009
in millions Group Inc.  Subsidiaries  Total  Group Inc.  Subsidiaries  Total   
 
Fixed-rate obligations
                          
At fair value
 $16  $6  $22  $  $754  $754   
At amortized cost 1
  3,956   1,921   5,877   1,896   1,670   3,566   
Floating-rate obligations
                          
At fair value
  13,428   4,720   18,148   13,668   6,969   20,637   
At amortized cost 1
  150,219   133   150,352   159,521   607   160,128   
 
 
Total
 $167,619  $6,780  $174,399  $175,085  $10,000  $185,085   
 
 
 
1.  The weighted average interest rates on the aggregate amounts were 1.90% (5.69% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.74% related to floating-rate obligations) and 1.42% (5.49% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.32% related to floating-rate obligations) as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. These rates exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

158


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Subordinated Borrowings

Unsecuredlong-termborrowings include subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior to senior borrowings. As of

December 2010 and December 2009, subordinated debt had maturities ranging from 2012 to 2038 and 2017 to 2038, respectively. The table below presents subordinated borrowings.
 


 
                           
 
  As of December 2010  As of December 2009
  Par
  Carrying
     Par
  Carrying
      
in millions Amount  Amount  Rate 1  Amount  Amount  Rate 1   
 
Subordinated debt 2
 $14,345  $16,977   1.19% $14,077  $15,593   1.51%  
Junior subordinated debt
  5,082   5,716   2.50   5,085   5,398   2.65   
 
 
Total subordinated borrowings
 $19,427  $22,693   1.54% $19,162  $20,991   1.82%  
 
 
 
1.   Weighted average interest rate after giving effect to fair value hedges used to convert these fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities. See below for information about interest rates on junior subordinated debt.
 
2.   As of December 2010, the par amount and carrying amount include $13.81 billion and $16.44 billion, respectively, of subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. As of December 2009, the par amount and carrying amount include $13.78 billion and $15.30 billion, respectively, of subordinated debt issued by Group Inc.
 
Junior Subordinated Debt
 

Junior Subordinated Debt Issued to APEX Trusts.  In 2007, Group Inc. issued a total of $2.25 billion of remarketable junior subordinated debt to Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (APEX Trusts), Delaware statutory trusts. The APEX Trusts issued $2.25 billion of guaranteed perpetual Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities (APEX) to third parties and a de minimis amount of common securities to Group Inc. Group Inc. also entered into contracts with the APEX Trusts to sell $2.25 billion of Group Inc. perpetualnon-cumulativepreferred stock (the stock purchase contracts).
 
The APEX Trusts are wholly owned finance subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.
 
The firm accounted for the stock purchase contracts as equity instruments and, accordingly, recorded the cost of the stock purchase contracts as a reduction to additionalpaid-incapital. See Note 19 for information

on the preferred stock that Group Inc. will issue in connection with the stock purchase contracts.
 
The firm pays interestsemi-annuallyon $1.75 billion of junior subordinated debt issued to Goldman Sachs Capital II at a fixed annual rate of 5.59% and the debt matures on June 1, 2043. The firm pays interest quarterly on $500 million of junior subordinated debt issued to Goldman Sachs Capital III at a rate per annum equal tothree-monthLIBOR plus 0.57% and the debt matures on September 1, 2043. In addition, the firm makes contract payments at a rate of 0.20% per annum on the stock purchase contracts held by the APEX Trusts.
 
The firm has the right to defer payments on the junior subordinated debt and the stock purchase contracts, subject to limitations, and therefore cause payment on the APEX to be deferred. During any such extension period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common or preferred stock.
 
 


159


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

In connection with the APEX issuance, the firm covenanted in favor of certain of its debtholders, who were initially and are currently the holders of Group Inc.’s 6.345% Junior Subordinated Debentures due February 15, 2034, that, subject to certain exceptions, the firm would not redeem or purchase (i) Group Inc.’s junior subordinated debt issued to the APEX Trusts prior to the applicable stock purchase date or (ii) APEX or shares of Group Inc.’s perpetualNon-CumulativePreferred Stock, Series E (Series E Preferred Stock) or perpetualNon-CumulativePreferred Stock, Series F (Series F Preferred Stock) prior to the date that is ten years after the applicable stock purchase date, unless the applicable redemption or purchase price does not exceed a maximum amount determined by reference to the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds that the firm has received from the sale of qualifying equity securities during the 180-dayperiod preceding the redemption or purchase.
 
Junior Subordinated Debt Issued in Connection with Trust Preferred Securities.  Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in 2004 to Goldman Sachs Capital I (Trust), a Delaware statutory trust. The Trust issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests to third

parties and $85 million of common beneficial interests to Group Inc. and used the proceeds from the issuances to purchase the junior subordinated debentures from Group Inc. The Trust is a wholly owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.
 
The firm pays interestsemi-annuallyon the debentures at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debentures mature on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates for the debentures. The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the debentures, and, therefore, cause payment on the Trust’s preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to ten consecutivesemi-annualperiods. During any such extension period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common stock. The Trust is not permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.
 
 


160


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 17.  Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses
 
The table below presents other liabilities and accrued expenses by type.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Compensation and benefits
 $9,089  $11,170   
Insurance-related liabilities
  11,381   11,832   
Noncontrolling interests 1
  872   960   
Income tax-related liabilities 2
  2,042   4,022   
Employee interests in consolidated funds
  451   416   
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs 3
  1,526   612   
Accrued expenses and other
  4,650   4,843   
 
 
Total
 $30,011  $33,855   
 
 
 
1.   Includes $593 million and $598 million related to consolidated investment funds as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
2.   See Note 26 for further information about income taxes.
 
3.   Includes $909 million related to entities consolidated upon adoption of ASUNo. 2009-17.
 
The table below presents insurance-related liabilities by type.
 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Separate account liabilities
 $4,024  $4,186   
Liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims
  6,308   6,484   
Contract holder account balances
  801   874   
Reserves for guaranteed minimum death and income benefits
  248   288   
 
 
Total
 $11,381  $11,832   
 
 
 

Separate account liabilities are supported by separate account assets, representing segregated contract holder funds under variable annuity and life insurance contracts. Separate account assets are included in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”
 
Liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims include liabilities arising from reinsurance provided by the firm to other insurers. The firm had a receivable of $1.26 billion and $1.29 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to such reinsurance contracts, which is reported in “Receivables from customers and counterparties.” In addition, the firm has ceded risks to reinsurers related to certain of its liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims and had a receivable of $839 million and $870 million as of December 2010 and December 2009,

respectively, related to such reinsurance contracts, which is reported in “Receivables from customers and counterparties.” Contracts to cede risks to reinsurers do not relieve the firm of its obligations to contract holders. Liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims include $2.05 billion and $1.84 billion carried at fair value under the fair value option as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
Reserves for guaranteed minimum death and income benefits represent a liability for the expected value of guaranteed benefits in excess of projected annuity account balances. These reserves are based on total payments expected to be made less total fees expected to be assessed over the life of the contract.
 
 


161


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 18.  Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
 
Commitments
The table below presents the firm’s commitments.
 
                           
 
  Commitment Amount by Period
   
  of Expiration as of December 2010  Total Commitments as of 
     2012-
  2014-
  2016-
  December
  December
   
in millions 2011  2013  2015  Thereafter  2010  2009   
 
                           
Commitments to extend credit 1
                          
Commercial lending:
                          
Investment-grade
 $4,390  $6,142  $1,730  $68  $12,330  $11,415   
Non-investment-grade
  1,595   4,935   2,899   2,490   11,919   8,153   
William Street credit extension program
  5,430   16,194   5,475   284   27,383   25,218   
Warehouse financing
  120   145         265   12   
 
 
Total commitments to extend credit
  11,535   27,416   10,104   2,842   51,897   44,798   
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements 2
  46,886            46,886   34,844   
Forward starting repurchase and securities lending agreements 2
  12,509            12,509   10,545   
Underwriting commitments
  835            835   1,811   
Letters of credit 3
  1,992   218         2,210   1,804   
Investment commitments
  2,583   5,877   1,860   773   11,093   13,240   
Other
  241   89   40   19   389   380   
 
 
Total commitments
 $76,581  $33,600  $12,004  $3,634  $125,819  $107,422   
 
 
 
1.   Commitments to extend credit are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties.
 
2.   These agreements generally settle within three business days.
 
3.   Consists of commitments under letters of credit issued by various banks which the firm provides to counterparties in lieu of securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin deposit requirements.
 
 
Commitments to Extend Credit

The firm’s commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend with fixed termination dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to borrowing. The total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future cash flows because the firm may syndicate all or substantial portions of these commitments and commitments can expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request.
 
The firm generally accounts for commitments to extend credit at fair value. Losses, if any, are generally recorded, net of any fees in “Other principal transactions.”
 
Commercial Lending.  The firm’s commercial lending commitments are generally extended in connection with contingent acquisition financing and other types of corporate lending as well as commercial real estate financing. Commitments that are extended for contingent acquisition financing are often intended to beshort-termin nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources.

William Street Credit Extension Program.  Substantially all of the commitments provided under the William Street credit extension program are toinvestment-gradecorporate borrowers. Commitments under the program are principally extended by William Street Commitment Corporation (Commitment Corp.), a consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of GS Bank USA, GS Bank USA, and other subsidiaries of GS Bank USA. The commitments extended by Commitment Corp. are supported, in part, by funding raised by William Street Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.), another consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of GS Bank USA.
 
The assets and liabilities of Commitment Corp. and Funding Corp. are legally separated from other assets and liabilities of the firm. The assets of Commitment Corp. and of Funding Corp. will not be available to their respective shareholders until the claims of their respective creditors have been paid. In addition, no affiliate of either Commitment Corp. or Funding Corp., except in limited cases as expressly agreed in writing, is responsible for any obligation of either entity.


162


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) provides the firm with credit loss protection that is generally limited to 95% of the first loss the firm realizes on approved loan commitments, up to a maximum of approximately $950 million, with respect to most of the William Street commitments. In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firm’s request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of additional losses on such commitments, up to a maximum of $1.13 billion, of which $375 million of protection had been provided as of both December 2010 and December 2009. The firm also uses other financial instruments to mitigate credit risks related to certain William Street commitments not covered by SMFG.
 
Warehouse Financing.  The firm provides financing to clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements are secured by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of residential and commercial mortgages.
 
Contingent and Forward Starting Resale and Securities Borrowing Agreements/Forward Starting Repurchase and Securities Lending Agreements
The firm enters into resale and securities borrowing agreements and repurchase and securities lending agreements that settle at a future date. The firm also enters into commitments to provide contingent financing to its clients through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments can expire unused.

Investment Commitments
The firm’s investment commitments consist of commitments to invest in private equity, real estate and other assets directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages. These commitments include $1.97 billion and $2.46 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to real estate private investments and $9.12 billion and $10.78 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to corporate and other private investments. Of these amounts, $10.10 billion and $11.38 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, relate to commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm, which will be funded at market value on the date of investment.
 
Leases
The firm has contractual obligations underlong-termnoncancelable lease agreements, principally for office space, expiring on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges. The table below presents future minimum rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals.
 
       
 
  As of
   
in millions December 2010   
 
2011
 $528   
2012
  412   
2013
  340   
2014
  311   
2015
  279   
2016-thereafter
  1,520   
 
 
Total
 $3,390   
 
 
 
Rent charged to operating expense for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and December 2008 was $508 million, $434 million and $438 million, respectively.
 
Operating leases include office space held in excess of current requirements. Rent expense relating to space held for growth is included in “Occupancy” in the consolidated statements of earnings. The firm records a liability, based on the fair value of the remaining lease rentals reduced by any potential or existing sublease rentals, for leases where the firm has ceased using the space and management has concluded that the firm will not derive any future economic benefits. Costs to terminate a lease before the end of its term are recognized and measured at fair value on termination.


163


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Contingencies

Legal Proceedings.  See Note 30 for information on legal proceedings, including certainmortgage-relatedmatters.
 
CertainMortgage-RelatedContingencies.  There are multiple areas of focus by regulators, governmental agencies and others within the mortgage market that may impact originators, issuers, servicers and investors. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the nature and extent of any potential exposure for participants in this market.
 
•  Representations and Warranties.  The firm was not a significant originator of residential mortgage loans. The firm did purchase loans originated by others and generally receivedloan-levelrepresentations of the type described below from the originators. During the period 2005 through 2008, the firm sold approximately $10 billion of loans to government-sponsored enterprises and approximately $11 billion of loans to other third parties. In addition, the firm transferred loans to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles. As of December 2010, the outstanding balance of the loans transferred to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008 was approximately $49 billion. This amount reflects paydowns and cumulative losses of approximately $76 billion ($14 billion of which are cumulative losses). A small number of these Goldman Sachs-issued securitizations with an outstanding principal balance of $739 million and total paydowns and cumulative losses of $1.32 billion ($410 million of which are cumulative losses) were structured with credit protection obtained from monoline insurers. In connection with both sales of loans and securitizations, the firm provided loan level representations of the type described belowand/orassigned the loan level representations from the party from whom the firm purchased the loans.
 
The loan level representations made in connection with the sale or securitization of mortgage loans varied among transactions but were generally detailed representations applicable to each loan in the portfolio and addressed matters relating to the property, the borrower and the note. These representations generally included, but were not limited to, the following: (i) certain attributes of the borrower’s financial status;(ii) loan-to-valueratios,

owner occupancy status and certain other characteristics of the property; (iii) the lien position; (iv) the fact that the loan was originated in compliance with law; and (v) completeness of the loan documentation.
 
To date, repurchase claims and actual repurchases of residential mortgage loans based upon alleged breaches of representations have not been significant and have mainly involvedgovernment-sponsoredenterprises. During the year ended December 2010, the firm incurred an immaterial loss on the repurchase of less than $50 million of loans. As of December 2010, outstanding repurchase claims were not material.
 
Ultimately, the firm’s exposure to claims for repurchase of residential mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations will depend on a number of factors including the following: (i) the extent to which these claims are actually made; (ii) the extent to which there are underlying breaches of representations that give rise to valid claims for repurchase; (iii) in the case of loans originated by others, the extent to which the firm could be held liable and, if it is, the firm’s ability to pursue and collect on any claims against the parties who made representations to the firm;(iv) macro-economicfactors, including developments in the residential real estate market; and (v) legal and regulatory developments.
 
Based upon the large number of defaults in residential mortgages, including those sold or securitized by the firm, there is a potential for increasing claims for repurchases. However, the firm is not in a position to make a meaningful estimate of that exposure at this time.
 
•  Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Loan Servicing Practices and Procedures.  The firm has received a number of requests for information from regulators and other agencies, including state attorneys general and banking regulators, as part of anindustry-widefocus on the practices of lenders and servicers in connection with foreclosure proceedings and other aspects of mortgage loan servicing practices and procedures. The requests seek information about the foreclosure and servicing protocols and activities of Litton Loan Servicing LP (Litton), the firm’s residential mortgage servicing subsidiary, and any deviations therefrom. The firm is cooperating with the requests and is reviewing


164


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

 Litton’s practices in this area. These inquiries may result in the imposition of fines or other regulatory action. Litton temporarily suspended evictions and foreclosure and real estate owned sales in a number of states, including those with judicial foreclosure procedures. Litton has recently resumed some of these activities. As of the date of this filing, the firm is not aware of foreclosures where the underlying foreclosure decision was not warranted. As of December 2010, the value of the firm’s mortgage servicing rights was not material and any impact on their value would not be material to the firm. Similarly, at this time the firm does not expect the suspension of evictions and foreclosure and real estate owned sales to lead to a material increase in its mortgage servicing-related advances.
 
Guaranteed Minimum Death and Income Benefits.  In connection with its insurance business, the firm is contingently liable to provide guaranteed minimum death and income benefits to certain contract holders and has established a reserve related to $6.11 billion and $6.35 billion of contract holder account balances as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, for such benefits. The weighted average attained age of these contract holders was 69 years and 68 years as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
The net amount at risk, representing guaranteed minimum death and income benefits in excess of contract holder account balances, was $1.60 billion and $1.96 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. See Note 17 for further information about insurance liabilities.
 
Guarantees
The firm enters into various derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. Disclosures about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled and the firm has

no basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held the underlying instruments at inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for certain large, internationally active commercial and investment bank counterparties and certain other counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such contracts in the table below.
 
The firm, in its capacity as an agency lender, indemnifies most of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the securities borrowed.
 
In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a contractual arrangement with that beneficiary.
 
The table below presents certain information about derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee and certain other guarantees. The maximum payout in the table below is based on the notional amount of the contract and therefore does not represent anticipated losses. See Note 7 for further information about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee which are not included below.
 
Because derivatives are accounted for at fair value, carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/performance risk for individual contracts. However, the carrying values below exclude the effect of a legal right of setoff that may exist under an enforceable netting agreement and the effect of netting of cash collateral posted under credit support agreements.


165


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                           
 
     Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration 
  As of December 2010
  Carrying
                  
  Value of
     2012-
  2014-
  2016-
      
in millions Net Liability  2011  2013  2015  Thereafter  Total   
 
Derivatives 1
 $8,264  $278,204  $262,222  $42,063  $57,413  $639,902   
Securities lending indemnifications 2
     27,468            27,468   
Other financial guarantees 3
  28   415   1,372   299   788   2,874   
 
 
 
1.   These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee and, therefore, these amounts do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to its derivative activities.
 
2.   Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $28.21 billion as of December 2010. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these guarantees.
 
3.   Other financial guarantees excludes certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in “Commitments to extend credit.” See table in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments.
 

As of December 2009, the carrying value of the net liability related to derivative guarantees and other financial guarantees was $7.22 billion and $207 million, respectively.
 
Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts.  The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I, II and III, and other entities for the limited purpose of issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not consolidate these entities. See Note 16 for further information about the transactions involving Goldman Sachs Capital I, II and III.
 
The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under the borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments due on the securities issued by these entities.
 
Management believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these entities other than those required under the terms of the borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain expenses incurred by these entities.

Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers.  In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.
 
The firm also indemnifies some clients against potential losses incurred in the event specifiedthird-partyservice providers, includingsub-custodiansandthird-partybrokers, improperly execute transactions. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks as well as securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults.
 
In connection with its prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle on behalf of its clients the transactions entered into by them with other brokerage firms. The firm’s obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the client’s account as well as any proceeds received from the transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and certain other matters involving the borrower.


166


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 2010 and December 2009.
 
Other Representations, Warranties and Indemnifications.  The firm provides representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions such as securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives.
 
In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of certainnon-U.S. taxlaws.
 
These indemnifications generally are standard contractual terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 2010 and December 2009.

Guarantees of Subsidiaries.  Group Inc. fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by GS Finance Corp., a wholly owned finance subsidiary of the firm.
 
Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA, GS Bank Europe and Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC), subject to certain exceptions.
 
In November 2008, the firm contributed subsidiaries into GS Bank USA, and Group Inc. agreed to guarantee certain losses, includingcredit-relatedlosses, relating to assets held by the contributed entities. In connection with this guarantee, Group Inc. also agreed to pledge to GS Bank USA certain collateral, including interests in subsidiaries and other illiquid assets.
 
In addition, Group Inc. guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on atransaction-by-transactionbasis, as negotiated with counterparties. Group Inc. is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under its subsidiary guarantees; however, because these guaranteed obligations are also obligations of consolidated subsidiaries included in the table above, Group Inc.’s liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed.


167


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Note 19.  Shareholders’ Equity          
 
 

Common Equity
Dividends declared per common share were $1.40 in 2010, $1.05 in 2009 and $1.40 in 2008. On January 18, 2011, Group Inc. declared a dividend of $0.35 per common share to be paid on March 30, 2011 to common shareholders of record on March 2, 2011. On December 15, 2008, the Board declared a dividend of $0.4666666 per common share to be paid on March 26, 2009 to common shareholders of record on February 24, 2009. The dividend of $0.4666666 per common share is reflective of a four-month period (December 2008 through March 2009), due to the change in the firm’s fiscal year-end.
 
During 2010 and 2009, the firm repurchased 25.3 million and 19,578 shares of its common stock at an average cost per share of $164.48 and $80.83, for a total cost of $4.16 billion and $2 million, respectively. In addition, to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding requirements related to the delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units (RSUs), the firm cancelled 6.2 million and 11.2 million of RSUs with a total value of $972 million and $863 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to substantially offset increases in share count over time resulting from employeeshare-basedcompensation and to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regularopen-marketpurchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s issuance of shares resulting from employeeshare-basedcompensation as well as its current and projected capital position (i.e., comparisons of the firm’s desired level of capital to its actual level of capital), but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s common stock. Any repurchase of the firm’s common stock requires approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board).
 
Preferred Equity
The table below presents perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding.
 


 
                   
 
            Redemption
   
  Shares
 Shares
 Shares
   Earliest
 Value
   
Series Authorized Issued Outstanding Dividend Rate Redemption Date in millions   
 
A
 50,000  30,000  29,999 3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 3.75% per annum
 April 25, 2010 $750   
B
 50,000  32,000  32,000 6.20% per annum October 31, 2010  800   
C
 25,000  8,000  8,000 3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 4.00% per annum
 October 31, 2010  200   
D
 60,000  54,000  53,999 3 month LIBOR + 0.67%,
with floor of 4.00% per annum
 May 24, 2011  1,350   
G
 50,000  50,000  50,000 10.00% per annum October 1, 2008  5,500   
 
 
  235,000  174,000  173,998     $8,600   
 
 

168


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Each share ofnon-cumulativeSeries A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends.
 
Each share of 10% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G (Series G Preferred Stock) issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $100,000 and is redeemable at the firm’s option, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, at a redemption price equal to $110,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends. In connection with the issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock, the firm issued a five-year warrant to purchase up to 43.5 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $115.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time until October 1, 2013 and the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrant and the exercise price are subject to adjustment for certain dilutive events.
 
All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation. Dividends on each series of preferred stock, if declared, are payable quarterly in arrears. The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period.
 
In 2007, the Board authorized 17,500.1 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and 5,000.1 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, in connection with the APEX Trusts. See Note 16 for further information.
 
Under the stock purchase contracts with the APEX Trusts, Group Inc. will issue on the relevant stock purchase dates (on or before June 1, 2013 and September 1, 2013 for Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, respectively) one share of Series E and Series F Preferred Stock to Goldman Sachs Capital II and III, respectively, for each $100,000 principal amount of subordinated debt held by these trusts. When issued, each share of Series E and Series F Preferred Stock will have a par value of $0.01 and a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share.

Dividends on Series E Preferred Stock, if declared, will be payablesemi-annuallyat a fixed annual rate of 5.79% if the stock is issued prior to June 1, 2012 and quarterly thereafter, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of(i) three-monthLIBOR plus 0.77% and (ii) 4.00%.
 
Dividends on Series F Preferred Stock, if declared, will be payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal tothree-monthLIBOR plus 0.77% if the stock is issued prior to September 1, 2012 and quarterly thereafter, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of(i) three-monthLIBOR plus 0.77% and (ii) 4.00%.
 
The preferred stock may be redeemed at the option of the firm on the stock purchase dates or any day thereafter, subject to approval from the Federal Reserve Board and certain covenant restrictions governing the firm’s ability to redeem or purchase the preferred stock without issuing common stock or other instruments withequity-likecharacteristics.
 
In June 2009, Group Inc. repurchased from the U.S. Treasury the 10.0 million shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H (Series H Preferred Stock), that were issued to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. The repurchase resulted in aone-timepreferred dividend of $426 million, which is included in the consolidated statement of earnings for the year ended December 2009. Thisone-timepreferred dividend represented the difference between the carrying value and the redemption value of the Series H Preferred Stock. In connection with the issuance of the Series H Preferred Stock in October 2008, the firm issued a10-yearwarrant to the U.S. Treasury to purchase up to 12.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $122.90 per share. The firm repurchased this warrant in full in July 2009 for $1.1 billion. This amount was recorded as a reduction to additionalpaid-incapital.
 
On January 18, 2011, Group Inc. declared dividends of $239.58, $387.50, $255.56 and $255.56 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, to be paid on February 10, 2011 to preferred shareholders of record on January 26, 2011. In addition, Group Inc. declared a dividend of $2,500 per share of Series G Preferred Stock to be paid on February 10, 2011 to preferred shareholders of record on January 26, 2011.


169


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



The table below presents preferred dividends declared on preferred stock.
 
                                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended
  December 2010  December 2009  November 2008  December 2008
   
  per share  in millions  per share  in millions  per share  in millions  per share  in millions   
   
Series A
 $950.51  $28  $710.94  $21  $1,068.86  $32  $239.58  $7   
Series B
  1,550.00   50   1,162.50   38   1,550.00   50   387.50   12   
Series C
  1,013.90   8   758.34   6   1,110.18   9   255.56   2   
Series D
  1,013.90   55   758.34   41   1,105.18   59   255.56   14   
Series G
  10,000.00   500   7,500.00   375   1,083.33   54   2,500.00   125   
Series H 1
        12.50   125         14.86   149   
 
 
Total
     $641      $606      $204      $309   
 
 
 
1.  Amounts for the year ended December 2009 exclude theone-timepreferred dividend of $426 million related to the repurchase of the TARP Series H Preferred Stock in the second quarter of 2009, as well as $44 million of accrued dividends paid on repurchase of the Series H Preferred Stock.
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
The table below presents accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) by type.
 
           
 
  As of December 
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
 $(170) $(132)  
Pension and postretirement liability adjustments, net of tax
  (229)  (317)  
Net unrealized gains onavailable-for-salesecurities, net of tax 1
  113   87   
 
 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 $(286) $(362)  
 
 
 
1.  Substantially all consists of net unrealized gains onavailable-for-salesecurities held by the firm’s insurance subsidiaries as of both December 2010 and December 2009.

170


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 20.  Regulation and Capital Adequacy
 

The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As a bank holding company, the firm is subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements that are computed in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy regulations currently applicable to bank holding companies (Basel 1). These capital requirements, which are based on the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), are expressed as capital ratios that compare measures of capital torisk-weightedassets (RWAs). The firm’s bank depository institution subsidiaries, including GS Bank USA, are subject to similar capital requirements.
 
Under the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action that is applicable to GS Bank USA, the firm and its bank depository institution subsidiaries must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certainoff-balance-sheetitems as calculated under regulatory reporting practices. The firm and its bank depository institution subsidiaries’ capital amounts, as well as GS Bank USA’s prompt corrective action classification, are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Many of the firm’s subsidiaries, including GS&Co. and the firm’s otherbroker-dealersubsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements as described below.
 
Group Inc.
Federal Reserve Board regulations require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 4% and a minimum total capital ratio of 8%. The required minimum Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital ratio in order to be considered a “well-capitalized” bank holding company under the Federal Reserve Board guidelines are 6% and 10%, respectively. Bank holding companies may be expected to maintain ratios well above the minimum

levels, depending on their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies that have received the highest supervisory rating under Federal Reserve Board guidelines or that have implemented the Federal Reserve Board’srisk-basedcapital measure for market risk. Other bank holding companies must have a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.
 
The table below presents information regarding Group Inc.’s regulatory capital ratios.
 
           
 
  As of December
$ in millions 2010  2009   
 
Tier 1 capital
 $71,233  $64,642   
Tier 2 capital
  13,660   13,828   
Total capital
  84,893   78,470   
Risk-weightedassets
  444,290   431,890   
Tier 1 capital ratio
  16.0%   15.0%   
Total capital ratio
  19.1%   18.2%   
Tier 1 leverage ratio
  8.0%   7.6%   
 
 
 
RWAs under the Federal Reserve Board’srisk-basedcapital guidelines are calculated based on the amount of market risk and credit risk. RWAs for market risk are determined by reference to the firm’s Value-at-Risk (VaR) models, supplemented by other measures to capture risks not reflected in VaR models. Credit risk for on-balance sheet assets is based on the balance sheet value. For off-balance sheet exposures, including OTC derivatives and commitments, a credit equivalent amount is calculated based on the notional amount of each trade. All such assets and amounts are then assigned a risk weight depending on, among other things, whether the counterparty is a sovereign, bank or qualifying securities firm or other entity (or if collateral is held, depending on the nature of the collateral).
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital under Basel 1 divided by average adjusted total assets (which includes adjustments for disallowed goodwill and intangible assets, and the carrying value of equity investments innon-financialcompanies that are subject to deductions from Tier 1 capital).
 
 


171


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Regulatory Reform

The firm is currently working to implement the requirements set out in the Federal Reserve Board’s Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Bank Holding Companies: Internal-Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches, which are based on the advanced approaches under the Revised Framework for the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards issued by the Basel Committee as applicable to Group Inc. as a bank holding company (Basel 2). U.S. banking regulators have incorporated the Basel 2 framework into the existingrisk-basedcapital requirements by requiring that internationally active banking organizations, such as Group Inc., transition to Basel 2 following the successful completion of a parallel run.
 
In addition, the Basel Committee has undertaken a program of substantial revisions to its capital guidelines. In particular, the changes in the “Basel 2.5” guidelines will result in increased capital requirements for market risk; additionally, the Basel 3 guidelines issued by the Basel Committee in December 2010 revise the definition of Tier 1 capital, introduce Tier 1 common equity as a regulatory metric, set new minimum capital ratios (including a new “capital conservation buffer,” which must be composed exclusively of Tier 1 common equity and will be in addition to the other capital ratios), introduce a Tier 1 leverage ratio within international guidelines for the first time, and make substantial revisions to the computation ofrisk-weightedassets for credit exposures. Implementation of the new requirements is expected to take place over an extended transition period, starting at the end of 2011 (for Basel 2.5) and end of 2012 (for Basel 3). Although the U.S. federal banking agencies have now issued proposed rules that are intended to implement certain aspects of the Basel 2.5 guidelines, they have not yet addressed all aspects of those guidelines or the Basel 3 changes. In addition, both the Basel Committee and U.S. banking regulators implementing the Dodd-Frank Act have indicated that they will impose more stringent capital standards on systemically important financial

institutions. Although the criteria for treatment as a systemically important financial institution have not yet been determined, it is probable that they will apply to the firm. Therefore, the regulations ultimately applicable to the firm may be substantially different from those that have been published to date.
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) will subject the firm at a firmwide level to the same leverage andrisk-basedcapital requirements that apply to depository institutions and directs banking regulators to impose additional capital requirements as disclosed above. The Federal Reserve Board will be required to begin implementing the new leverage andrisk-basedcapital regulation by January 2012. As a consequence of these changes, Tier 1 capital treatment for the firm’s junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and the firm’s cumulative preferred stock will be phased out over a three-year period beginning on January 1, 2013. The interaction between the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee’s proposed changes adds further uncertainty to the firm’s future capital requirements.
 
A number of other governmental entities and regulators, including the U.S. Treasury, the European Union and the U.K.’s Financial Services Authority (FSA), have also proposed or announced changes which will result in increased capital requirements for financial institutions.
 
As a consequence of these developments, the firm expects minimum capital ratios required to be maintained under Federal Reserve Board regulations will be increased and changes in the prescribed calculation methodology are expected to result in higher RWAs and lower capital ratios than those currently computed.
 
The capital requirements of several of the firm’s subsidiaries will also be impacted in the future by the various proposals from the Basel Committee, theDodd-FrankAct, and other governmental entities and regulators.
 


172


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Bank Subsidiaries
GS Bank USA, an FDIC-insured, New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC, is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York State Banking Department and is subject to minimum capital requirements (described further below) that are calculated in a manner similar to those applicable to bank holding companies. GS Bank USA computes its capital ratios in accordance with the regulatory capital guidelines currently applicable to state member banks, which are based on Basel 1 as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, for purposes of assessing the adequacy of its capital. In order to be considered a “well-capitalized” depository institution under the Federal Reserve Board guidelines, GS Bank USA must maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. In November 2008, the firm contributed subsidiaries into GS Bank USA. In connection with this contribution, GS Bank USA agreed with the Federal Reserve Board to minimum capital ratios in excess of these “well-capitalized” levels. Accordingly, for a period of time, GS Bank USA is expected to maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8%, a total capital ratio of at least 11% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 6%.
 
The table below presents information regarding GS Bank USA’s regulatory capital ratios under Basel 1 as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board.
 
           
 
  As of December
  2010  2009   
 
Tier 1 capital ratio
  18.8%   14.9%   
Total capital ratio
  23.9%   19.3%   
Tier 1 leverage ratio
  19.5%   15.4%   
 
 
 
Effective January 18, 2011, upon receiving regulatory approval, GS Bank USA declared a dividend of $1.00 billion to Group, Inc. In conjunction with the approval of this dividend, GS Bank USA also received approval to repay $4.00 billion in subordinated debt to Group, Inc. The dividend and subordinated debt repayments took place on February 1, 2011, and would have reduced GS Bank USA’s Tier 1 and total capital ratios as of December 2010 by 1.0% and 5.1%, respectively.
 
GS Bank USA is currently working to implement the Basel 2 framework. Similar to the firm’s requirement as a bank holding company, GS Bank USA is required to transition to Basel 2 following the successful completion

of a parallel run. In addition, the capital requirements for GS Bank USA are expected to be impacted by changes to the Basel Committee’s capital guidelines and by the Dodd-Frank Act, as outlined above.
 
The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The Federal Reserve Board requires depository institutions to maintain cash reserves with a Federal Reserve Bank. The amount deposited by the firm’s depository institution subsidiaries held at the Federal Reserve Bank was approximately $28.12 billion and $27.43 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, which exceeded required reserve amounts by $27.45 billion and $25.86 billion as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. GS Bank Europe, a wholly owned credit institution, is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland and is subject to minimum capital requirements. As of December 2010 and December 2009, GS Bank USA and GS Bank Europe were both in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements.
 
Transactions between GS Bank USA and its subsidiaries and Group Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (other than, generally, subsidiaries of GS Bank USA) are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. These regulations generally limit the types and amounts of transactions (including loans to and borrowings from GS Bank USA) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on an arm’s-length basis.
 
Broker-DealerSubsidiaries
The firm’s U.S. regulatedbroker-dealersubsidiaries include GS&Co. and GSEC. GS&Co. and GSEC are registeredU.S. broker-dealersand futures commission merchants, and are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) and the National Futures Association.Rule 15c3-1of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission specify uniform minimum net capital requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also effectively require that a significant part of the registrants’ assets be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. and GSEC have elected to compute their minimum capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirement” as permitted byRule 15c3-1.


173


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



As of December 2010, GS&Co. had regulatory net capital, as defined byRule 15c3-1,of $11.14 billion, which exceeded the amount required by $9.21 billion. As of December 2010, GSEC had regulatory net capital, as defined byRule 15c3-1,of $1.96 billion, which exceeded the amount required by $1.83 billion.
 
In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E ofRule 15c3-1.GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of December 2010 and December 2009, GS&Co. had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification requirements.
 
Insurance Subsidiaries
The firm has U.S. insurance subsidiaries that are subject to state insurance regulation and oversight in the states in which they are domiciled and in the other states in which they are licensed. In addition, certain of the firm’s insurance subsidiaries outside of the U.S. are regulated by the FSA and certain are regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. The firm’s insurance subsidiaries were in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 2010 and December 2009.

OtherNon-U.S. RegulatedSubsidiaries
The firm’s principalnon-U.S. regulatedsubsidiaries include Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL). GSI, the firm’s regulated U.K.broker-dealer,is subject to the capital requirements of the FSA. GSJCL, the firm’s regulated Japanesebroker-dealer,is subject to the capital requirements imposed by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. As of December 2010 and December 2009, GSI and GSJCL were in compliance with their local capital adequacy requirements. Certain othernon-U.S. subsidiariesof the firm are also subject to capital adequacy requirements promulgated by authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of December 2010 and December 2009, these subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital adequacy requirements.
 
Restrictions on Payments
The regulatory requirements referred to above restrict Group Inc.’s ability to withdraw capital from its regulated subsidiaries. As of December 2010 and December 2009, approximately $24.70 billion and $23.49 billion, respectively, of net assets of regulated subsidiaries were restricted as to the payment of dividends to Group Inc. In addition to limitations on the payment of dividends imposed by federal and state laws, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the New York State Banking Department have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise (including GS Bank USA) if, in the relevant regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in the light of the financial condition of the banking organization.


174


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Note 21.  Earnings Per Common Share (EPS)          
 

 
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common stock and RSUs for which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for stock warrants and options and for RSUs for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the firm adopted amended accounting principles related to determining whether instruments granted inshare-basedpayment transactions are participating securities. Accordingly, the firm treats unvestedshare-basedpayment awards that havenon-forfeitablerights to dividends or dividend equivalents as a separate class of securities in calculating EPS.
 
The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions, except per share amounts 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS — net earnings/(loss) applicable to common shareholders
 $7,713  $12,192  $2,041  $(1,028)  
 
 
Denominator for basic EPS — weighted average number of common shares
  542.0   512.3   437.0   485.5   
Effect of dilutive securities:
                  
RSUs
  15.0   15.7   10.2      
Stock options and warrants
  28.3   22.9   9.0      
 
 
Dilutive potential common shares
  43.3   38.6   19.2      
 
 
Denominator for diluted EPS — weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares
  585.3   550.9   456.2   485.5   
 
 
                   
Basic EPS
 $14.15  $23.74  $4.67  $(2.15)  
Diluted EPS
  13.18   22.13   4.47   (2.15)  
 
 
 
The diluted EPS computations in the table above do not include the antidilutive effect as follows:
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Number of antidilutive RSUs and common shares underlying antidilutive stock options and warrants
  6.2   24.7   60.5   157.2   
 
 
 
 

In the table above, unvestedshare-basedpayment awards that havenon-forfeitablerights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a separate class of securities in calculating EPS. The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction to basic EPS of $0.08 and $0.06 for the years ended December 2010 and

December 2009, respectively, and an increase in basic and diluted loss per common share of $0.03 for the one month ended December 2008. EPS for the year ended November 2008 has not been restated due to immateriality.
 
 


175


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 22.  Transactions with Affiliated Funds
 

The firm has formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds withthird-partyinvestors. The firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds and, as such, is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests alongside thethird-partyinvestors in certain funds.

The tables below present fees earned from affiliated funds, fees receivable from affiliated funds and the aggregate carrying value of the firm’s interests in affiliated funds.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Fees earned from affiliated funds
 $3,126  $2,517  $3,137  $206   
 
 
 
           
 
  As of December        
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Fees receivable from funds
 $886  $1,044   
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds
  14,773   13,837   
 
 
 
 

The firm has provided voluntary financial support to certain of its funds that have experienced significant reductions in capital and liquidity or had limited access to the debt markets during the financial crisis. As of December 2010, the firm had exposure to these funds in the form of loans and guarantees of $253 million, primarily related to certain real estate funds. In addition, as of December 2010, the firm had outstanding commitments to extend credit to these funds of $160 million.

The firm may provide additional voluntary financial support to these funds if they were to experience significant financial distress; however, such amounts are not expected to be material to the firm. In the ordinary course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities with these funds, including, among others, securities lending, trade execution, market making, custody, and acquisition and bridge financing. See Note 18 for the firm’s investment commitments related to these funds.
 
 


176


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 23.  Interest Income and Interest Expense
 

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates. The table below presents

the sources of interest income and interest expense.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Interest income
                  
Deposits with banks
 $86  $65  $188  $2   
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
  540   951   11,746   301   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  10,346   11,106   13,150   1,172   
Other interest 1
  1,337   1,785   10,549   212   
 
 
Total interest income
 $12,309  $13,907  $35,633  $1,687   
                   
Interest expense
                  
Deposits
 $304  $415  $756  $51   
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  708   1,317   7,414   229   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  1,859   1,854   2,789   174   
Short-termborrowings 2
  453   623   1,864   107   
Long-termborrowings 2
  3,155   2,585   6,975   297   
Other interest 3
  327   (294)  11,559   144   
 
 
Total interest expense
 $6,806  $6,500  $31,357  $1,002   
 
 
Net interest income
 $5,503  $7,407  $4,276  $685   
 
 
 
1.   Primarily includes interest income on customer debit balances and other interest-earning assets.
 
2.   Includes interest on unsecured borrowings and other secured financings.
 
3.   Primarily includes interest expense on customer credit balances and other interest-bearing liabilities.

177


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 24.  Employee Benefit Plans
 

The firm sponsors various pension plans and certain other postretirement benefit plans, primarily healthcare and life insurance. The firm also provides certain benefits to former or inactive employees prior to retirement.
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans and Postretirement Plans
Employees of certainnon-U.S. subsidiariesparticipate in various defined benefit pension plans. These plans generally provide benefits based on years of credited service and a percentage of the employee’s eligible compensation. The firm maintains a defined benefit pension plan for most U.K. employees. As of April 2008, the U.K. defined benefit plan was closed to new participants, but will continue to accrue benefits for existing participants. These plans do not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated results of operations.
 
The firm also maintains a defined benefit pension plan for substantially all U.S. employees hired prior to November 1, 2003. As of November 2004, this plan was closed to new participants and frozen such that existing participants would not accrue any additional benefits. In addition, the firm maintains unfunded

postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and life insurance for eligible retirees and their dependents covered under these programs. These plans do not have a material impact on the firm’s consolidated results of operations.
 
The firm recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation, in the consolidated statements of financial condition. As of December 2010, “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses” included $164 million (related to an overfunded pension plan) and $641 million, respectively, related to these plans. As of December 2009, “Other liabilities and accrued expenses” included $769 million related to these plans.
 
Defined Contribution Plans
The firm contributes to employer-sponsored U.S. andnon-U.S. definedcontribution plans. The firm’s contribution to these plans was $193 million, $178 million and $208 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
 


178


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 25.  Employee Incentive Plans
 

 
The cost of employee services received in exchange for ashare-basedaward is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award.Share-basedawards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed immediately.Share-basedemployee awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Expected forfeitures are included in determiningshare-basedemployee compensation expense.
 
The firm pays cash dividend equivalents on outstanding RSUs. Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs are generally charged to retained earnings. Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs expected to be forfeited are included in compensation expense.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the firm adopted amended accounting principles related to income tax benefits of dividends onshare-basedpayment awards. These amended principles require the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on RSUs to be accounted for as an increase to additionalpaid-incapital. Previously, the firm accounted for this tax benefit as a reduction to income tax expense.
 
In certain cases, primarily related to the death of an employee or conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable award agreements), the firm may cash settleshare-basedcompensation awards. For awards accounted for as equity instruments, additionalpaid-incapital is adjusted to the extent of the difference between the current value of the award and the grant-date value of the award.
 
Stock Incentive Plan
The firm sponsors a stock incentive plan, The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (SIP), which provides for grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, RSUs, awards with performance conditions and othershare-basedawards. In the second quarter of 2003, the SIP was approved by the firm’s shareholders, effective for grants after April 1, 2003. The SIP was further amended and restated, effective December 31, 2008.

The total number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the SIP through the end of the 2008 fiscal year could not exceed 250 million shares. The total number of shares of common stock that may be delivered for awards granted under the SIP in the 2009 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter cannot exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, increased by the number of shares available for awards in previous years but not covered by awards granted in such years. As of December 2010 and December 2009, 139.2 million and 140.6 million shares, respectively, were available for grant under the SIP.
 
Restricted Stock Units
The firm issues RSUs to employees under the SIP, primarily in connection with year-end compensation and acquisitions. RSUs are valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares on the date of grant after taking into account a liquidity discount for any applicable post-vesting transfer restrictions. Year-end RSUs generally vest and deliver as outlined in the applicable RSU agreements. Employee RSU agreements generally provide that vesting is accelerated in certain circumstances, such as on retirement, death and extended absence. Delivery of the underlying shares of common stock is conditioned on the grantees satisfying certain vesting and other requirements outlined in the award agreements. The table below presents the activity related to RSUs.


179


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



                   
 
     Weighted Average Grant-Date
  Restricted Stock
  Fair Value of Restricted
  Units Outstanding  Stock Units Outstanding
     No Future
     No Future
   
  Future Service
  Service
  Future Service
  Service
   
  Required  Required  Required  Required   
 
Outstanding, December 2009
  16,655,194   28,065,587  $121.50  $158.91   
Granted 1, 2
  18,808,320   16,703,719   135.42   129.52   
Forfeited
  (1,460,512)  (303,582)  117.42   160.75   
Delivered 3
      (17,475,516)      147.13   
Vested 2
  (12,547,209)  12,547,209   138.27   138.27   
 
 
Outstanding, December 2010
  21,455,793   39,537,417  $124.17  $145.13   
 
 
 
1.   The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during the years ended December 2010, December 2009, November 2008 and one month ended December 2008 was $132.64, $151.31, $154.31, and $67.60, respectively. The fair value of the RSUs granted during the year ended December 2010 and one month ended December 2008 includes a liquidity discount of 13.2% and 14.3%, respectively, to reflect post-vesting transfer restrictions of up to 4 years.
 
2.   The aggregate fair value of awards that vested during the years ended December 2010, December 2009, November 2008 and one month ended December 2008 was $4.07 billion, $2.18 billion, $1.03 billion and $41 million, respectively.
 
3.   Includes RSUs that were cash settled.
 
 

In January 2011, the firm granted to its employees 15.3 million year-end RSUs, of which 8.4 million RSUs require future service as a condition of delivery. These awards are subject to additional conditions as outlined in the award agreements. Generally, shares underlying these awards, net of required withholding tax, deliver over a three-year period but are subject to post-vesting transfer restrictions through January 2016. These grants are not included in the above table.
 
Stock Options
Stock options generally vest as outlined in the applicable stock option agreement. Options granted in February 2010 will generally become exercisable inone-thirdinstallments in January 2011, January 2012

and January 2013 and will expire in February 2014. Employee stock option agreements provide that vesting is accelerated in certain circumstances, such as on retirement, death and extended absence. In general, options granted prior to February 2010 expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date, although they may be subject to earlier termination or cancellation under certain circumstances in accordance with the terms of the SIP and the applicable stock option agreement. The dilutive effect of the firm’s outstanding stock options is included in “Average common sharesoutstanding — Diluted”in the consolidated statements of earnings. See Note 21 for further information on EPS.
 
The table below presents the activity related to stock options.
 


 
                   
 
           Weighted
   
     Weighted
  Aggregate
  Average
   
  Options
  Average
  Intrinsic Value
  Remaining
   
  Outstanding  Exercise Price  (in millions)  Life (years)   
 
Outstanding, December 2009
  62,272,097  $95.27  $4,781   6.64   
Granted
  75,000   154.16           
Exercised
  (6,834,743)  84.93           
Forfeited
  (264,489)  78.82           
 
 
Outstanding, December 2010
  55,247,865  $96.71  $4,152   6.25   
 
 
                   
Exercisable, December 2010
  28,638,606  $98.52  $2,078   4.76   
 
 
 
 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended

December 2008 was $510 million, $484 million, $433 million and $1 million, respectively. The table below presents options outstanding.
 


 

180


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
                           
 
        Weighted
   
     Weighted
  Average
   
           Options
  Average
  Remaining
   
Exercise Price Outstanding  Exercise Price  Life (years)   
 
$75.00   -  $89.99     38,868,442  $78.80   7.33   
 90.00   -   104.99     7,531,799   91.79   1.00   
 105.00   -   119.99              
 120.00   -   134.99     2,791,500   131.64   4.92   
 135.00   -   149.99              
 150.00   -   164.99     75,000   154.16   3.17   
 165.00   -   194.99              
 195.00   -   209.99     5,981,124   202.27   6.48   
 
 
Outstanding, December 2010  55,247,865           
 
 
 

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year ended December 2010 and in the one month ended December 2008 was $37.58 and $14.08 per option, respectively.

The table below presents the primary weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair value as of the grant date based on a Black-Scholesoption-pricingmodel.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended 
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
  2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Risk-freeinterest rate
  1.6%   N/A   N/A   1.1%   
Expected volatility
  32.5   N/A   N/A   50.1   
Annual dividend per share
  $1.40   N/A   N/A   $1.40   
Expected life
  3.75 years   N/A   N/A   4.0 years   
 
 
 
 

The common stock underlying the options granted in the one month ended December 2008 is subject to transfer restrictions through January 2014. The value of the common stock underlying the options granted in the one month ended December 2008 reflects a liquidity discount of 26.7%, as a result of these transfer restrictions. The liquidity discount was based on the

firm’spre-determinedwritten liquidity discount policy, which is consistently applied to all financial instruments with transfer restrictions.
 
The table below presentsshare-basedcompensation and the related tax benefit.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Share-basedcompensation
 $4,070  $2,030  $1,587  $180   
Excess tax benefit related to options exercised
  183   166   144      
Excess tax benefit/(provision) related toshare-basedcompensation 1
  239   (793)  645      
 
 
 
1.  Represents the tax benefit/(provision), recognized in additionalpaid-incapital, on stock options exercised and the delivery of common stock underlying RSUs.
 
 

As of December 2010, there was $1.50 billion of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vestedshare-basedcompensation arrangements.

This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.61 years.
 
 


181


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Note 26.  Income Taxes
 
Provision for Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in “Provision for taxes” in the consolidated statements of earnings and income tax penalties in “Other expenses.”

The tables below present the components of the provision/(benefit) for taxes and a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the firm’s effective income tax rate.
 


 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Current taxes
                  
U.S. federal
 $1,791  $4,039  $(278) $157   
State and local
  325   594   91   10   
Non-U.S. 
  1,083   2,242   1,964   287   
 
 
Total current tax expense
  3,199   6,875   1,777   454   
 
 
Deferred taxes
                  
U.S. federal
  1,516   (763)  (880)  (857)  
State and local
  162   (130)  (92)  (26)  
Non-U.S. 
  (339)  462   (791)  (49)  
 
 
Total deferred tax (benefit)/expense
  1,339   (431)  (1,763)  (932)  
 
 
Provision/(benefit) for taxes
 $4,538  $6,444  $14  $(478)  
 
 
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
  2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
  35.0%  35.0%  35.0%  35.0%  
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax effects
  2.5   1.5      0.8   
Tax credits
  (0.7)  (0.3)  (4.3)  0.8   
Non-U.S. operations
  (2.3)  (3.5)  (29.8)  4.3   
Tax-exemptincome, including dividends
  (1.0)  (0.4)  (5.9)  1.0   
Other
  1.7 1  0.2   5.6 2  (3.9)  
 
 
Effective income tax rate
  35.2%  32.5%  0.6%  38.0%  
 
 
 
1.   Primarily includes the effect of the SEC settlement of $550 million, substantially all of which isnon-deductible.
 
2.   Primarily includes the effect of the liability increase as a result of adopting amended principles related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes.

182


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the

amount that more likely than not will be realized. Tax assets and liabilities are presented as a component of “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively. See Notes 12 and 17 for further information.
 
The table below presents the significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 


 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Deferred tax assets
          
Compensation and benefits
 $3,397  $3,338   
Unrealized losses
  731   1,754   
ASC 740 asset related to unrecognized tax benefits
  972   1,004   
Non-U.S. operations
  652   807   
Foreign tax credits
  11   277   
Net operating losses
  250   184   
Occupancy-related
  129   159   
Other, net
  411   427   
 
 
   6,553   7,950   
Valuation allowance 1
  (50)  (74)  
 
 
Total deferred tax assets 2
 $6,503  $7,876   
 
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities 2, 3
 $1,647  $1,611   
 
 
 
1.   Relates primarily to the ability to utilize losses in various tax jurisdictions.
 
2.   Before netting within tax jurisdictions.
 
3.   Relates to depreciation and amortization.
 
 

The firm has recorded deferred tax assets of $250 million and $184 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, in connection with U.S. federal, state and local and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The firm also recorded a valuation allowance of $42 million and $46 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, related to these net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 2010, the U.S. federal, state and local, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards were $341 million, $1.54 billion and $240 million, respectively. If not utilized, the U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward will begin to expire in 2016 and the state and local net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2012. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards can be carried forward indefinitely.

The firm had foreign tax credit carryforwards of $11 million and $277 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. The firm recorded a related net deferred income tax asset of $5 million and $271 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. These carryforwards will begin to expire in 2013.
 
The firm had capital loss carryforwards of $12 million and $99 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. The firm recorded a related net deferred income tax asset of $2 million and $35 million as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively. These carryforwards expire in 2014.
 
During 2010 and 2009, the valuation allowance was decreased by $24 million and $19 million, respectively, primarily due to the utilization of losses previously considered more likely than not to expire unused.


183


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

The firm permanently reinvests eligible earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries and, accordingly, does not accrue any U.S. income taxes that would arise if such earnings were repatriated. As of December 2010 and December 2009, this policy resulted in an unrecognized net deferred tax liability of $2.67 billion and $2.34 billion, respectively, attributable to reinvested earnings of $17.70 billion and $16.21 billion, respectively.
 
The firm adopted amended principles related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as of December 1, 2007 and recorded a transition adjustment resulting in a reduction of $201 million to beginning retained earnings.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The firm recognizes tax positions in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements.
 
The table below presents the changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which is recorded in “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” See Note 17 for further information.


 
               
 
  As of
  December
  December
  November
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008   
 
Balance, beginning of year
 $1,925  $1,548 3 $1,042   
Increases based on tax positions related to the current year
  171   143   172   
Increases based on tax positions related to prior years
  162   379   264   
Decreases related to tax positions of prior years
  (104)  (19)  (67)  
Decreases related to settlements
  (128)  (91)  (38)  
Acquisitions/(dispositions)
  56         
Exchange rate fluctuations
  (1)  (35)     
 
 
Balance, end of year
 $2,081  $1,925  $1,373   
 
 
               
Related deferred income tax asset 1
 $972  $1,004  $625   
Net unrecognized tax benefit 2
  1,109   921   748   
 
 
 
1.   Included in “Other assets.” See Note 12.
 
2.   If recognized, the net tax benefit would reduce the firm’s effective income tax rate.
 
3.   Includes $175 million recorded in the one month ended December 2008.

184


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

As of December 2010 and December 2009, the accrued liability for interest expense related to income tax matters and income tax penalties was $213 million and $194 million, respectively. The firm recognized $28 million, $62 million, $37 million and $3 million of interest and income tax penalties for the years ended December 2010, December 2009, November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively. It is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits could change significantly during the twelve months subsequent to December 2010 due to potential audit settlements. At this time, it is not possible to estimate the change or its impact on the firm’s effective tax rate over the next twelve months.
 
Regulatory Tax Examinations
The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the firm has significant business operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong, Korea and various states, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm believes that during 2011, certain audits have a reasonable possibility of being completed. The firm does not expect completion of these audits to have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition but it may be material to operating results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period.
 
The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction.
 
       
 
  As of
   
Jurisdiction December 2010   
 
U.S. Federal 1
  2005   
New York State and City 2
  2004   
United Kingdom
  2007   
Japan 3
  2005   
Hong Kong
  2004   
Korea
  2008   
 
 
 
1.   IRS examination of fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007 began during 2008. IRS examination of fiscal 2003 and 2004 has been completed but the liabilities for those years are not yet final.
 
2.   New York State and City examination of fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 began in 2008.
 
3.   Japan National Tax Agency examination of fiscal 2005 through 2009 began during the first quarter of 2010.

All years subsequent to the above remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.
 
Note 27.  Business Segments
 
In the fourth quarter of 2010, the firm reorganized its three previous reportable business segments into four new reportable business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management. Prior periods are presented on a comparable basis.
 
Basis of Presentation
In reporting segments, certain of the firm’s business lines have been aggregated where they have similar economic characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas: (i) the nature of the services they provide, (ii) their methods of distribution, (iii) the types of clients they serve and (iv) the regulatory environments in which they operate.
 
The cost drivers of the firm taken as awhole — compensation,headcount and levels of business activity — are broadly similar in each of the firm’s business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the firm as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently,pre-taxmargins in one segment of the firm’s business may be significantly affected by the performance of the firm’s other business segments.
 
The firm allocates revenues and expenses among the four reportable business segments. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating certain revenue and expense items. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximatethird-partyrates. Total operating expenses include corporate items that have not been allocated to individual business segments. The allocation process is based on the manner in which management views the business of the firm.


185


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



The segment information presented in the table below is prepared according to the following methodologies:
 
•   Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determiningpre-taxearnings.
 
•   Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of interest income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying

  positions. Net interest is included in segment net revenues as it is consistent with the way in which management assesses segment performance.
 
•   Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments are allocated ratably based on direct segment expenses.
 
Management believes that the following information provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to consolidatedpre-taxearnings/(loss) and total assets.
 


 
                     
 
    For the or as of
in millions                                                                                                                          Year Ended  One Month Ended        
    December
  December
  November
  December
   
    2010  2009  2008  2008   
     
Investment Banking
 Net revenues $4,810  $4,984  $5,453  $138   
  Operating expenses  3,511   3,482   3,269   170   
 
 
  Pre-tax earnings/(loss) $1,299  $1,502  $2,184  $(32)  
 
 
  Segment assets $1,870  $1,759  $1,945  $1,733   
 
 
                     
Institutional Client Services
 Net revenues 1 $21,796  $32,719  $22,345  $1,332   
  Operating expenses  14,291   13,691   10,294   736   
 
 
  Pre-tax earnings $7,505  $19,028  $12,051  $596   
 
 
  Segment assets $819,765  $751,851  $782,235  $1,012,744   
 
 
                     
Investing & Lending
 Net revenues $7,541  $2,863  $(10,821) $(1,630)  
  Operating expenses  3,361   3,523   2,719   204   
 
 
  Pre-tax earnings/(loss) $4,180  $(660) $(13,540) $(1,834)  
 
 
  Segment assets $78,771  $83,851  $88,443  $85,488   
 
 
                     
Investment Management
 Net revenues $5,014  $4,607  $5,245  $343   
  Operating expenses  4,051   3,673   3,528   263   
 
 
  Pre-tax earnings $963  $934  $1,717  $80   
 
 
  Segment assets $10,926  $11,481  $11,924  $12,260   
 
 
                     
Total
 Net revenues $39,161  $45,173  $22,222  $183   
  Operating expenses  26,269   25,344   19,886   1,441   
 
 
  Pre-tax earnings/(loss) $12,892  $19,829  $2,336  $(1,258)  
 
 
  Total assets $911,332  $848,942  $884,547  $1,112,225   
 
 
 
1.  Includes $111 million, $36 million, $(61) million and $(2) million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively, of realized gains/(losses) on securities held in the firm’s insurance subsidiaries which are accounted for as available-for-sale.

186


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Operating expenses in the table above include the following expenses that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments:
 
•  charitable contributions of $345 million and $810 million for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009, respectively;

•   net provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings of $682 million, $104 million, $(4) million and $68 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November     2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively; and
 
•   real estate-related exit costs of $28 million, $61 million and $80 million for the years ended December     2010, December     2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
 


The table below presents the amounts of net interest income included in net revenues.
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Investment Banking
 $  $  $6  $   
Institutional Client Services
  4,692   6,951   4,825   755   
Investing & Lending
  609   242   (773)  (74)  
Investment Management
  202   214   218   4   
 
 
Total net interest
 $5,503  $7,407  $4,276  $685   
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the amounts of depreciation and amortization expense included inpre-taxearnings.
 
                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Investment Banking
 $172  $156  $185  $13   
Institutional Client Services
  1,109   775   772   78   
Investing & Lending
  422   793   440   29   
Investment Management
  200   214   228   23   
 
 
Total depreciation and amortization1
 $1,904  $1,943  $1,625  $143   
 
 
 
1.  Includes real estate-related exit costs of $1 million and $5 million for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009, respectively, that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments.

187


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Geographic Information

Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent on estimates and management judgment because a significant portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s clients.
 
Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:
 
•   Investment Banking: location of the client and investment banking team.
 
•   Institutional Client Services:  Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution, and Equities (excluding Securities Services): location of

  themarket-makingdesk; Securities Services: location of the primary market for the underlying security.
 
•   Investing & Lending:  Investing: location of the investment; Lending: location of the client.
 
•   Investment Management:  location of the sales team.
 
The table below presents the total net revenues,pre-taxearnings and net earnings of the firm by geographic region allocated based on the methodology referred to above, as well as the percentage of total net revenues,pre-taxearnings (excluding Corporate) and net earnings (excluding Corporate) for each geographic region.
 


 
                                   
 
  Year Ended  One Month Ended        
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
$ in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Net revenues
                                  
Americas 1
 $21,564   55% $25,313   56% $15,485   70% $197   N.M.   
EMEA 2
  10,449   27   11,595   26   5,910   26   (440)  N.M.   
Asia
  7,148   18   8,265   18   827   4   426   N.M.   
 
 
Total net revenues
 $39,161   100% $45,173   100% $22,222   100% $183   100%  
 
 
                                   
Pre-taxearnings/(loss)
                                  
Americas 1
 $7,934   57% $11,461   56% $4,947   N.M.  $(555)  N.M.   
EMEA 2
  3,080   22   5,508   26   181   N.M.   (806)  N.M.   
Asia
  2,933   21   3,835   18   (2,716)  N.M.   171   N.M.   
 
 
Subtotal
  13,947   100%  20,804   100%  2,412   100%  (1,190)  100%  
Corporate 3
  (1,055)      (975)      (76)      (68)      
 
 
Totalpre-taxearnings/(loss)
 $12,892      $19,829      $2,336      $(1,258)      
 
 
                                   
Net earnings/(loss)
                                  
Americas 1
 $ 4,917   53% $7,120   51% $3,417   N.M.  $(366)  N.M.   
EMEA 2
  2,236   24   4,201   30   703   N.M.   (498)  N.M.   
Asia
  2,083   23   2,689   19   (1,746)  N.M.   130   N.M.   
 
 
Subtotal
  9,236   100%  14,010   100%  2,374   100%  (734)  100%  
Corporate
  (882)      (625)      (52)      (46)      
 
 
Total net earnings/(loss)
 $8,354      $13,385      $2,322      $(780)      
 
 
 
1.   Substantially all relates to the U.S.
 
2.   EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).Pre-taxearnings and net earnings include the impact of the U.K. bank payroll tax for the year ended December 2010.
 
3.   Consists of net provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings of $682 million, $104 million, $(4) million and $68 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively; charitable contributions of $345 million and $810 million for the years ended December 2010 and December 2009, respectively; and real estate-related exit costs of $28 million, $61 million and $80 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.

188


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
 
Note 28.  Credit Concentrations
 

Credit concentrations may arise from market making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending and collateralized transactions and may be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from counterparties as deemed appropriate.
 
While the firm’s activities expose it to many different industries and counterparties, the firm routinely executes a high volume of transactions with asset managers, investment funds, commercial banks,

brokers and dealers, clearing houses and exchanges, which results in significant credit concentrations.
 
In the ordinary course of business, the firm may also be subject to a concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearing house or exchange.
 
The table below presents the credit concentrations in assets held by the firm. As of December 2010 and December 2009, the firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of total assets.
 


 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations 1
 $96,350  $83,827   
% of total assets
  10.6%   9.9%   
Other sovereign obligations 2
 $40,379  $38,607   
% of total assets
  4.4%   4.5%   
 
 
 
1.   Included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”
 
2.   Principally consisting of securities issued by the governments of the United Kingdom, Japan and France as of December 2010, and the United Kingdom and Japan as of December 2009.
 
 

The table below presents collateral posted to the firm by counterparties to resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions (including those in “Cash and

securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes”). See Note 9 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.
 


 
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
 $121,366  $87,625   
Other sovereign obligations 1
  73,357   77,989   
 
 
 
1.  Principally consisting of securities issued by the governments of France and Germany as of December 2010, and Germany, the United Kingdom and Japan as of December 2009.
 
 

189


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
 
Note 29.  Parent Company

Group Inc. — Condensed Statements of Earnings
 
                   
 
     One Month 
   
  Year Ended  Ended    
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Revenues
                  
Dividends from bank subsidiary
 $  $  $2,922  $5   
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries
  6,032   8,793   3,716   130   
Undistributed earnings/(loss) of subsidiaries
  2,884   5,884   (3,971)  (1,115)  
Other revenues
  964   (1,018)  (2,886)  (1,004)  
 
 
Totalnon-interestrevenues
  9,880   13,659   (219)  (1,984)  
Interest income
  4,153   4,565   7,167   462   
Interest expense
  3,429   3,112   8,229   448   
 
 
Net interest income
  724   1,453   (1,062)  14   
 
 
Net revenues, including net interest income
  10,604   15,112   (1,281)  (1,970)  
 
 
Operating expenses
                  
Compensation and benefits
  423   637   122   (94)  
Other expenses
  238   1,034   471   32   
 
 
Total operating expenses
  661   1,671   593   (62)  
 
 
Pre-taxearnings/(loss)
  9,943   13,441   (1,874)  (1,908)  
Provision/(benefit) for taxes
  1,589   56   (4,196)  (1,128)  
 
 
Net earnings/(loss)
  8,354   13,385   2,322   (780)  
Preferred stock dividends
  641   1,193   281   248   
 
 
Net earnings/(loss) applicable to common shareholders
 $7,713  $12,192  $2,041  $(1,028)  
 
 
 
Group Inc. — Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
           
 
  As of December
in millions 2010  2009   
 
Assets
          
Cash and cash equivalents
 $7  $1,140   
Loans to and receivables from subsidiaries
          
Bank subsidiary
  5,050   5,564   
Nonbank subsidiaries
  182,316   177,952   
Investments in subsidiaries and other affiliates
          
Bank subsidiary
  18,807   17,318   
Nonbank subsidiaries and other affiliates
  52,498   48,421   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  24,153   23,977   
Other assets
  8,612   11,254   
 
 
Total assets
 $291,443  $285,626   
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
          
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings 1
          
With third parties
 $32,299  $24,604   
With subsidiaries
  5,483   4,208   
Payables to subsidiaries
  358   509   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  935   1,907   
Other liabilities
  6,230   6,682   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings 2
          
With third parties
  167,782   175,300   
With subsidiaries 3
  1,000   1,702   
 
 
Total liabilities
  214,087   214,912   
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
          
Shareholders’ equity
          
Preferred stock
  6,957   6,957   
Common stock
  8   8   
Restricted stock units and employee stock options
  7,706   6,245   
Additionalpaid-incapital
  42,103   39,770   
Retained earnings
  57,163   50,252   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  (286)  (362)  
Stock held in treasury, at cost
  (36,295)  (32,156)  
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
  77,356   70,714   
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 $291,443  $285,626   
 
 

Group Inc. — Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
                   
 
     One Month
   
  Year Ended  Ended   
  December
  December
  November
  December
   
in millions 2010  2009  2008  2008   
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                  
Net earnings/(loss)
 $8,354  $13,385  $2,322  $(780)  
Non-cashitems included in net earnings
                  
Undistributed (earnings)/loss of subsidiaries
  (2,884)  (5,884)  3,971   1,115   
Depreciation and amortization
  18   39   36   3   
Deferred income taxes
  214   (3,347)  (2,178)  (847)  
Share-basedcompensation
  393   100   40      
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
                  
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  (176)  24,382   (4,661)  (8,188)  
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  (1,091)  (1,032)  1,559   (557)  
Other, net
  10,852   10,081   (12,162)  4,091   
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities
  15,680   37,724   (11,073)  (5,163)  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities
                  
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment
  (15)  (5)  (49)     
Issuance of short-term loans to subsidiaries. net of repayments
  (9,923)  (6,335)  3,701   1,923   
Issuance of term loans to subsidiaries
  (5,532)  (13,823)  (14,242)  (1,687)  
Repayments of term loans by subsidiaries
  1,992   9,601   24,925   714   
Capital contributions to subsidiaries, net
  (1,038)  (2,781)  (22,245)  (6,179)  
 
 
Net cash used for investing activities
  (14,516)  (13,343)  (7,910)  (5,229)  
                   
Cash flows from financing activities
                  
Unsecuredshort-termborrowings, net
  3,137   (13,266)  (10,564)  4,616   
Proceeds from issuance oflong-termborrowings
  21,098   22,814   35,645   9,171   
Repayment oflong-termborrowings, including the current portion
  (21,838)  (27,374)  (23,959)  (3,358)  
Common stock repurchased
  (4,183)  (2)  (2,034)  (1)  
Preferred stock repurchased
     (9,574)        
Repurchase of common stock warrants
     (1,100)        
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock, preferred stock and restricted stock units
  (1,443)  (2,205)  (850)     
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including stock option exercises
  581   6,260   6,105   2   
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
        13,366      
Proceeds from issuance of common stock warrants
        1,633      
Excess tax benefit related toshare-basedcompensation
  352   135   614      
Cash settlement ofshare-basedcompensation
  (1)  (2)        
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities
  (2,297)  (24,314)  19,956   10,430   
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  (1,133)  67   973   38   
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
  1,140   1,073   62   1,035   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
 $7  $1,140  $1,035  $1,073   
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
 
Cash payments forthird-partyinterest, net of capitalized interest, were $3.07 billion, $2.77 billion, $7.18 billion and $248 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively.
 
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $2.05 billion, $2.77 billion, $991 million and $1 million for the years ended December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively.
 
1.   Includes $7.82 billion and $6.57 billion at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
2.   Includes $13.44 billion and $13.67 billion at fair value as of December 2010 and December 2009, respectively.
 
3.   Unsecuredlong-termborrowings with subsidiaries by maturity date are $306 million in 2012, $200 million in 2013, $119 million in 2014, $94 million in 2015 and $281 million in2016-thereafter.


190


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 



Note 30.  Legal Proceedings          
 
 

The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are at preliminary stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages.
 
With respect to matters described below, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss as being equal to (i) the amount of money damages claimed, where applicable, (ii) the amount of securities that the firm sold in cases involving underwritings where the firm is being sued by purchasers and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes will pay any judgment, or (iii) in cases where the purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities, the price that purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if any, as of December 2010 of the relevant securities. As of December 2010, the firm has estimated the aggregate amount of reasonably possible losses for these matters to be approximately $3.4 billion.
 
Under ASC 450 an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight”. Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight. The amounts reserved against such matters are not significant as compared to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss.
 
Management is unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for cases described below in which damages have not been specified and (i) the proceedings are in early stages, (ii) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (iv) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (v) there are novel legal issues presented. However, for these cases, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to the firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.

IPO Process Matters.  Group Inc. and GS&Co. are among the numerous financial services companies that have been named as defendants in a variety of lawsuits alleging improprieties in the process by which those companies participated in the underwriting of public offerings in recent years.
 
GS&Co. has, together with other underwriters in certain offerings as well as the issuers and certain of their officers and directors, been named as a defendant in a number of related lawsuits filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging, among other things, that the prospectuses for the offerings violated the federal securities laws by failing to disclose the existence of alleged arrangements tying allocations in certain offerings to higher customer brokerage commission rates as well as purchase orders in the aftermarket, and that the alleged arrangements resulted in market manipulation. On October 5, 2009, the district court approved a settlement agreement entered into by the parties. The firm has paid into a settlement fund the full amount that GS&Co. would contribute in the proposed settlement. On October 23, 2009, certain objectors filed a petition in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking review of the district court’s certification of a class for purposes of the settlement, and various objectors appealed certain aspects of the settlement’s approval. Certain of the appeals have been withdrawn, and on December 8, 2010, January 14, 2011 and February 3, 2011, plaintiffs moved to dismiss the remaining appeals.
 
GS&Co. is among numerous underwriting firms named as defendants in a number of complaints filed commencing October 3, 2007, in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington alleging violations of Section 16 of the Exchange Act in connection with offerings of securities for 15 issuers during 1999 and 2000. The complaints generally assert that the underwriters, together with each issuer’s directors, officers and principal shareholders, entered into purported agreements to tie allocations in the offerings to increased brokerage commissions and aftermarket purchase orders. The complaints further allege that, based upon these and other purported agreements, the underwriters violated the reporting provisions of, and are subject toshort-swingprofit recovery under, Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The district court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss by a decision dated March 12, 2009. On December 2, 2010, the appellate court affirmed in part and reversed in part, upholding the dismissal of


191


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

seven of the actions in which GS&Co. is a defendant but remanding the remaining eight actions in which GS&Co. is a defendant for consideration of other bases for dismissal. On December 16, 2010, the underwriters and the plaintiff filed petitions for rehearingand/orrehearing en banc, which were denied on January 18, 2011. The issuance of the mandate has been stayed to permit the parties to seek Supreme Court review.
 
GS&Co. has been named as a defendant in an action commenced on May 15, 2002 in New York Supreme Court, New York County, by an official committee of unsecured creditors on behalf of eToys, Inc., alleging that the firm intentionally underpriced eToys, Inc.’s initial public offering. The action seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages resulting from the alleged lower amount of offering proceeds. The court granted GS&Co.’s motion to dismiss as to five of the claims; plaintiff appealed from the dismissal of the five claims, and GS&Co. appealed from the denial of its motion as to the remaining claim. The New York Appellate Division, First Department affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s ruling on the firm’s motion to dismiss, permitting all claims to proceed except the claim for fraud, as to which the appellate court granted leave to replead, and the New York Court of Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part, dismissing claims for breach of contract, professional malpractice and unjust enrichment, but permitting claims for breach of fiduciary duty and fraud to continue. On remand to the lower court, GS&Co. moved to dismiss the surviving claims or, in the alternative, for summary judgment, but the motion was denied by a decision dated March 21, 2006, and the court subsequently permitted plaintiff to amend the complaint again. On November 8, 2010, GS&Co.’s motion for summary judgment was granted by the lower court; plaintiff has appealed.
 
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates have, together with various underwriters in certain offerings, received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from various governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with investigations relating to the public offering process. Goldman Sachs has cooperated with these investigations.
 
World Online Litigation.  In March 2001, a Dutch shareholders association initiated legal proceedings for an unspecified amount of damages against GSI and others in Amsterdam District Court in connection with the initial public offering of World Online in March 2000, alleging misstatements and omissions in

the offering materials and that the market was artificially inflated by improper public statements and stabilization activities. Goldman Sachs and ABN AMRO Rothschild served as joint global coordinators of the approximately €2.9 billion offering. GSI underwrote 20,268,846 shares and GS&Co. underwrote 6,756,282 shares for a total offering price of approximately €1.16 billion.
 
The district court rejected the claims against GSI and ABN AMRO, but found World Online liable in an amount to be determined. On appeal, the Netherlands Court of Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part the decision of the district court holding that certain of the alleged disclosure deficiencies were actionable as to GSI and ABN AMRO. On further appeal, the Netherlands Supreme Court on November 27, 2009 affirmed the rulings of the Court of Appeals, except found certain additional aspects of the offering materials actionable and held that GSI and ABN AMRO could potentially be held responsible for certain public statements and press releases by World Online and its former CEO. On November 18, 2010, the parties reached a settlement in principle, subject to documentation, pursuant to which GSI will contribute up to €48 million to a settlement fund. The firm has reserved the full amount of GSI’s proposed contribution to the settlement.
 
Research Matters.  GS&Co. is one of several investment firms that have been named as defendants in substantively identical purported class actions filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of the federal securities laws in connection with research coverage of certain issuers and seeking compensatory damages.  One such action, relating to coverage of RSL Communications, Inc., commenced on July 15, 2003. The parties entered into a settlement agreement on August 23, 2010, which received final court approval on February 23, 2011. Under the settlement agreement, GS&Co. paid approximately $3.38 million.
 
Group Inc. and GS&Co. were named as defendants in a purported class action filed on July 18, 2003 on behalf of purchasers of Group Inc. stock from July 1, 1999 through May 7, 2002. The complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleged that defendants breached their fiduciary duties and violated the federal securities laws in connection with the firm’s research activities and sought, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and/or rescission. On July 12, 2010, the parties entered into a settlement agreement pursuant to which the settlement has


192


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

been funded by the firm’s insurers. The settlement received court approval on December 15, 2010 and has become final.
 
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of investigations and reviews by various governmental and regulatory bodies andself-regulatoryorganizations relating to research practices, including communications among research analysts, sales and trading personnel and clients. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.
 
Adelphia Communications Fraudulent Conveyance Litigation.  GS&Co. is among numerous entities named as defendants in two adversary proceedings commenced in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, one on July 6, 2003 by a creditors committee, and the second on or about July 31, 2003 by an equity committee of Adelphia Communications, Inc. Those proceedings have now been consolidated in a single amended complaint filed by the Adelphia Recovery Trust on October 31, 2007. The complaint seeks, among other things, to recover, as fraudulent conveyances, payments made allegedly by Adelphia Communications, Inc. and its affiliates to certain brokerage firms, including approximately $62.9 million allegedly paid to GS&Co., in respect of margin calls made in the ordinary course of business on accounts owned by members of the family that formerly controlled Adelphia Communications, Inc. By a decision dated June 15, 2009, the district court required plaintiff to amend its complaint to specify the source of the margin payments to GS&Co. By a decision dated July 30, 2009, the district court held that the sufficiency of the amended claim would be determined at the summary judgment stage. On March 2, 2010, GS&Co. moved for summary judgment.
 
Specialist Matters.  Spear, Leeds & Kellogg Specialists LLC (SLKS) and certain affiliates have received requests for information from various governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations as part of anindustry-wideinvestigation relating to activities of floor specialists in recent years. Goldman Sachs has cooperated with the requests.

On March 30, 2004, certain specialist firms on the NYSE, including SLKS, without admitting or denying the allegations, entered into a final global settlement with the SEC and the NYSE covering certain activities during the years 1999 through 2003. The SLKS settlement involves, among other things, (i) findings by the SEC and the NYSE that SLKS violated certain federal securities laws and NYSE rules, and in some cases failed to supervise certain individual specialists, in connection with trades that allegedly disadvantaged customer orders, (ii) a cease and desist order against SLKS, (iii) a censure of SLKS, (iv) SLKS’ agreement to pay an aggregate of $45.3 million in disgorgement and a penalty to be used to compensate customers, (v) certain undertakings with respect to SLKS’ systems and procedures, and (vi) SLKS’ retention of an independent consultant to review and evaluate certain of SLKS’ compliance systems, policies and procedures. Comparable findings were made and sanctions imposed in the settlements with other specialist firms. The settlement did not resolve the related private civil actions against SLKS and other firms or regulatory investigations involving individuals or conduct on other exchanges.
 
SLKS, Spear, Leeds & Kellogg, L.P. and Group Inc. are among numerous defendants named in purported class actions brought beginning in October 2003 on behalf of investors in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of the federal securities laws and state common law in connection with NYSE floor specialist activities. The actions, which have been consolidated, seek unspecified compensatory damages, restitution and disgorgement on behalf of purchasers and sellers of unspecified securities between October 17, 1998 and October 15, 2003. By a decision dated March 14, 2009, the district court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. The defendants’ petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking review of the certification ruling was denied by an order dated October 1, 2009. The specialist defendants’ petition for a rehearingand/orrehearing en banc was denied on February 24, 2010.
 


193


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Treasury Matters.  GS&Co. has been named as a defendant in a purported class action filed on March 10, 2004 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois on behalf of holders of short positions in30-yearU.S. Treasury futures and options on the morning of October 31, 2001. The complaint alleges that the firm purchased30-yearbonds and futures prior to a forthcoming Treasury refunding announcement that morning based onnon-publicinformation about that announcement, and that such purchases increased the costs of covering such short positions. The complaint also names as defendants the Washington, D.C.-based political consultant who allegedly was the source of the information, a former GS&Co. economist who allegedly received the information, and another company and one of its employees who also allegedly received and traded on the information prior to its public announcement. The complaint alleges violations of the federal commodities and antitrust laws, as well as Illinois statutory and common law, and seeks, among other things, unspecified damages including treble damages under the antitrust laws. The district court dismissed the antitrust and Illinois state law claims but permitted the federal commodities law claims to proceed. Plaintiff’s motion for class certification was denied by a decision dated August 22, 2008. GS&Co. moved for summary judgment, and the district court granted the motion but only insofar as the claim relates to the trading of treasury bonds. On October 13, 2009, the parties filed an offer of judgment and notice of acceptance with respect to plaintiff’s individual claim. On December 11, 2009, the plaintiff purported to appeal with respect to the district court’s prior denial of class certification, and GS&Co. moved to dismiss the appeal on January 25, 2010. By an order dated April 13, 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit ruled that GS&Co.’s motion would be entertained together with the merits of the appeal.
 
Mutual Fund Matters.  GS&Co. and certain mutual fund affiliates have received subpoenas and requests for information from various governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations including the SEC as part of theindustry-wideinvestigation relating to the practices of mutual funds and their customers. GS&Co. and its affiliates have cooperated with such requests.

Refco Securities Litigation.  GS&Co. and the other lead underwriters for the August 2005 initial public offering of 26.5 million shares of common stock of Refco Inc. are among the defendants in various putative class actions filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York beginning in October 2005 by investors in Refco Inc. in response to certain publicly reported events that culminated in the October 17, 2005 filing by Refco Inc. and certain affiliates for protection under U.S. bankruptcy laws. The actions, which have been consolidated, allege violations of the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws and seek compensatory damages. In addition to the underwriters, the consolidated complaint names as defendants Refco Inc. and certain of its affiliates, certain officers and directors of Refco Inc., Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (which held a majority of Refco Inc.’s equity through certain funds it manages), Grant Thornton (Refco Inc.’s outside auditor), and BAWAG P.S.K. Bank fur Arbeit und Wirtschaft und Osterreichische Postsparkasse Aktiengesellschaft (BAWAG). Lead plaintiffs entered into a settlement with BAWAG, which was approved following certain amendments on June 29, 2007. GS&Co. underwrote 5,639,200 shares of common stock at a price of $22 per share for a total offering price of approximately $124 million. On April 20, 2010, certain underwriting defendants including GS&Co. entered into a settlement of the action, pursuant to which they will contribute $49.5 million to a settlement fund. The settlement received court approval on October 27, 2010 and has become final.
 
GS&Co. has, together with other underwriters of the Refco Inc. initial public offering, received requests for information from various governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations. GS&Co. has cooperated with those requests.
 
Fannie Mae Litigation.  GS&Co. was added as a defendant in an amended complaint filed on August 14, 2006 in a purported class action pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The complaint asserts violations of the federal securities laws generally arising from allegations concerning Fannie Mae’s accounting practices in connection with certain Fannie Mae-sponsored REMIC transactions that were allegedly arranged by GS&Co. The complaint does not specify a dollar amount of damages. The other defendants include Fannie Mae, certain of its past and present officers and directors, and accountants. By a decision dated May 8, 2007, the


194


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

district court granted GS&Co.’s motion to dismiss the claim against it. The time for an appeal will not begin to run until disposition of the claims against other defendants.
 
Beginning in September 2006, Group Inc.and/orGS&Co.  were named as defendants in four Fannie Mae shareholder derivative actions in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The complaints generally allege that the Goldman Sachs defendants aided and abetted a breach of fiduciary duty by Fannie Mae’s directors and officers in connection with certain Fannie Mae-sponsored REMIC transactions and one of the complaints also asserts a breach of contract claim. The complaints also name as defendants certain former officers and directors of Fannie Mae as well as an outside accounting firm. The complaints seek, inter alia, unspecified damages. The Goldman Sachs defendants were dismissed without prejudice from the first filed of these actions, and the remaining claims in that action were dismissed for failure to make a demand on Fannie Mae’s board of directors. That dismissal has been affirmed on appeal. The district court dismissed the remaining three actions on July 28, 2010. The plaintiffs filed motions for reconsideration, which were denied on October 22, 2010, and have revised their notices of appeal in these actions.
 
Compensation-Related Litigation.  On January 17, 2008, Group Inc., its Board, executive officers and members of its management committee were named as defendants in a purported shareholder derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York predicting that the firm’s 2008 Proxy Statement will violate the federal securities laws by undervaluing certain stock option awards and alleging that senior management received excessive compensation for 2007. The complaint seeks, among other things, an injunction against the distribution of the 2008 Proxy Statement, the voiding of any election of directors in the absence of an injunction and an equitable accounting for the allegedly excessive compensation. On January 25, 2008, the plaintiff moved for a preliminary injunction to prevent the 2008 Proxy Statement from using options valuations that the plaintiff alleges are incorrect and to require the amendment of SEC Form 4s filed by certain of the executive officers named in the complaint to reflect the stock option valuations alleged by the plaintiff. Plaintiff’s motion for a preliminary injunction was denied, and plaintiff’s appeal from this denial was dismissed. On February 13, 2009, the plaintiff filed an

amended complaint, which added purported direct(i.e., non-derivative)claims based on substantially the same theory. The plaintiff filed a further amended complaint on March 24, 2010, and the defendants’ motion to dismiss this further amended complaint was granted on September 30, 2010. On October 22, 2010, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal from the dismissal of his complaint.
 
On March 24, 2009, the same plaintiff filed an action in New York Supreme Court, New York County against Group Inc., its directors and certain senior executives alleging violation of Delaware statutory and common law in connection with substantively similar allegations regarding stock option awards. On April 14, 2009, Group Inc. removed the action to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and has moved to transfer to the district court judge presiding over the other actions described in this section and to dismiss. The action was transferred on consent to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York, where defendants moved to dismiss on April 23, 2009. On July 10, 2009, plaintiff moved to remand the action to state court, and this motion was granted on July 29, 2010. On January 7, 2011, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint.
 
Purported shareholder derivative actions have been commenced in New York Supreme Court, New York County and Delaware Court of Chancery beginning on December 14, 2009, alleging that the Board breached its fiduciary duties in connection with setting compensation levels for the year 2009 and that such levels are excessive. The complaints name as defendants Group Inc., the Board and certain senior executives. The complaints seek, inter alia, unspecified damages, restitution of certain compensation paid, and an order requiring the firm to adopt corporate reforms. In the actions in New York state court, on April 8, 2010, the plaintiffs filed a motion indicating that they no longer intend to pursue their claims but are seeking an award of attorney’s fees in connection with bringing the suit, which the defendants have opposed. In the actions brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery, the defendants moved to dismiss on March 9, 2010, and the plaintiffs amended their complaint on April 28, 2010 to include, among other things, the allegations included in the SEC’s action described in the“Mortgage-RelatedMatters” section below. The defendants moved to dismiss this amended complaint on May 12, 2010. In lieu of responding to defendants’ motion, plaintiffs moved on December 8, 2010 for permission to file a further


195


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

amended complaint, which the defendants had opposed. The court granted plaintiffs’ motion to amend on January 19, 2011, and the defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint on February 4, 2011.
 
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of investigations and reviews from various governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations regarding the firm’s compensation processes. The firm is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.
 
Mortgage-RelatedMatters.  On April 16, 2010, the SEC brought an action (SEC Action) under the U.S. federal securities laws in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against GS&Co. and Fabrice Tourre, one of its employees, in connection with a CDO offering made in early 2007 (ABACUS2007-AC1transaction), alleging that the defendants made materially false and misleading statements to investors and seeking, among other things, unspecified monetary penalties. Investigations of GS&Co. by FINRA and of GSI by the U.K. Financial Services Authority (FSA) were subsequently initiated, and Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates have received requests for information from other regulators, regarding CDO offerings, including the ABACUS2007-AC1transaction, and related matters.
 
On July 14, 2010, GS&Co. entered into a consent agreement with the SEC, settling all claims made against GS&Co. in the SEC Action (SEC Settlement), pursuant to which, GS&Co. paid $550 million of disgorgement and civil penalties, and which was approved by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on July 20, 2010.
 
On September 9, 2010, the FSA announced a settlement with GSI pursuant to which the FSA found that GSI violated certain FSA principles by failing to (i) provide notification about the SEC Wells Notice issued to Mr. Tourre (who worked on the ABACUS2007-AC1transaction but subsequently transferred to GSI and became registered with the FSA) and (ii) have procedures and controls to ensure that GSI’s Compliance Department would be alerted to various aspects of the SEC investigation so as to be in a position to determine whether any aspects were reportable to the FSA. The FSA assessed a fine of £17.5 million.
 
On November 9, 2010, FINRA announced a settlement with GS&Co. relating to GS&Co.’s failure to file Form U4 updates within 30 days of learning of the receipt of Wells

Notices by Mr. Tourre and another employee as well as deficiencies in the firm’s systems and controls for such filings. FINRA assessed a fine of $650,000 and GS&Co. agreed to undertake a review and remediation of the applicable systems and controls.
 
On January 6, 2011, ACA Financial Guaranty Corp.  filed an action against GS&Co. in respect of the ABACUS2007-AC1transaction in New York Supreme Court, New York County. The complaint includes allegations of fraudulent inducement, fraudulent concealment and unjust enrichment and seeks at least $30 million in compensatory damages, at least $90 million in punitive damages and unspecified disgorgement.
 
Since April 22, 2010, a number of putative shareholder derivative actions have been filed in New York Supreme Court, New York County, and the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc., the Board and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates in connection withmortgage-relatedmatters between 2004 and 2007, including the ABACUS2007-AC1transaction and other CDO offerings. These derivative complaints generally include allegations of breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste, abuse of control, mismanagement, unjust enrichment, misappropriation of information, securities fraud and insider trading, and challenge the accuracy and adequacy of Group Inc.’s disclosure. These derivative complaints seek, among other things, declaratory relief, unspecified compensatory damages, restitution and certain corporate governance reforms. The New York Supreme Court has consolidated the two actions pending in that court. Certain plaintiffs in the federal court cases have moved to consolidate these actions and to appoint lead plaintiff and lead counsel. In addition, as described in the “Compensation-Related Litigation” section above, the plaintiffs in the compensation-related Delaware Court of Chancery actions have amended their complaint to assert, among other things, allegations similar to those in the derivative claims referred to above, the defendants moved to dismiss this amended complaint, and the plaintiffs then sought permission to amend further, which the court granted on January 19, 2011. The defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint on February 4, 2011.


196


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Since April 23, 2010, the Board has received letters from shareholders demanding that the Board take action to address alleged misconduct by GS&Co., the Board and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates. The demands generally allege misconduct in connection with the ABACUS2007-AC1transaction, the alleged failure by Group Inc. to adequately disclose the SEC investigation that led to the SEC Action, and Group Inc.’s 2009 compensation practices. The demands include a letter from a Group Inc. shareholder, which previously made a demand that the Board investigate and take action in connection with auction products matters, and has now expanded its demand to address the foregoing matters. The Board previously rejected the demands relating to auction products matters.
 
In addition, beginning April 26, 2010, a number of purported securities law class actions have been filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York challenging the adequacy of Group Inc.’s public disclosure of, among other things, the firm’s activities in the CDO market and the SEC investigation that led to the SEC Action. The purported class action complaints, which name as defendants Group Inc. and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates, generally allege violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seek unspecified damages. On June 25, 2010, certain shareholders and groups of shareholders moved to consolidate these actions and to appoint lead plaintiffs and lead counsel.
 
GS&Co., Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. and three current or former Goldman Sachs employees are defendants in a putative class action commenced on December 11, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York brought on behalf of purchasers of various mortgage pass-through certificates andasset-backedcertificates issued by various securitization trusts in 2007 and underwritten by GS&Co. The second amended complaint generally alleges that the registration statement and prospectus supplements for the certificates violated the federal securities laws, and seeks unspecified compensatory damages and rescission or recessionary damages. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint was granted on January 28, 2010 with leave to replead certain claims. On March 31, 2010, the plaintiff filed a third amended complaint relating to two offerings, which the defendants moved to dismiss on June 22, 2010. This motion to dismiss was denied as

to the plaintiff’s Section 12(a)(2) claims on September 22, 2010, and granted as to the plaintiff’s Section 11 claims on October 15, 2010, and the plaintiff’s motion for reconsideration was denied on November 17, 2010. On December 9, 2010, the plaintiff filed a motion for entry of final judgment or certification of an interlocutory appeal as to plaintiff’s Section 11 claims, which was denied on January 11, 2011. On June 3, 2010, another investor (who had unsuccessfully sought to intervene in the action) filed a separate putative class action asserting substantively similar allegations relating to an additional offering pursuant to the 2007 registration statement. The defendants moved to dismiss this separate action on November 1, 2010. GS&Co. underwrote approximately $951 million principal amount of certificates to all purchasers in the offerings at issue in the complaint (excluding those offerings for which the claims have been dismissed).
 
Group Inc., GS&Co., Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. are among the defendants in a separate putative class action commenced on February 6, 2009 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York brought on behalf of purchasers of various mortgage pass-through certificates andasset-backedcertificates issued by various securitization trusts in 2006 and underwritten by GS&Co. The other defendants include three current or former Goldman Sachs employees and various rating agencies. The second amended complaint generally alleges that the registration statement and prospectus supplements for the certificates violated the federal securities laws, and seeks unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages. Defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint. On January 12, 2011, the district court granted the motion to dismiss with respect to offerings in which plaintiff had not purchased securities, but denied the motion to dismiss with respect to a single offering in which the plaintiff allegedly purchased securities. GS&Co. underwrote approximately $698 million principal amount of certificates to all purchasers in the offerings at issue in the complaint (excluding those offerings for which the claims have been dismissed).
 
On September 30, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against GS&Co., Group Inc. and two former GS&Co. employees on behalf of investors in notes issued in 2006 and 2007 by two synthetic CDOs (Hudson Mezzanine2006-1 and2006-2). The


197


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

complaint, which was amended on February 4, 2011, asserts federal securities law and common law claims, and seeks unspecified compensatory, punitive and other damages.
 
Various alleged purchasers of, and counterparties involved in transactions relating to, mortgagepass-throughcertificates, CDOs and othermortgage-relatedproducts (including the Federal Home Loan Banks of Seattle, Chicago and Indianapolis, the Charles Schwab Corporation, Cambridge Place Investment Management Inc., Basis Yield Alpha Fund (Master) and LandesbankBaden-Württemberg,among others) have filed complaints in state and federal court against firm affiliates, generally alleging that the offering documents for the securities that they purchased contained untrue statements of material facts and material omissions and generally seeking rescission and damages. Certain of these complaints also name other firms as defendants. Additionally, the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) has stated that it intends to pursue similar claims on behalf of certain credit unions for which it acts as conservator, and the firm and the NCUA have entered into an agreement tolling the relevant statutes of limitation. A number of other entities have threatened to assert claims against the firm in connection with various mortgage-related offerings, and the firm has entered into agreements with a number of these entities to toll the relevant statute of limitations. The firm estimates, based on currently available information, that the aggregate cumulative losses experienced by the plaintiffs with respect to the securities at issue in active cases brought against the firm where purchasers are seeking rescission of mortgage-related securities was approximately $457 million as of December 2010. This amount was calculated as the aggregate amount by which the initial purchase price for the securities allegedly purchased by the plaintiffs exceeds the estimated December 2010 value of those securities. This estimate does not include the potential NCUA claims or any claims by other purchasers in the same or other mortgage-related offerings that have not actually brought claims against the firm.
 
The firm has also received requests for information from regulators relating to themortgage-relatedsecuritization process, subprime mortgages, CDOs, syntheticmortgage-relatedproducts, particular transactions, and servicing and foreclosure activities, and is cooperating with the requests.
 
The firm expects to be the subject of additional putative shareholder derivative actions, purported class actions, rescission and “put back” claims and other litigation,

additional investor and shareholder demands, and additional regulatory and other investigations and actions with respect tomortgage-relatedofferings, loan sales, CDOs, and servicing and foreclosure activities. See Note 18 for further information regardingmortgage-relatedcontingencies.
 
GS&Co., along with numerous other financial institutions, is a defendant in an action brought by the City of Cleveland alleging that the defendants’ activities in connection with securitizations of subprime mortgages created a “public nuisance” in Cleveland. The action is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, and the complaint seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages. The district court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss by a decision dated May 15, 2009. The City appealed on May 18, 2009. The appellate court affirmed the complaint’s dismissal by a decision dated July 27, 2010 and, on October 14, 2010, denied the City’s petition for rehearing en banc. On January 12, 2011, the City filed a petition for writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court.
 
Auction Products Matters.  On August 21, 2008, GS&Co. entered into a settlement in principle with the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Illinois Securities Department (on behalf of the North American Securities Administrators Association) regarding auction rate securities. Under the agreement, Goldman Sachs agreed, among other things, (i) to offer to repurchase at par the outstanding auction rate securities that its private wealth management clients purchased through the firm prior to February 11, 2008, with the exception of those auction rate securities where auctions are clearing, (ii) to continue to work with issuers and other interested parties, including regulatory and governmental entities, to expeditiously provide liquidity solutions for institutional investors, and (iii) to pay a $22.5 million fine. The settlement is subject to definitive documentation and approval by the various states. On June 2, 2009, GS&Co. entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance with the New York State Attorney General. On March 19, 2010, GS&Co. entered into an Administrative Consent Order with the Illinois Secretary of State, Securities Department, which had conducted an investigation on behalf of states other than New York. GS&Co has entered into similar consent orders with most states and is in the process of doing so with the remaining states.
 
On August 28, 2008, a putative shareholder derivative action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York naming as defendants Group Inc., the Board, and certain senior officers. The complaint alleges generally that the Board breached its


198


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

fiduciary duties and committed mismanagement in connection with its oversight of auction rate securities marketing and trading operations, that certain individual defendants engaged in insider selling by selling shares of Group Inc., and that the firm’s public filings were false and misleading in violation of the federal securities laws by failing to accurately disclose the alleged practices involving auction rate securities. The complaint seeks damages, injunctive and declaratory relief, restitution, and an order requiring the firm to adopt corporate reforms. On May 19, 2009, the district court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss, and on July 20, 2009 denied plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration. Following the dismissal of the shareholder derivative action, the named plaintiff in such action sent the Board a letter demanding that the Board investigate the allegations set forth in the complaint, and the Board ultimately rejected the demand.
 
On September 4, 2008, Group Inc. was named as a defendant, together with numerous other financial services firms, in two complaints filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that the defendants engaged in a conspiracy to manipulate the auction securities market in violation of federal antitrust laws. The actions were filed, respectively, on behalf of putative classes of issuers of and investors in auction rate securities and seek, among other things, treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted on January 26, 2010. On March 1, 2010, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal from the dismissal of their complaints.
 
Private Equity-Sponsored Acquisitions Litigation.  Group Inc. and “GS Capital Partners” are among numerous private equity firms and investment banks named as defendants in a federal antitrust action filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts in December 2007. As amended, the complaint generally alleges that the defendants have colluded to limit competition in bidding for privateequity-sponsoredacquisitions of public companies, thereby resulting in lower prevailing bids and, by extension, less consideration for shareholders of those companies in violation of Section 1 of the U.S. Sherman Antitrust Act and common law. The complaint seeks, among other things, treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss on August 27, 2008. The district court dismissed claims relating to certain transactions that were the subject of releases as part of the settlement of shareholder actions challenging such transactions, and by an order dated December 15, 2008 otherwise denied the motion to dismiss. On

April 26, 2010, the plaintiffs moved for leave to proceed with a second phase of discovery encompassing additional transactions. On August 18, 2010, the court permitted discovery on eight additional transactions, and the plaintiffs filed a fourth amended complaint on October 7, 2010. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss certain aspects of the fourth amended complaint on October 21, 2010, and the court granted that motion on January 13, 2011.
 
Washington Mutual Securities Litigation.  GS&Co. is among numerous underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action amended complaint filed on August 5, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington. As to the underwriters, plaintiffs allege that the offering documents in connection with various securities offerings by Washington Mutual, Inc. failed to describe accurately the company’s exposure tomortgage-relatedactivities in violation of the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws. The defendants include past and present directors and officers of Washington Mutual, the company’s former outside auditors, and numerous underwriters. By a decision dated May 15, 2009, the district court granted in part and denied in part the underwriter defendants’ motion to dismiss, with leave to replead and, on June 15, 2009, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. By a decision dated October 27, 2009, the federal district court granted and denied in part the underwriters’ motion to dismiss. On October 12, 2010, the court granted class certification (except as to one transaction). On December 1, 2010, the defendants moved for partial judgment on the pleadings as to two of the offerings. By a decision dated January 28, 2011, the district court denied the defendants’ motion for partial judgment on the pleadings.
 
GS&Co. underwrote approximately $520 million principal amount of securities to all purchasers in the offerings at issue in the complaint (excluding those offerings for which the claims have been dismissed).
 
On September 25, 2008, the FDIC took over the primary banking operations of Washington Mutual, Inc. and then sold them. On September 27, 2008, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. bankruptcy court in Delaware.


199


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

IndyMac Pass-Through Certificates Litigation.  GS&Co. is among numerous underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on May 14, 2009 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. As to the underwriters, plaintiffs allege that the offering documents in connection with various securitizations ofmortgage-relatedassets violated the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws. The defendants includeIndyMac-relatedentities formed in connection with the securitizations, the underwriters of the offerings, certain ratings agencies which evaluated the credit quality of the securities, and certain former officers and directors of IndyMac affiliates. On November 2, 2009, the underwriters moved to dismiss the complaint. The motion was granted in part on February 17, 2010 to the extent of dismissing claims based on offerings in which no plaintiff purchased, and the court reserved judgment as to the other aspects of the motion. By a decision dated June 21, 2010, the district court formally dismissed all claims relating to offerings in which no named plaintiff purchased certificates (including all offerings underwritten by GS&Co.), and both granted and denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss in various other respects. On May 17, 2010, four additional investors filed a motion seeking to intervene in order to assert claims based on additional offerings (including two underwritten by GS&Co.). On July 6, 2010, another additional investor filed a motion to intervene in order to assert claims based on additional offerings (none of which were underwritten by GS&Co.).
 
GS&Co. underwrote approximately $751 million principal amount of securities to all purchasers in the offerings at issue in the May 2010 motion to intervene. On July 11, 2008, IndyMac Bank was placed under an FDIC receivership, and on July 31, 2008, IndyMac Bancorp, Inc. filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Los Angeles, California.
 
Employment-Related Matters.  On May 27, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by several contingent technology workers who were employees ofthird-partyvendors. The plaintiffs are seeking overtime pay for alleged hours worked in excess of 40 per work week. The complaint alleges that the plaintiffs were de facto employees of GS&Co. and that GS&Co. is responsible for the overtime pay under federal and state overtime laws. The complaint seeks class action status and unspecified damages.

On September 15, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District for the Southern District of New York by three former female employees alleging that Group Inc. and GS&Co. have systematically discriminated against female employees in respect of compensation, promotion, assignments, mentoring and performance evaluations. The complaint alleges a class consisting of all female employees employed at specified levels by Group Inc. and GS&Co. since July 2002, and asserts claims under federal and New York City discrimination laws. The complaint seeks class action status, injunctive relief and unspecified amounts of compensatory, punitive and other damages. On November 22, 2010, Group Inc. and GS&Co. filed a motion to stay the claims of one of the named plaintiffs and to compel individual arbitration with that individual, based on an arbitration provision contained in an employment agreement between Group Inc. and the individual.
 
Transactions with the Hellenic Republic (Greece).  Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of investigations and reviews by various governmental and regulatory bodies andself-regulatory organizationsin connection with the firm’s transactions with the Hellenic Republic (Greece), including financing and swap transactions. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.
 
Sales, Trading and Clearance Practices.  Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of investigations and reviews by various governmental and regulatory bodies andself-regulatoryorganizations relating to the sales, trading and clearance of corporate and government securities and other financial products, including compliance with the SEC’s short sale rule, algorithmic and quantitative trading, futures trading, securities lending practices, trading of credit derivative instruments, commodities trading and the effectiveness of insider trading controls and internal information barriers. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.


200


Table of Contents

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 

Municipal Securities Matters.  Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of investigations and reviews by various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations relating to transactions involving municipal securities, including wall-cross procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect to state and municipal clients, the trading of municipal derivative instruments in connection with municipal offerings, political contribution rules and the possible impact of credit default swap transactions on municipal issuers. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.
 
Group Inc., Goldman Sachs Mitsui Marine Derivative Products, L.P. (GSMMDP) and GS Bank USA are among numerous financial services firms that have been named as defendants in numerous substantially identical individual antitrust actions filed beginning on November 12, 2009 that have been coordinated with related antitrust class action litigation and individual actions, in which no Goldman Sachs affiliate is named, forpre-trialproceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The plaintiffs include individual California municipal entities and three New Yorknon-profitentities. On April 26, 2010, the Goldman Sachs defendants’ motion to dismiss complaints filed by

several individual California municipal plaintiffs was denied. All of these complaints against Group Inc., GSMMDP and GS Bank USA generally allege that the Goldman Sachs defendants participated in a conspiracy to arrange bids, fix prices and divide up the market for derivatives used by municipalities in refinancing and hedging transactions from 1992 to 2008. The complaints assert claims under the federal antitrust laws and either California’s Cartwright Act or New York’s Donnelly Act, and seek, among other things, treble damages under the antitrust laws in an unspecified amount and injunctive relief.
 
Financial Crisis-Related Matters.  Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of investigations and reviews by various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations relating to the 2008 financial crisis, including the establishment and unwind of credit default swaps between Goldman Sachs and American International Group, Inc. (AIG) and other transactions with, and in the securities of, AIG, The Bear Stearns Companies Inc., Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and other firms. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.
 


201


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Quarterly Results (unaudited)

The following represents the firm’s unaudited quarterly results for the fiscal years ended December 2010 and December 2009. These quarterly results were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting

principles and reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.
 


                   
 
  Three Months Ended
  December
  September
  June
  March
   
in millions, except per share data 2010  2010  2010  2010   
 
Totalnon-interestrevenues
 $7,304  $7,775  $7,222  $11,357   
Interest income
  3,069   2,937   3,302   3,001   
Interest expense
  1,731   1,809   1,683   1,583   
 
 
Net interest income
  1,338   1,128   1,619   1,418   
 
 
Net revenues, including net interest income
  8,642   8,903   8,841   12,775   
Operating expenses 1
  5,168   6,092   7,393   7,616   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings
  3,474   2,811   1,448   5,159   
Provision for taxes
  1,087   913   835   1,703   
 
 
Net earnings
  2,387   1,898   613   3,456   
Preferred stock dividends
  160   161   160   160   
 
 
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders
 $2,227  $1,737  $453  $3,296   
 
 
Earnings per common share
                  
Basic
 $4.10  $3.19  $0.82  $6.02   
Diluted
  3.79   2.98   0.78   5.59   
Dividends declared per common share
  0.35   0.35   0.35   0.35   
 
 
 
                   
 
  Three Months Ended
  December
  September
  June
  March
   
in millions, except per share data 2009  2009  2009  2009   
 
Totalnon-interestrevenues
 $7,847  $10,682  $11,719  $7,518   
Interest income
  3,075   3,000   3,470   4,362   
Interest expense
  1,307   1,310   1,428   2,455   
 
 
Net interest income
  1,768   1,690   2,042   1,907   
 
 
Net revenues, including net interest income
  9,615   12,372   13,761   9,425   
Operating expenses 1
  2,238   7,578   8,732   6,796   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings
  7,377   4,794   5,029   2,629   
Provision for taxes
  2,429   1,606   1,594   815   
 
 
Net earnings
  4,948   3,188   3,435   1,814   
Preferred stock dividends
  161   160   717   155   
 
 
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders
 $4,787  $3,028  $2,718  $1,659   
 
 
Earnings per common share
                  
Basic
 $9.01  $5.74  $5.27  $3.48   
Diluted
  8.20   5.25   4.93   3.39   
Dividends declared per common share
  0.35   0.35   0.35      
 
 
 
1.  The timing and magnitude of changes in the firm’s discretionary compensation accruals can have a significant effect on results in a given quarter.

202


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
Common Stock Price Range
The table below presents the high and low sales prices per share of the firm’s common stock.
 
                           
 
  Year Ended
  December 2010  December 2009  November 2008
  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low   
 
First quarter
 $178.75  $147.81  $115.65  $59.13  $229.35  $169.00   
Second quarter
  186.41   131.02   151.17   100.46   203.39   140.27   
Third quarter
  157.25   129.50   188.00   135.23   190.04   152.25   
Fourth quarter
  171.61   144.70   193.60   160.20   172.45   47.41   
 
 
 
As of February 11, 2011, there were 12,165 holders of record of the firm’s common stock.
 
On February 11, 2011, the last reported sales price for the firm’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $166.66 per share.

203


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
Selected Financial Data
                           
 
  As of or for the
  Year Ended  
One Month Ended 
  December
  December
  November
  November
  November
  December
   
  2010  2009  2008  2007  2006  2008   
 
Income statement data (in millions)
                          
Totalnon-interestrevenues
 $33,658  $37,766  $17,946  $42,000  $34,167  $(502)  
Interest income
  12,309   13,907   35,633   45,968   35,186   1,687   
Interest expense
  6,806   6,500   31,357   41,981   31,688   1,002   
 
 
Net interest income
  5,503   7,407   4,276   3,987   3,498   685   
 
 
Net revenues, including net interest income
  39,161   45,173   22,222   45,987   37,665   183   
Compensation and benefits
  15,376   16,193   10,934   20,190   16,457   744   
U.K. bank payroll tax
  465                  
Other operating expenses
  10,428   9,151   8,952   8,193   6,648   697   
 
 
Pre-taxearnings/(loss)
 $12,892  $19,829  $2,336  $17,604  $14,560  $(1,258)  
 
 
Balance sheet data (in millions)
                          
Total assets
 $911,332  $848,942  $884,547  $1,119,796  $838,201  $1,112,225   
Other secured financings(long-term)
  13,848   11,203   17,458   33,300   26,134   18,413   
Unsecuredlong-termborrowings
  174,399   185,085   168,220   164,174   122,842   185,564   
Total liabilities
  833,976   778,228   820,178   1,076,996   802,415   1,049,171   
Total shareholders’ equity
  77,356   70,714   64,369   42,800   35,786   63,054   
 
 
Common share data (in millions, except per share amounts)
                          
Earnings/(loss) per common share
                          
Basic
 $14.15  $23.74  $4.67  $26.34  $20.93  $(2.15)  
Diluted
  13.18   22.13   4.47   24.73   19.69   (2.15)  
Dividends declared per common share
  1.40   1.05   1.40   1.40   1.30   0.47 5  
Book value per common share 1
  128.72   117.48   98.68   90.43   72.62   95.84   
Average common shares outstanding
                          
Basic
  542.0   512.3   437.0   433.0   449.0   485.5   
Diluted
  585.3   550.9   456.2   461.2   477.4   485.5   
 
 
Selected data (unaudited)
                          
Total staff
                          
Americas
  19,900   18,900   19,700   20,100   18,100   19,200   
Non-Americas
  15,800   13,600   14,800   15,400   12,800   14,100   
 
 
Total staff 2
  35,700   32,500   34,500   35,500   30,900   33,300   
Total staff, including consolidated entities held for investment purposes
  38,700   36,200   39,200   40,000   34,700   38,000   
 
 
Assets under management (in billions)3
                          
Asset class
                          
Alternative investments 4
 $148  $146  $146  $151  $145  $145   
Equity
  144   146   112   255   215   114   
Fixed income
  340   315   248   256   198   253   
 
 
Totalnon-moneymarket assets
  632   607   506   662   558   512   
Money markets
  208   264   273   206   118   286   
 
 
Total assets under management
 $840  $871  $779  $868  $676  $798   
 
 
 
1.   Book value per common share is based on common shares outstanding, including RSUs granted to employees with no future service requirements, of 546.9 million, 542.7 million, 485.4 million, 439.0 million, 450.1 million and 485.9 million as of December 2010, December 2009, November 2008, November 2007, November 2006 and December 2008, respectively.
 
2.   Includes employees, consultants and temporary staff.
 
3.   Substantially all assets under management are valued as of calendar month-end.
 
4.   Primarily includes hedge funds, private equity, real estate, currencies, commodities and asset allocation strategies.
 
5.   Rounded to the nearest penny. Exact dividend amount was $0.4666666 per common share and was reflective of a four-month period (December 2008 through March 2009), due to the change in the firm’s fiscal year-end.

204


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
Statistical Disclosures
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
 
The table below presents a summary of consolidated average balances and interest rates.
                                       
 
  For the Year Ended
  December 2010  December 2009  November 2008
  Average
     Average
  Average
     Average
  Average
     Average
   
in millions, except rates balance  Interest  rate  balance  Interest  rate  balance  Interest  rate   
 
Assets
                                      
Deposits with banks
 $29,371  $86   0.29% $22,108  $65   0.29% $5,887  $188   3.19%  
U.S. 
  24,988   67   0.27   18,134   45   0.25   1,541   41   2.66   
Non-U.S. 
  4,383   19   0.43   3,974   20   0.50   4,346   147   3.38   
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell, at fair value, and federal funds sold
  353,719   540   0.15   355,636   951   0.27   421,157   11,746   2.79   
U.S. 
  243,907   75   0.03   255,785   14   0.01   331,043   8,791   2.66   
Non-U.S. 
  109,812   465   0.42   99,851   937   0.94   90,114   2,955   3.28   
Financial instruments owned, at fair value 1, 2
  273,801   10,346   3.78   277,706   11,106   4.00   328,208   13,150   4.01   
U.S. 
  189,136   7,865   4.16   198,849   8,429   4.24   186,498   7,700   4.13   
Non-U.S. 
  84,665   2,481   2.93   78,857   2,677   3.39   141,710   5,450   3.85   
Other interest-earning assets 3
  118,364   1,337   1.13   127,067   1,785   1.40   221,040   10,549   4.77   
U.S. 
  82,965   689   0.83   83,000   1,052   1.27   131,778   4,438   3.37   
Non-U.S. 
  35,399   648   1.83   44,067   733   1.66   89,262   6,111   6.85   
 
 
Total interest-earning assets
  775,255   12,309   1.59   782,517   13,907   1.78   976,292   35,633   3.65   
Cash and due from banks
  3,709           5,066           7,975           
Othernon-interest-earningassets 2
  113,310           124,554           154,727           
 
 
Total Assets
 $892,274          $912,137          $1,138,994           
 
 
Liabilities
                                      
Interest-bearing deposits
 $38,011   304   0.80  $41,076   415   1.01  $26,455   756   2.86   
U.S. 
  31,418   279   0.89   35,043   371   1.06   21,598   617   2.86   
Non-U.S. 
  6,593   25   0.38   6,033   44   0.73   4,857   139   2.86   
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value
  160,280   708   0.44   156,794   1,317   0.84   194,935   7,414   3.80   
U.S. 
  112,839   355   0.31   111,718   392   0.35   107,361   3,663   3.41   
Non-U.S. 
  47,441   353   0.74   45,076   925   2.05   87,574   3,751   4.28   
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased 1, 2
  89,040   1,859   2.09   72,866   1,854   2.54   95,377   2,789   2.92   
U.S. 
  44,713   818   1.83   39,647   586   1.48   49,152   1,202   2.45   
Non-U.S. 
  44,327   1,041   2.35   33,219   1,268   3.82   46,225   1,587   3.43   
Commercial paper
  1,624   5   0.31   1,002   5   0.50   4,097   145   3.54   
U.S. 
  289   1   0.35   284   3   1.06   3,147   121   3.84   
Non-U.S. 
  1,335   4   0.30   718   2   0.28   950   24   2.53   
Other borrowings 4, 5
  53,888   448   0.83   58,129   618   1.06   99,351   1,719   1.73   
U.S. 
  33,017   393   1.19   36,164   525   1.45   52,126   1,046   2.01   
Non-U.S. 
  20,871   55   0.26   21,965   93   0.42   47,225   673   1.43   
Long-termborrowings 5, 6
  193,031   3,155   1.63   203,280   2,585   1.27   203,360   6,975   3.43   
U.S. 
  183,338   2,910   1.59   192,054   2,313   1.20   181,775   6,271   3.45   
Non-U.S. 
  9,693   245   2.53   11,226   272   2.42   21,585   704   3.26   
Other interest-bearing liabilities 7
  189,008   327   0.17   207,148   (294)  (0.14)  345,956   11,559   3.34   
U.S. 
  142,752   (221)  (0.15)  147,206   (723)  (0.49)  214,780   6,275   2.92   
Non-U.S. 
  46,256   548   1.18   59,942   429   0.72   131,176   5,284   4.03   
 
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  724,882   6,806   0.94   740,295   6,500   0.88   969,531   31,357   3.23   
Non-interest-bearingdeposits
  169           115           4           
Othernon-interest-bearingliabilities 2
  92,966           106,200           122,292           
 
 
Total liabilities
  818,017           846,610           1,091,827           
Shareholders’ equity
                                      
Preferred stock
  6,957           11,363           5,157           
Common stock
  67,300           54,164           42,010           
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
  74,257           65,527           47,167           
Total liabilities, preferred stock and shareholders’ equity
 $892,274          $912,137          $1,138,994           
 
 
Interest rate spread
          0.65%          0.90%          0.42%  
Net interest income and net yield on interest-earning assets
     $5,503   0.71      $7,407   0.95      $4,276   0.44   
U.S. 
      4,161   0.77       6,073   1.09       1,775   0.27   
Non-U.S. 
      1,342   0.57       1,334   0.59       2,501   0.77   
Percentage of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities attributable tonon-U.S. operations8
                                      
Assets
          30.22%          28.98%          33.33%  
Liabilities
          24.35           24.07           35.03   
 
 

205


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
1.   Consists of cash financial instruments, including equity securities and convertible debentures.
 
2.   Derivative instruments and commodities are included in other noninterest-earning assets and other noninterest-bearing liabilities.
 
3.   Primarily consists of cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes and certain receivables from customers and counterparties.
 
4.   Consists ofshort-termother secured financings and unsecuredshort-termborrowings, excluding commercial paper.
 
5.   Interest rates include the effects of interest rate swaps accounted for as hedges.
 
6.   Consists oflong-termother secured financings and unsecuredlong-termborrowings.
 
7.   Primarily consists of certain payables to customers and counterparties.
 
8.   Assets, liabilities and interest are attributed to U.S. andnon-U.S. basedon the location of the legal entity in which the assets and liabilities are held.

206


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Changes in Net Interest Income, Volume and Rate
Analysis

 
The table below presents an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes. In this

analysis, changes due to volume/rate variance have been allocated to volume.
 


                           
 
  For the Year Ended
  December 2010 versus December 2009  December 2009 versus November 2008 
  Increase (decrease) due
     Increase (decrease) due
      
  to change in:     to change in:      
        Net
        Net
   
in millions Volume  Rate  change  Volume  Rate  change   
 
Interest-earning assets
                          
Deposits with banks
 $20  $1  $21  $39  $(162) $(123)  
U.S. 
  18   4   22   41   (37)  4   
Non-U.S. 
  2   (3)  (1)  (2)  (125)  (127)  
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell, at fair value and federal funds sold
  38   (449)  (411)  87   (10,882)  (10,795)  
U.S. 
  (4)  65   61   (4)  (8,773)  (8,777)  
Non-U.S. 
  42   (514)  (472)  91   (2,109)  (2,018)  
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
  (234)  (526)  (760)  (1,610)  (434)  (2,044)  
U.S. 
  (404)  (160)  (564)  524   205   729   
Non-U.S. 
  170   (366)  (196)  (2,134)  (639)  (2,773)  
Other interest-earning assets
  (159)  (289)  (448)  (1,370)  (7,394)  (8,764)  
U.S. 
     (363)  (363)  (618)  (2,768)  (3,386)  
Non-U.S. 
  (159)  74   (85)  (752)  (4,626)  (5,378)  
 
 
Change in interest income
  (335)  (1,263)  (1,598)  (2,854)  (18,872)  (21,726)  
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities
                          
Interest-bearing deposits
  (30)  (81)  (111)  151   (492)  (341)  
U.S. 
  (32)  (60)  (92)  142   (388)  (246)  
Non-U.S. 
  2   (21)  (19)  9   (104)  (95)  
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value
  22   (631)  (609)  (857)  (5,240)  (6,097)  
U.S. 
  4   (41)  (37)  15   (3,286)  (3,271)  
Non-U.S. 
  18   (590)  (572)  (872)  (1,954)  (2,826)  
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
  354   (349)  5   (636)  (299)  (935)  
U.S. 
  93   139   232   (140)  (476)  (616)  
Non-U.S. 
  261   (488)  (227)  (496)  177   (319)  
Commercial paper
  2   (2)     (31)  (109)  (140)  
U.S. 
     (2)  (2)  (30)  (88)  (118)  
Non-U.S. 
  2      2   (1)  (21)  (22)  
Other borrowings
  (40)  (130)  (170)  (339)  (762)  (1,101)  
U.S. 
  (37)  (95)  (132)  (232)  (289)  (521)  
Non-U.S. 
  (3)  (35)  (38)  (107)  (473)  (580)  
Long-termdebt
  (177)  747   570   (128)  (4,262)  (4,390)  
U.S. 
  (138)  735   597   123   (4,081)  (3,958)  
Non-U.S. 
  (39)  12   (27)  (251)  (181)  (432)  
Other interest-bearing liabilities
  (155)  776   621   (178)  (11,675)  (11,853)  
U.S. 
  7   495   502   332   (7,330)  (6,998)  
Non-U.S. 
  (162)  281   119   (510)  (4,345)  (4,855)  
 
 
Change in interest expense
  (24)  330   306   (2,018)  (22,839)  (24,857)  
 
 
Change in net interest income
 $(311) $(1,593) $(1,904) $(836) $3,967  $3,131   
 
 

207


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Available-for-saleSecurities Portfolio
The table below presents the fair value ofavailable-for-salesecurities.
 
                   
 
     Gross
  Gross
      
  Amortized
  Unrealized
  Unrealized
  Fair
   
in millions Cost  Gains  Losses  Value   
 
Available-for-salesecurities, December 2010
                  
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $176  $  $  $176   
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  638   18   (19)  637   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  2         2   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities
  593   82   (5)  670   
Corporate debt securities
  1,533   162   (7)  1,688   
State and municipal obligations
  356   8   (5)  359   
Other debt obligations
  136   7   (2)  141   
 
 
Totalavailable-for-salesecurities
 $3,434  $277  $(38) $3,673   
 
 
Available-for-salesecurities, December 2009
                  
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $309  $  $  $309   
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  982   8   (40)  950   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
  32   1      33   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities
  583   70   (15)  638   
Corporate debt securities
  1,485   160   (4)  1,641   
State and municipal obligations
  179   5   (2)  182   
Other debt obligations
  108   3      111   
 
 
Totalavailable-for-salesecurities
 $3,678  $247  $(61) $3,864   
 
 

208


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 

The table below presents the fair value, amortized cost and weighted average yields ofavailable-for-sale

securities by contractual maturity. Yields are calculated on a weighted average basis.
 


                                           
 
  As of December 2010
     Due After
  Due After
      
  Due in
  One Year Through
  Five Years Through
  Due After
   
  One Year or Less  Five Years  Ten Years  Ten Years  Total
$ in millions Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield   
 
Fair value ofavailable-for-salesecurities
                                          
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $176   % $   % $   % $   % $176   %  
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  37   4   99   3   17   4   484   4   637   4   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
        2   2               2   2   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities
                    670   11   670   11   
Corporate debt securities
  34   6   126   6   717   6   811   7   1,688   6   
State and municipal obligations
        10   5   11   5   338   6   359   6   
Other debt obligations
              24   1   117   5   141   4   
 
 
Totalavailable-for-salesecurities
 $247      $237      $769      $2,420      $3,673       
 
 
Amortized cost ofavailable-for-salesecurities
 $246      $220      $708      $2,260      $3,434       
 
 
 
                                           
 
  As of December 2009
     Due After
  Due After
      
  Due in
  One Year Through
  Five Years Through
  Due After
   
  One Year or Less  Five Years  Ten Years  Ten Years  Total
$ in millions Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield   
 
Fair value ofavailable-for-salesecurities
                                          
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
 $309   % $   % $   % $   % $309   %  
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
  15   3   142   3   148   4   645   4   950   4   
Non-U.S. governmentobligations
        33   3               33   3   
Mortgage and otherasset-backedloans and securities
              22   5   616   15   638   15   
Corporate debt securities
  71   6   252   6   638   7   680   7   1,641   6   
State and municipal obligations
        10   5   10   5   162   7   182   6   
Other debt obligations
        41   1   15   3   55   9   111   5   
 
 
Totalavailable-for-salesecurities
 $395      $478      $833      $2,158      $3,864       
 
 
Amortized cost ofavailable-for-salesecurities
 $394      $458      $772      $2,054      $3,678       
 
 

209


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Deposits
The table below presents a summary of the firm’s interest-bearing deposits.
 
                           
 
  Average Balances  Average Interest Rates
  December
  December
  November
  December
  December
  November
   
$ in millions 2010  2009  2008  2010  2009  2008   
 
U.S.:
                          
Savings 1
 $23,260  $23,024  $20,214   0.44%  0.62%  2.82%  
                           
Time
  8,158   12,019   1,384   2.16   1.89   3.40   
 
 
Total U.S. deposits
  31,418   35,043   21,598   0.89   1.06   2.86   
                           
Non-U.S.:
                          
Demand
  5,559   5,402   4,842   0.34   0.61   2.83   
                           
Time
  1,034   631   15   0.58   1.65   13.00   
 
 
TotalNon-U.S. deposits
  6,593   6,033   4,857   0.38   0.73   2.86   
 
 
Total deposits
 $38,011  $41,076  $26,455   0.80   1.01   2.86   
 
 
 
1.  Amounts are available for withdrawal upon short notice, generally within seven days.
 
Ratios
The table below presents selected financial ratios.
 
               
 
  Year Ended
  December
  December
  November
   
  2010  2009  2008   
 
Net earnings to average assets
  0.9%  1.5%  0.2%  
Return on common shareholders’ equity 1
  11.5   22.5   4.9   
Return on total shareholders’ equity 2
  11.3   20.4   4.9   
Total average equity to average assets
  8.3   7.2   4.1   
 
 
 
1.   Based on net earnings applicable to common shareholders divided by average monthly common shareholders’ equity.
 
2.   Based on net earnings divided by average monthly total shareholders’ equity.

210


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Short-termand Other Borrowed Funds

The table below presents a summary of the firm’s securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase andshort-termborrowings. These borrowings generally mature

within one year of the financial statement date and include borrowings that are redeemable at the option of the holder within one year of the financial statement date.
 


                                       
 
  Securities Loaned and Securities Sold
      
  Under Agreements to Repurchase  Commercial Paper  Other Funds Borrowed1, 2
  December
  December
  November
  December
  December
  November
  December
  December
  November
   
$ in millions 2010  2009  2008  2010  2009  2008  2010  2009  2008   
 
Amounts outstanding at year-end
 $173,557  $143,567  $79,943  $1,306  $1,660  $1,125  $71,065  $48,787  $72,758   
Average outstanding during the year
  160,280   156,794   194,935   1,624   1,002   4,097   53,888   58,129   99,351   
Maximum month-end outstanding
  173,557   169,083   256,596   1,712   3,060   12,718   71,065   77,712   109,927   
Weighted average interest rate
                                      
During the year
  0.44%  0.84%  3.80%  0.31%  0.50%  3.54%  0.83%  1.06%  1.73%  
At year-end
  0.44   0.26   3.27   0.20   0.37   2.79   0.63   0.76   2.06   
 
 
 
1.   Includesshort-termsecured financings of $24.53 billion, $12.93 billion and $21.23 billion as of December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, respectively.
 
2.   As of December 2010, December 2009 and November 2008, weighted average interest rates include the effects of hedging.

211


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Cross-border Outstandings

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (FFIEC) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk. Claims include cash, receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash financial instruments, but exclude derivative instruments and commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities

borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held.
 
The tables below present cross-border outstandings for each country in which cross-border outstandings exceed 0.75% of consolidated assets in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines.
 


                   
 
  As of December 2010
in millions Banks  Governments  Other  Total   
 
Country
                  
France
 $29,380  $7,369  $4,326  $41,075   
United Kingdom
  5,630   4,833   26,516   36,979   
Cayman Islands
  7      35,949   35,956   
Japan
  28,579   49   4,936   33,564   
Germany
  3,897   15,791   2,186   21,874   
China
  10,724   700   2,705   14,129   
Switzerland
  2,464   150   6,875   9,489   
 
                   
 
  As of December 2009
in millions Banks  Governments  Other  Total   
 
Country
                  
United Kingdom
 $3,284  $4,843  $51,664  $59,791   
Japan
  18,259   107   4,833   23,199   
Cayman Islands
  53   16   21,476   21,545   
France
  8,846   4,648   5,655   19,149   
Germany
  8,610   6,080   2,885   17,575   
China
  9,105   108   4,187   13,400   
Ireland
  5,634   20   1,577   7,231   

212


Table of Contents

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure during the last two fiscal years.
 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures
 
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by Goldman Sachs’ management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inRule 13a-15(e)under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined inRule 13a-15(f)under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
 
Item 9B.  Other Information
 
Not applicable.

PART III
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Information relating to our executive officers is included on pages 32 to 33 of thisForm 10-K.Information relating to our directors, including our audit committee and audit committee financial experts and the procedures by which shareholders can recommend director nominees, and our executive officers will be in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 6, 2011, which will be filed within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (2011 Proxy Statement) and is incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our senior financial officers, as defined in the Code, is included in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-K.
 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
 
Information relating to our executive officer and director compensation and the compensation committee of our board of directors will be in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 


213


Table of Contents

 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 

Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners of our common stock and information relating to the security ownership of our management will be in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010, the last day of fiscal 2010,

regarding securities to be issued on exercise of outstanding stock options or pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units and performance-based awards, and securities remaining available for issuance under our equity compensation plans that were in effect during fiscal 2010.
 


                   
 
    Number of
     Number of Securities
   
    Securities to be
     Remaining Available for
   
    Issued Upon
  Weighted-Average
  Future Issuance Under
   
    Exercise of
  Exercise Price of
  Equity Compensation
   
    Outstanding
  Outstanding
  Plans (Excluding
   
    Options, Warrants
  Options, Warrants
  Securities Reflected in
   
    Plan Category and Rights  and Rights  the Second Column)   
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  The Goldman Sachs Amended and
Restated Stock Incentive Plan 1
   116,097,803 2 $96.71 3  139,152,653 4  
 
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  None            
 
 
Total
      116,097,803 2      139,152,653 4  
 
 
 
1.   The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (SIP) was approved by the shareholders of Goldman Sachs at our 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is a successor plan to The Goldman Sachs 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (1999 Plan), which was approved by our shareholders immediately prior to our initial public offering in May 1999 and under which no additional awards have been granted since approval of the SIP.
 
2.   Includes: (i) 55,247,865 shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of outstanding options; (ii) 60,780,875 shares that may be issued pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units; and (iii) 69,063 shares that may be issued pursuant to outstanding performance-based units granted under the SIP. These awards are subject to vesting and other conditions to the extent set forth in the respective award agreements, and the underlying shares will be delivered net of any required tax withholding.
 
3.   This weighted-average exercise price relates only to the options described in footnote 2. Shares underlying restricted stock units and performance-based units are deliverable without the payment of any consideration, and therefore these awards have not been taken into account in calculating the weighted-average exercise price.
 
4.   Represents shares remaining to be issued under the SIP, excluding shares reflected in the second column. The total number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the SIP through the end of our 2008 fiscal year could not exceed 250 million shares. The total number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the SIP in our 2009 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter cannot exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, increased by the number of shares available for awards in previous years but not covered by awards granted in such years. There are no shares remaining to be issued under the 1999 Plan other than those reflected in the second column.
 
 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will be in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
 
Information regarding principal accountant fees and services will be in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.


 
 


214


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Documents filed as part of this Report:
 
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in thisForm 10-Kare included in Part II, Item 8 hereof.
 
2. Exhibits
 
     
 2.1 Plan of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on FormS-1 (No. 333-74449)).
 3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., amended as of May 7, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed May 11, 2010).
 3.2 Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., amended as of May 7, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K,filed May 11, 2010).
 4.1 Indenture, dated as of May 19, 1999, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6 to the Registrant’s registration statement onForm 8-A,filed June 29, 1999).
 4.2 Subordinated Debt Indenture, dated as of February 20, 2004, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 2003).
 4.3 Warrant Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2006, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to the Registrant’sPost-EffectiveAmendment No. 3 to FormS-3, filed on March 1, 2006).
 4.4 Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of December 4, 2007, among GS Finance Corp., as issuer, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., as guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.69 to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to FormS-3, filed on December 4, 2007).
    Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of RegulationS-K. The Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of any such instruments.
 4.5 Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of July 16, 2008, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.82 to the Registrant’sPost-EffectiveAmendment No. 11 to FormS-3(No. 333-130074),filed July 17, 2008).
 4.6 Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008, among GS Finance Corp., as issuer, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., as guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.70 to the Registrant’s registration statement on FormS-3 (No.333-154173),filed October 10, 2008).
 10.1 The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 2008). 
 10.2 The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Restricted Partner Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended February 24, 2006). 
 10.3 Form of Employment Agreement for Participating Managing Directors (applicable to executive officers) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s registration statement on FormS-1(No. 333-75213)). 
 10.4 Form of Agreement Relating to Noncompetition and Other Covenants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s registration statement on FormS-1(No. 333-75213)). 
 10.5 Tax Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 7, 1999, by and among The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and various parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s registration statement on FormS-1(No. 333-75213)).

215


Table of Contents

     
 10.6 Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, effective as of January 22, 2010, among The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and various parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009).
 10.7 Instrument of Indemnification (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s registration statement on FormS-1 (No.333-75213)).
 10.8 Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended November 26, 1999).
 10.9 Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended November 26, 1999).
 10.10 Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended August 25, 2000).
 10.11 Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 5, 2000, to the Tax Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 7, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended August 25, 2000).
 10.12 Letter, dated February 6, 2001, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. John H. Bryan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2000). 
 10.13 Letter, dated February 6, 2001, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. James A. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2000). 
 10.14 Letter, dated December 18, 2002, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. William W. George (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 29, 2002). 
 10.15 Letter, dated June 20, 2003, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. Claes Dahlbäck (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended May 30, 2003). 
 10.16 Letter, dated March 31, 2004, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Ms. Lois D. Juliber (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended May 28, 2004). 
 10.17 Letter, dated April 6, 2005, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. Stephen Friedman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed April 8, 2005). 
 10.18 Letter, dated May 12, 2009, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. James J. Schiro (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended June 26, 2009). 
 10.19 Form of Amendment, dated November 27, 2004, to Agreement Relating to Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated May 7, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 26, 2004). 
 10.20 Form ofYear-EndRestricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007). 
 10.21 Form of Year-End Restricted Stock Award in Connection with Outstanding RSU Awards (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007). 
 10.22 The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.S. Participating Managing Directors (terminated as of December 15, 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007). 
 10.23 Form of Year-End Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 2008). 
 10.24 Form of Year-End RSU Award Agreement (French alternative award) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009). 

216


Table of Contents

     
 10.25 Amendments to 2005 and 2006 Year-End RSU and Option Award Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007). 
 10.26 Form of Non-Employee Director Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009). 
 10.27 Form ofNon-EmployeeDirector RSU Award Agreement. 
 10.28 Description of Independent Director Compensation. 
 10.29 Ground Lease, dated August 23, 2005, between Battery Park City Authorityd/b/a/Hugh L. Carey Battery Park City Authority, as Landlord, and Goldman Sachs Headquarters LLC, as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed August 26, 2005).
 10.30 General Guarantee Agreement, dated January 30, 2006, made by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. relating to certain obligations of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 25, 2005).
 10.31 Goldman, Sachs & Co. Executive Life Insurance Policy and Certificate with Metropolitan Life Insurance Company for Participating Managing Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended August 25, 2006). 
 10.32 Form of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Executive Life Insurance Policy with Pacific Life & Annuity Company for Participating Managing Directors, including policy specifications and form of restriction on Policy Owner’s Rights (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended August 25, 2006). 
 10.33 Form of Second Amendment, dated November 25, 2006, to Agreement Relating to Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated May 7, 1999, as amended effective November 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended November 24, 2006). 
 10.34 Description of PMD Retiree Medical Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended February 29, 2008). 
 10.35 Letter, dated June 28, 2008, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to Mr. Lakshmi N. Mittal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed June 30, 2008). 
 10.36 Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 29, 2008, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended August 29, 2008).
 10.37 General Guarantee Agreement, dated December 1, 2008, made by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. relating to certain obligations of Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.80 to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to FormS-3, filed March 19, 2009).
 10.38 Form of Letter Agreement between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and each of Lloyd C. Blankfein, Gary D. Cohn, Jon Winkelried and David A. Viniar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit O to Amendment No. 70 to Schedule 13D, filed October 1, 2008, relating to the Registrant’s common stock(No. 005-56295)).
 10.39 General Guarantee Agreement, dated November 24, 2008, made by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. relating to the obligations of Goldman Sachs Bank (Europe) PLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the fiscal year ended November 28, 2008).
 10.40 Guarantee Agreement, dated November 28, 2008 and amended effective as of January 1, 2010, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009).
 10.41 Collateral Agreement, dated November 28, 2008, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and each other party that becomes a pledgor pursuant thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 2008).

217


Table of Contents

     
 10.42 Form ofOne-Time RSU Award Agreement. 
 10.43 Amendments to Certain Equity Award Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 2008). 
 10.44 Amendments to Certain Non-Employee Director Equity Award Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 2008). 
 10.45 Form of Signature Card for Equity Awards. 
 10.46 Form of Signature Card for Equity Awards (employees in Asia outside China). 
 10.47 Form of Signature Card for Equity Awards (employees in China). 
 10.48 Form ofYear-End RSU Award Agreement (not fully vested). 
 10.49 Form ofYear-End RSU Award Agreement (fully vested). 
 10.50 Form ofYear-End RSU Award Agreement (Base and/or Supplemental). 
 10.51 Form ofYear-EndShort-TermRSU Award Agreement. 
 10.52 Form ofYear-EndRestricted Stock Award Agreement (Base and/or Supplemental). 
 10.53 Form of Year-End Restricted Stock Award Agreement (fully vested). 
 10.54 Form of Year-End Short-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement. 
 10.55 General Guarantee Agreement, dated March 2, 2010, made by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. relating to the obligations of Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended March 31, 2010).
 10.56 Form of Deed of Gift (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Qfor the period ended June 30, 2010). 
 10.57 The Goldman Sachs Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan, dated December 17, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K,filed December 23, 2010). 
 10.58 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K,filed December 23, 2010). 
 10.59 Form ofPerformance-BasedOption Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed December 23, 2010). 
 10.60 Form ofPerformance-BasedCash Compensation Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K,filed December 23, 2010). 
 12.1 Statement re: Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
 21.1 List of significant subsidiaries of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 31.1 Rule13a-14(a)Certifications. *
 32.1 Section 1350 Certifications. *
 99.1 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Selected Financial Data.
 101  Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T:(i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 28, 2008; and (vi) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. *
 
 
  † This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
 This information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

218


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 
  By:  
/s/  DAVID A. VINIAR
Name: David A. Viniar
  Title:  Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: February 28, 2011
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
       
Signature Capacity Date
 
/s/  LLOYD C. BLANKFEIN

Lloyd C. Blankfein
 Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) February 28, 2011
     
/s/  JOHN H. BRYAN

John H. Bryan
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  GARY D. COHN

Gary D. Cohn
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  CLAES DAHLBÄCK

Claes Dahlbäck
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  STEPHEN FRIEDMAN

Stephen Friedman
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  WILLIAM W. GEORGE

William W. George
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  JAMES A. JOHNSON

James A. Johnson
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  LOIS D. JULIBER

Lois D. Juliber
 Director February 28, 2011

II-1


Table of Contents

       
Signature Capacity Date
 
/s/  LAKSHMI N. MITTAL

Lakshmi N. Mittal
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  JAMES J. SCHIRO

James J. Schiro
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  H. LEE SCOTT, JR. 

H. Lee Scott, Jr. 
 Director February 28, 2011
     
/s/  DAVID A. VINIAR

David A. Viniar
 Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 February 28, 2011
     
/s/  SARAH E. SMITH

Sarah E. Smith
 Principal Accounting Officer February 28, 2011

II-2